0% found this document useful (0 votes)
55 views

2023 Express

The document is a Chevrolet Express owner's manual that provides information on vehicle features, operating instructions, maintenance, warranties, and customer assistance contacts. It includes sections covering keys and doors, seats and restraints, storage, instruments and controls, lighting, infotainment, climate controls, driving, vehicle care, service, technical specifications, safety recalls and customer support for owners in the United States and Canada.

Uploaded by

Omar Morales
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
55 views

2023 Express

The document is a Chevrolet Express owner's manual that provides information on vehicle features, operating instructions, maintenance, warranties, and customer assistance contacts. It includes sections covering keys and doors, seats and restraints, storage, instruments and controls, lighting, infotainment, climate controls, driving, vehicle care, service, technical specifications, safety recalls and customer support for owners in the United States and Canada.

Uploaded by

Omar Morales
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 283

ai1652903903161_23_CHEV_Express_COV_en_US_84892724 A_2022JUN20.

pdf 1 5/18/2022 3:58:24 PM

Scan to Access
• Owner’s Manuals
United States • Warranty Information Canada
• Connected Services
• My Chevrolet Rewards
• myChevrolet Mobile App
• How-To Videos
C
• Vehicle Diagnostics
• Scheduled Maintenance

2023 Express
M

Y • Vehicle Features
CM
• Many Additional Resources
MY

CY
United States Canada
CMY
Customer Assistance United States and Canada Customer Assistance
K 1-800-222-1020 Connected Services 1-800-263-3777
Roadside Assistance 1-888-4-ONSTAR Roadside Assistance
1-800-243-8872 1-800-268-6800

Express
84892724 A Owner’s Manual
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Introduction
Contents California Proposition 65 Warning
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 84892724 A First Printing 2022 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

2 Introduction
Introduction Refer to the purchase documentation Danger, Warning, and Caution
relating to your specific vehicle to confirm
the features. Warning messages found on vehicle labels
and in this manual describe hazards and
Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick what to do to avoid or reduce them.
reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners { Danger


Danger indicates a hazard with a high
A French language manual can be obtained
The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle level of risk which will result in serious
from your dealer, at www.helminc.com,
model names, and vehicle body designs or from: injury or death.
appearing in this manual including, but not
limited to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, Propriétaires Canadiens
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and EXPRESS are On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide { Warning
trademarks and/or service marks of General en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à Warning indicates a hazard that could
Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, l'adresse suivante: result in injury or death.
or licensors.
Helm, Incorporated
For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute Attention: Customer Service
the name “General Motors of Canada Caution
47911 Halyard Drive
Company” for Chevrolet Motor Division Plymouth, MI 48170 Caution indicates a hazard that could
wherever it appears in this manual. USA result in property or vehicle damage.
This manual describes features that may or
may not be on the vehicle because of Using this Manual
optional equipment that was not purchased To quickly locate information about the
on the vehicle, model variants, country vehicle, use the Index in the back of the
specifications, features/applications that may manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is
not be available in your region, or changes in the manual and the page number where
subsequent to the printing of this owner’s it can be found.
manual, including changes in standard or
optional content.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Introduction 3
A circle with a slash through it is a safety ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
symbol which means “Do not,” “Do not do
this,” or “Do not let this happen.” $ : Brake System Warning Light O : Power
Symbols 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert
The vehicle has components and labels that P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water I : Registered Technician
use symbols instead of text. Symbols are B : Engine Coolant Temperature / : Remote Vehicle Start
shown along with the text describing the
operation or information relating to a _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited h : Risk of Electrical Fire
specific component, control, message, gauge,
or indicator. H : Flammable > : Seat Belt Reminders
M : Shown when the owner’s manual has [ : Forward Collision Alert I : Side Blind Zone Alert
additional instructions or information. R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
* : Shown when the service manual has + : Fuses d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic
additional instructions or information.
Stability Control (ESC)
0 : Shown when there is more information j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints
on another page — “see page.”
a : Under Pressure
Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly
Vehicle Symbol Chart Installed k : Vehicle Ahead Indicator
Here are some additional symbols that may | : Lane Change Alert
be found on the vehicle and what they
mean. See the features in this manual for @ : Lane Departure Warning
information. A : Lane Keep Assist
u : Air Conditioning System * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil : : Oil Pressure
9 : Airbag Readiness Light X : Park Assist
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

4 Introduction
Instrument Panel Overview
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Introduction 5
1. Air Vents 0 118. 14. Passenger Airbag On-Off Switch (If
2. Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons Equipped). See Airbag On-Off Switch
(Out of View). See Driver Information 0 41.
Center (DIC) 0 82. 15. Traction Control/Electronic Stability
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and Control 0 142.
Lane-Change Signals 0 93. 16. Tow/Haul Mode Button (If Equipped). See
Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 68. Tow/Haul Mode 0 140.
4. Horn 0 68. 17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 67 (If
Equipped).
5. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 93.
18. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 66 (Out of
6. Instrument Cluster 0 72. View), (If Equipped).
7. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission 19. Parking Brake Release. See Parking Brake
0 137. 0 141.
Manual Mode 0 139 (If Equipped). 20. Cruise Control 0 143 (If Equipped).
8. Climate Control Systems 0 114. Fast Idle System 0 133 (If Equipped).
9. Infotainment. See Overview 0 98. 21. Parking Brake 0 141.
10. Power Outlets 0 70. 22. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View).
11. USB Port (If Equipped). See Auxiliary See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
Devices 0 103. Engine Light) 0 77.
12. Power Outlet 110/120 Volt Alternating 23. Instrument Panel Illumination Control
Current. See Power Outlets 0 70. 0 94.
13. Rear Heating System 0 116 (If Equipped). Dome Lamp Override. See Dome Lamps
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 151 (If 0 94.
Equipped). 24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 91.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
0 148 (If Equipped).
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

6 Keys, Doors, and Windows


Keys, Doors, and Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Trailer-Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Keys and Locks
Windows Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Keys
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Keys and Locks { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Interior Mirrors Leaving children in a vehicle with the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 8 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 ignition key is dangerous and children or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 others could be seriously injured or killed.
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Windows They could operate the power windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 or other controls or make the vehicle
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 move. The windows will function with
Cargo Door Relocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 the keys in the ignition, and children or
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Swing-Out Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 others could be caught in the path of a
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Enhanced Technology Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 closing window. Do not leave children in
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 a vehicle with the ignition key.
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Doors
Side Door (60/40 Swing-Out) . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Sliding Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7


replacement ignition keys have a small hole.
{ Warning See your dealer if a replacement key is
If the key is unintentionally rotated while required.
the vehicle is running, the ignition could The combination and size of the rings that
be moved out of the RUN position. This came with your keys were specifically
could be caused by heavy items hanging selected for your vehicle. The rings are
from the key ring, or by large or long connected to the key like two links of a
items attached to the key ring that could chain to reduce the risk of unintentionally
be contacted by the driver or steering moving the key out of the RUN position. Do
wheel. If the ignition moves out of the not add any additional items to the ring
RUN position, the engine will shut off, attached to the ignition key. Attach
braking and steering power assist may be additional items only to the second ring,
impacted, and airbags may not deploy. and limit added items to a few essential Interference from radio-frequency
To reduce the risk of unintentional keys or small, light items no larger than an identification (RFID) tags may prevent the
rotation of the ignition key, do not RKE transmitter. key from starting the vehicle. Keep RFID
change the way the ignition key and tags away from the key when starting the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, vehicle.
if equipped, are connected to the The key is used for the ignition, and all
provided key rings. locks.

The ignition key and key rings, and RKE See your dealer if a replacement key or
transmitter, if equipped, are designed to additional key is needed.
work together as a system to reduce the If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect
risk of unintentionally moving the key out the key blade for debris. Periodically clean
of the RUN position. The ignition key has a with a brush or pick.
small hole to allow attachment of the
If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside
provided key ring. It is important that any
Assistance Program 0 256.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows


With an active OnStar or connected service Other conditions can affect the performance The interior lamps come on and stay on for
plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on.
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview (RKE) System 0 8. If enabled through the DIC, the parking
0 264. lamps flash twice to indicate unlocking has
occurred. To view available settings from the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) DIC, press U to enter the feature
System settings menu.
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 260. j : Press to unlock only the cargo doors.
If there is a decrease in the Remote Keyless / : If equipped, press Q and then press
Entry (RKE) operating range:
and hold / for at least four seconds or
. Check the distance. The transmitter may
until the turn signal lamps flash to start the
be too far from the vehicle. engine from outside the vehicle using the
. Check the location. Other vehicles or RKE transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Start
objects may be blocking the signal. 0 10. To view available settings from the
. Check the transmitter's battery. See With Remote Start, Without Similar DIC, press U to enter the feature
“Battery Replacement” later in this settings menu.
section. Q : Press once to lock all doors. If enabled
. If the transmitter is still not working through the Driver Information Center (DIC), L : Press and release to initiate vehicle
correctly, see your dealer or a qualified the parking lamps flash once to indicate locator. The turn signal lamps flash and the
technician for service. locking has occurred. horn sounds three times.
The horn may chirp when Q is pressed Press and hold L for more than
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) two seconds to sound the panic alarm. The
again within five seconds. To view available
System Operation settings from the DIC, press U to enter the turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds
If equipped, the RKE transmitter functions feature settings menu. repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm turns
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the off when the ignition is turned on or L is
vehicle. K : Press to unlock the driver door. If K is pressed again. The ignition must be off for
pressed again within five seconds, all the panic alarm to work.
remaining doors unlock.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9


If equipped with an RKE transmitter and
OnStar, refer to “Theft Alarm Notification" in { Warning Caution
OnStar Security 0 265. To avoid personal injury, do not touch If the RKE transmitter is not reassembled
metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter properly, liquids could enter the housing
Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle and damage the circuitry, resulting in an
when it has been exposed to extreme
Only RKE transmitters programmed to the heat. These surfaces can be hot to the RKE transmitter malfunction and/or
vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or touch at temperatures above 59 °C failure. To prevent damage, always follow
stolen, a replacement can be purchased and (138 °F). the steps for RKE transmitter reassembly
programmed through your dealer. When the in this manual to ensure the transmitter
replacement transmitter is programmed to is sealed properly whenever the RKE
the vehicle, all remaining transmitters must Caution transmitter is opened.
also be programmed. Any lost or stolen
When replacing the battery, do not touch
transmitters no longer work once the new Replace the battery if the DIC displays
transmitter is programmed. Each vehicle can any of the circuitry on the transmitter.
Static from your body could damage the REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.
have up to four transmitters programmed
to it. transmitter.

Battery Replacement
Caution
{ Warning Always replace the battery with the
Never allow children to play with the RKE correct type. Replacing the battery with
transmitter. The transmitter contains a an incorrect type could potentially create
small battery, which can be a choking a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of
hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can used batteries according to instructions
occur, resulting in severe injury or death. and local laws. Do not attempt to burn,
Seek medical attention immediately if a crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid
battery is swallowed. exposing the battery to environments
with extremely low air pressures or high To replace the battery:
temperatures.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows


1. Separate the transmitter with a flat, thin remote start to have the vehicle in view The engine will continue to run for
object, such as a flat head screwdriver. when doing so. Check local regulations for 10 minutes. After 30 seconds, repeat the
. Carefully insert the tool into the any requirements on remote starting of steps if a 10-minute extension is desired.
notch located along the parting line vehicles. Remote start can be extended only once.
of the transmitter. Do not insert the Do not use the remote start feature if the After entering the vehicle during a remote
tool too far. Stop as soon as vehicle is low on fuel. The vehicle may run start, turn the ignition on to drive the
resistance is felt. out of fuel. vehicle.
. Twist the tool until the transmitter is
The RKE transmitter range may be less while A maximum of two remote starts or a start
separated. the vehicle is running. with an extension are allowed between
2. Remove the old battery. Do not use a ignition cycles.
metal object. Other conditions can affect the performance
of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry If the remote start procedure is used again
3. Insert the new battery, positive side (RKE) System 0 8. before the first 10-minute time frame has
facing down. Replace with a CR2032 or ended, the first 10 minutes will immediately
equivalent battery. / : This button will be on the RKE expire and the second 10-minute time frame
4. Set transmitter button side down on a transmitter if the vehicle has remote start. will start.
hard surface and press the other half To start the engine using the remote start After the engine has been remote started
straight down to force the halves feature: two times or a start with an extension, the
together.
1. Press and releaseQ on the transmitter. ignition must be turned on and then off
Remote Vehicle Start before the remote start procedure can be
2. Immediately press and hold / until the
used again.
This vehicle may have a remote start turn signal lamps flash. If you cannot see
the lamps, press and hold / for at least To cancel a remote start do any of the
feature. This feature allows you to start the
four seconds. following:
engine from outside the vehicle. It may also
start the vehicle's heating or air conditioning When the engine starts, the parking . Press and hold / until the parking lamps
systems. See Climate Control Systems 0 114. lamps will turn on and remain on while turn off.
Laws in some local communities may restrict the engine is running. The doors will be . Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
the use of remote starters. For example, locked. . Turn the ignition on and then off.
some laws may require a person using
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11


The remote vehicle start feature will not
operate if: Warning (Continued)
. The key is in the ignition. doors are not locked. So, all
. The hood is open. passengers should wear seat belts
. The hazard warning flashers are on. properly and the doors should be
locked whenever the vehicle is driven.
. There is an emission control system
malfunction. See Malfunction Indicator . Young children who get into unlocked
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 77. vehicles may be unable to get out.
. The engine coolant temperature is
A child can be overcome by extreme
heat and can suffer permanent injuries
too high.
or even death from heat stroke.
. The oil pressure is low. Always lock the vehicle whenever
. The vehicle is not in park. leaving it. To lock the door from the inside, slide the
. Two remote starts or a start with an . Outsiders can easily enter through an manual lever on the door down. To unlock
extension have already been provided. unlocked door when you slow down the door, slide the manual lever up.
To view available settings from the Driver or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors From the outside, use the key.
Information Center (DIC) pressU to enter can help prevent this from happening.
If the vehicle is equipped with Keyless Entry,
the feature settings menu. see Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Door Locks Operation 0 8.

{ Warning
. Passengers, especially children, can
easily open the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. When a door is locked,
the handle will not open it. The
chance of being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is increased if the
(Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows


Power Door Locks Delayed Locking If the power lock switch is pressed when
either the driver, passenger, or rear door is
When locking the doors with the power lock open, all the doors will lock and then the
switch and a door open, the doors will lock driver door will unlock. This feature does not
five seconds after the last door is closed. The include the side cargo door.
horn chirps to signal that the delayed
locking feature is in use. If the vehicle has an ambulance package,
this feature is disabled.
Pressing e or Q on the RKE transmitter
will override the delayed locking feature and Safety Locks
immediately lock all the doors. Security locks are located on the front
This feature will not operate if the key is in portion of the 60/40 side swing-out door or
the ignition. the side sliding door.
To view available settings from the Driver
If equipped, press T to lock or unlock the Information Center (DIC) pressU to enter
doors. the feature settings menu.
When a door is locked, the inside door Automatic Door Locks
handle will not work.
The vehicle may have an automatic lock/
Cargo Door Relocking unlock feature. To view available settings
from the Driver Information Center (DIC)
If the cargo door is open when the lock press U to enter the feature settings menu.
button is pressed on the door or the
RKE transmitter, all doors will lock except Lockout Protection
the cargo door. The cargo door will lock
immediately when it is closed or when the This feature protects you from locking the 60/40 Swing-Out Side Door — Passenger Side
delayed locking feature functions. key in the vehicle when the key is in the
ignition and a door is open. For the 60/40 side swing-out door, move the
button to the left for the passenger side
door to engage the security feature.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13


Move the button to the right for the Doors
passenger side door to return the door locks
to normal operation. Side Door (60/40 Swing-Out)

To open the front portion of a 60/40 door


from the inside, pull the handle toward you
and push the door open.
Side Sliding Door
To open the front portion of a 60/40 door
For the side sliding door, move the button from the outside, pull out on the handle and
up to engage the security feature. Move the open the door.
button down to return the door locks to
normal operation.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows


To open the rear portion of a 60/40 door Sliding Door
from the outside, pull the handle on the
side of the rear door and pull the door
toward you.
To close the 60/40 side doors, close the rear
door first. Then close the front door. Check
to make sure that both doors are
completely closed.
The swing-out doors have a check strap
assembly in the door frame to keep the
door from opening beyond 90 degrees.
To open the door beyond 90 degrees, close
To open the sliding side door from the
the door partially, pull the check strap
inside, pull the handle toward the rear of
toward you and then open the door. When To open the sliding side door from the the vehicle. Then, slide the door toward the
the door is closed, the check strap will outside, pull the handle toward the rear of rear of the vehicle.
automatically re-engage. the vehicle and slide the door open.
To close the sliding side door from the
To close the sliding side door from the inside, grasp the handle and slide the door
outside, use the handle to slide the door toward the front of the vehicle.
toward the front of the vehicle.
Make sure the door is completely closed
When the door is closed, it will be flush with before driving away.
the side of the body.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15


Rear Doors To open the rear doors from the outside, Vehicle Alarm System
pull the handle toward you to open the
passenger side rear door first. This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm system.
{ Warning
Unlocked doors can be dangerous. Arming the Alarm System
. Passengers, especially children, can 1. Close the side door/rear doors and the
hood. Turn off the vehicle.
easily open the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. The doors can be 2. Lock the vehicle in one of two ways:
unlocked and opened while the vehicle . Use the RKE transmitter.
is moving. The chance of being thrown . With a door open, press the
out of the vehicle in a crash is inside Q.
increased if the doors are not locked.
So, all passengers should wear seat 3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will
belts properly and the doors should be arm. Pressing Q on the RKE transmitter
locked whenever the vehicle is driven. a second time will bypass the 30-second
. Young children who get into unlocked delay and immediately arm the alarm
vehicles may be unable to get out. To open the driver side rear door, pull the system.
A child can be overcome by extreme latch release at the inside edge of the door. The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the
heat and can suffer permanent injuries To close the rear doors, close the driver side doors are locked with the key or the manual
or even death from heat stroke. rear door first. Then close the passenger side door lock.
Always lock the vehicle whenever rear door. Check to make sure both doors The alarm will also be activated if a
leaving it. are completely closed. passenger door, side door, rear door, or the
. Outsiders can easily enter through an hood is opened without first disarming the
unlocked door when you slow down Vehicle Security system. When the alarm is activated, the
or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors turn signals flash and the horn sounds for
can help prevent this from happening. This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; about 30 seconds. The alarm system will
however, they do not make the vehicle then re-arm to monitor for the next
impossible to steal. unauthorized event.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows


Disarming the Alarm System Theft Alarm Notification Immobilizer Operation
To disarm the alarm system or turn off the To enable e-mail or text notification, see This vehicle is equipped with the
alarm if it has been activated: “Theft Alarm Notification” in OnStar Security PASS-Key® III+ (Personalized Automotive
. Press K on the RKE transmitter. 0 265. Security System) theft-deterrent system.
. Start the vehicle. Testing the Alarm PASS-Key III+ is a passive theft deterrent
system.
To avoid setting off the alarm by accident: To test the alarm:
The system is automatically armed when
. Lock the vehicle after all occupants have 1. Lower the driver window and open the the key is removed from the ignition.
left the vehicle and all doors are closed. driver door.
. Always unlock a door with the RKE You do not have to manually arm or disarm
2. Press Q on the RKE transmitter. the system.
transmitter.
3. Close the door and wait for a few The security light will come on if there is a
Unlocking the driver door with the key will seconds.
not disarm the system or turn off the alarm. problem with arming or disarming the
4. Reach in through the open window, theft-deterrent system.
How to Detect a Tamper Condition unlock the door with the manual door
If the engine does not start and the security
lock, and open the door.
If K is pressed and the horn chirps and the light comes on, the key may have a
lights flash three times, the alarm was This should set off the alarm. damaged transponder. Turn the ignition off
activated while the alarm system was If the alarm does not sound when it and try again.
armed. should but the lamps flash, check to see If the engine still does not start, and the
if the horn works. The horn fuse may be key appears to be undamaged, try another
If the alarm system has been activated, and blown. To replace the fuse, see Fuses and
allowed to complete an event ignition key. If the engine still does not
Circuit Breakers 0 198. start with the other key, the vehicle needs
(approximately one minute), a message will
appear on the Driver Information Center service. If the vehicle does start, the first
Immobilizer key may be faulty. See your dealer or a
(DIC) the next time the vehicle is started.
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 260. locksmith who can service the PASS-Key III+
to have a new key made.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17


It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ decoder to The security message will turn off once If equipped, the lower portion of the driver
learn the transponder value of a new or the key has been programmed. It may and passenger side mirror is convex.
replacement key. Up to eight keys may be not be apparent that the security A convex mirror's surface is curved so more
programmed for the vehicle. This procedure message went on due to how quickly can be seen from the driver seat. The
is for learning additional keys only. If all the the key is programmed. convex mirror can be adjusted manually to
currently programmed keys are lost or do 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 if additional keys are to the driver preferred position for better
not operate, you must see your dealer or a be programmed. vision.
locksmith who can service PASS-Key III+ to
have keys made and programmed to the If you lose or damage a PASS-Key III+ key, Manual Mirrors
system. see your dealer or a locksmith who can
service PASS-Key III+ to have a new Adjust the mirrors by moving the mirror up
See your dealer or a locksmith who can key made. and down and left and right.
service PASS-Key III+ to get a new key blank The mirrors can be manually folded
that is cut exactly as the ignition key that Do not leave the key or device that disarms
or deactivates the theft-deterrent system in in or out.
operates the system.
the vehicle. On the lower portion of each mirror is an
To program the new key: auxiliary convex mirror. A convex mirror's
1. Verify the new key has 1 stamped Exterior Mirrors surface is curved so you can see more from
on it. the driver seat. The auxiliary convex mirrors
2. Insert the original, already programmed Convex Mirrors can be adjusted manually by moving the
key into the ignition lock cylinder and mirror.
start the engine. If the engine will not { Warning
start, see your dealer for service. A convex mirror can make things, like
3. After the engine has started, turn the other vehicles, look farther away than
ignition off and remove the key. they really are. If you cut too sharply
4. Insert the key to be programmed and into the next lane, you could hit a vehicle
turn the ignition on within 10 seconds of that is driving next to you. Check the
removing the previous key. inside mirror or glance over your
shoulder before changing lanes.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows


Trailer-Tow Mirrors Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors
The mirrors can be folded inward toward
the vehicle to prevent damage when going
through an automatic car wash. Push the
mirror outward to return it to the original
position.
Side Blind Zone Alert
The vehicle may have Side Blind Zone Alert.
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 150.

Heated Mirrors
Vehicles with towing mirrors can be If equipped with power mirrors, select each For vehicles with heated mirrors:
adjusted manually for a clear view of the mirror by turning the knob clockwise for the
objects behind you. passenger side mirror or counterclockwise 1 : Press to heat the mirrors.
On the lower portion of each mirror there is for the driver side mirror. The center An indicator light in the button lights when
an auxiliary convex mirror that can be position is neutral. the outside heated mirrors are activated.
adjusted manually to provide an extended Adjust the mirror angle by moving the knob See “Rear Window Defogger” under Climate
field of view. in the desired direction. The auxiliary convex Control Systems 0 114.
The mirrors can be manually folded mirrors can only be adjusted manually.
in or out. Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view
of the area behind the vehicle.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19


Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the Windows Power Windows
mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with
water.
{ Warning { Warning
Manual Rearview Mirror Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a Children could be seriously injured or
pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the killed if caught in the path of a closing
Push the tab forward for daytime use and
pull it rearward for nighttime use to avoid windows closed in warm or hot weather. window. Never leave keys in a vehicle
glare of the headlamps from behind. They can be overcome by the extreme with children. See Keys 0 6.
heat and suffer permanent injuries or
Backup Video Manual Mirror even death from heat stroke.
If equipped, this manual dimming mirror
provides a camera view of the area behind
the vehicle. The video display feature comes
on when the vehicle is shifted in R (Reverse),
and turns off when the vehicle is shifted out
of R (Reverse).
Troubleshooting
If the vehicle is in R (Reverse) and a blue
screen is displayed in the mirror and then
the display shuts off, see your dealer for
service.
If equipped, power windows work when the
See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 146. ignition is on, in accessory mode, or when
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
Manual Windows See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 133.
Operate the manual windows by turning the Using the window switch, press to open or
hand crank on each door to raise or lower pull to close the window.
the side door windows.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows


The windows may be temporarily disabled if To open the side door swing-out window, Enhanced Technology Glass
they are used repeatedly within a pull up on the latch at the edge of the
short time. window. Swing the window out and push The vehicle may be equipped with Enhanced
down on the latch to lock the window into Technology Glass (ETG). ETG is part of the
Express-Down place. overall occupant protection system on cargo
The driver window switch has an vans with five seating positions and
To close the window, pull the latch toward passenger vans. ETG may help keep
express-down feature that allows the you and push down on the latch to lock it.
window to be lowered without holding the passengers sitting next to these fixed
switch. Press fully and release the switch windows from being ejected through the
marked AUTO to activate the express-down glass in some, but not all crashes. Even with
mode. This mode can be canceled at any this glass, seat belts must still be worn at
time by pulling up on the switch. To open all times.
the window part way, lightly tap the switch Use only ETG glass approved for the vehicle
until the window is at the desired position. for replacement when damaged. Cargo vans
with five seating positions and passenger
Swing-Out Windows vans will have ETG glass in the rear-most
side windows and laminated glass in the
forward window of the sliding door,
if equipped. Long wheelbase cargo vans that
do not have five seating positions may also
Rear Swing‐Out Windows have ETG in the rear-most side windows.

The vehicle also has rear swing‐out


windows. The rear swing-out windows work
the same way as the side swing‐out
window, but the latch is located at the
bottom edge of the window.

Side Swing-Out Window


Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21


Rear Windows
Rear Side Door Windows (Cargo
Van Only)

{ Warning
The vehicle may have a partition behind
the front seats or vertical metal panels
on the inside of the rear side door
windows. These are part of the occupant
protection system. Do not remove them.

Sun Visors
To block out glare, swing down the sun
visors. You can also swing them to the side.
Visor Vanity Mirror
The vehicle may have visor vanity mirrors,
with or without lamps. Lift the mirror cover
to turn the lamps on, if equipped.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

22 Seats and Restraints


Seats and Restraints What Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Head Restraints
Airbag On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 On vehicles with factory installed seats, the
Head Restraints Servicing the Airbag-Equipped front seats have built-in head restraints that
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 are not adjustable in the outboard seating
Front Seats Adding Equipment to the positions.
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Front Seats
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Seat Adjustment
Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 { Warning
Seat Belts Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 You can lose control of the vehicle if you
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 try to adjust a driver seat while the
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . 29 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children only when the vehicle is not moving.
Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . 33 (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Belt in the Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
Belt in the Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 39
What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 39
How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . 39
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 23


Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it could
move forward in a sudden stop or crash.
That could cause injury to the person
sitting there. Always push and pull on
the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

To adjust the seat: To adjust a power seat, if available, use the


1. Lift the bar under the front edge of the controls on the front of the seat:
seat cushion to unlock the seat. . Move the center knob to the right or left
2. Slide the seat to the desired position and to move the seat forward or rearward.
release the bar. . Move the center knob up or down to
3. Try to move the seat back and forth to raise or lower the seat.
be sure the seat is locked in place. . Move the right or left lever up or down
to raise or lower the front or rear of the
Power Seat Adjustment seat cushion.
To recline the seatback:
{ Warning 1. Lift the lever on the inboard side of
The power seats will work with the the seat.
ignition off. Children could operate the 2. Move the seatback to the desired
power seats and be injured. Never leave position, and then release the lever to
children alone in the vehicle. lock the seatback in place.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

24 Seats and Restraints


3. Push and pull on the seatback to make
sure it is locked. Warning (Continued)
To return the seatback to the upright For proper protection when the vehicle is
position: in motion, have the seatback upright.
1. Lift the lever fully without applying Then sit well back in the seat and wear
pressure to the seatback, and the the seat belt properly.
seatback will return to the upright
position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to make
sure it is locked.

{ Warning 1. To do this, press the tip of a key into


Sitting in a reclined position when the the release hole of the seat belt buckle
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. while pulling up on the seat belt.
Even when buckled up, the seat belts 2. Locate the pins.
cannot do their job. On a three-passenger seat there are
The shoulder belt will not be against two pins on the inboard sides of the rear
your body. Instead, it will be in front of seats.
you. In a crash, you could go into it, Do not have a seatback reclined if the
receiving neck or other injuries. vehicle is moving.
The lap belt could go up over your
abdomen. The belt forces would be there,
Rear Seats
not at your pelvic bones. This could cause Removing the Rear Seat
serious internal injuries.
(Continued) Disconnect the mini-latch plates for the
lap-shoulder belts on the bench seat to be
removed.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 25


On a four-passenger seat, each half of
the seat has a set of pins. The left side
has a set marked “L”, and the right side
has a set marked “R”.
If the vehicle is equipped with a vinyl
floor covering, the pins are under a flap
that has been cut into the vinyl.
3. If equipped, release the pin from the lock
ring by pushing down on the top of the
ring and lifting the lock tab from
the ring.
4. Pull the pin handle up to disengage the
Carpet Floor Covering Carpet Floor Covering pin from the retaining clip, and then pull
the pin out.
5. Repeat this procedure for the other pins.
6. Pull the seat rearward about 5 cm (2 in),
and then lift the seat from the floor
rails.
7. Remove the seat from the vehicle.

Vinyl Floor Covering Vinyl Floor Covering


The left side pin has a gray cap with a The right side pin has a black cap with a
black “L” marked on it. white “R” marked on it.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

26 Seats and Restraints


For the last row of seats, stow the seat 1. Position the seat into the open slots in
belt latch plate on the clip at the both rails. Push the seat forward in the
window trim. Roll the mini-latch into the rail, hooking both seat bases onto the
seat belt webbing and then hook the pins inside of the rails.
seat belt latch plate on the clip. 2. Locate the hole in the rail to install the
Reinstalling the Rear Seats locking pins at the rear of the seat base.
If the vehicle is equipped with a vinyl
floor covering, pull the flap that has
{ Warning been cut into the vinyl.
A seat that is not locked into place 3. Insert the locking pins into the seat base
properly can move around in a collision and push the seat to line up the pins
or sudden stop. People in the vehicle with the base.
8. For the second and third row seats, stow could be injured. Be sure to lock the seat
On a three-passenger seat, the pin with
the seat belt latch by attaching the clip into place properly when installing it. the black cap marked “R” must be
on the seat belt latch to the trim just installed on the right side and the pin
inside the side door. with the gray cap marked “L” must be
{ Warning installed on the left side.
A seat belt that is improperly routed, not On a four-passenger seat, the pins
properly attached, or twisted will not marked “R” must be installed on the half
provide the protection needed in a crash. of the seat on the right side. The pins
The person wearing the belt could be marked “L” must be installed on the half
seriously injured. After raising the rear of the seat on the left side.
seatback, always check to be sure that
the seat belts are properly routed and
attached, and are not twisted.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 27


4. Push the pin(s) marked “R” down until
they are in the retaining clip. If equipped
with a locking ring, ensure the ring is
open, place the pin inside the ring, and
secure the pin with the lock ring.
5. Pull on the pin to ensure the lock ring is
closed.

Carpet Floor Covering Vinyl Floor Covering


6. Push the pin(s) marked “L” down until
they are in the retaining clip. If equipped
with a locking ring, ensure the ring is
open, place the pin inside the ring, and
secure the pin with the lock ring.
7. Pull on the pin to ensure the lock ring is
Carpet Floor Covering closed.
8. If the vehicle is equipped with a vinyl
floor covering, put the vinyl back to its
original position.
9. Repeat this procedure for the other
seat base.
Vinyl Floor Covering
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

28 Seats and Restraints


10. Connect the mini-latch plates for the When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast
lap-shoulder belts by inserting the latch Warning (Continued) as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops
plates into the mini-buckles attached at areas are more likely to be seriously suddenly, you keep going until something
the outboard positions of the bench seat. injured or killed. Do not allow passengers stops you. It could be the windshield, the
Do not twist the belts. to ride in any area of the vehicle that is instrument panel, or the seat belts!
11. Check that all locking pins are locked not equipped with seats and seat belts. When you wear a seat belt, you and the
into place before operating the vehicle. vehicle slow down together. There is more
Always wear a seat belt, and check that
all passenger(s) are restrained time to stop because you stop over a longer
Seat Belts properly too.
distance and, when worn properly, your
strongest bones take the forces from the
This section describes how to use seat belts seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts
properly, and some things not to do. This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to
buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt makes such good sense.
Reminders 0 75.
{ Warning Questions and Answers About Seat Belts
Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt Why Seat Belts Work Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a
cannot be worn properly. In a crash, crash if I am wearing a seat belt?
if you or your passenger(s) are not A: You could be — whether you are
wearing seat belts, injuries can be much wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance
worse than if you are wearing seat belts. of being conscious during and after a
You can be seriously injured or killed by crash, so you can unbuckle and get out,
hitting things inside the vehicle harder or is much greater if you are belted.
by being ejected from the vehicle. In Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I
addition, anyone who is not buckled up have to wear seat belts?
can strike other passengers in the vehicle.
A: Airbags are supplemental systems only.
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a They work with seat belts — not instead
cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. of them. Whether or not an airbag is
In a collision, passengers riding in these provided, all occupants still have to
(Continued) buckle up to get the most protection.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 29


Also, in nearly all states and in all
Canadian provinces, the law requires { Warning
wearing seat belts. You can be seriously injured, or even
killed, by not wearing your seat belt
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly properly.
Follow these rules for everyone's protection.
There are additional things to know about
seat belts and children, including smaller
children and infants. If a child will be riding
in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 45 or
Infants and Young Children 0 46. Review
and follow the rules for children in addition
to the following rules. . Sit up straight and always keep your feet
on the floor in front of you (if possible).
It is very important for all occupants to . Wear the lap part of the belt low and
buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted
snug on the hips, just touching the
people are hurt more often in crashes than
thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the
those who are wearing seat belts.
strong pelvic bones and you would be
There are important things to know about less likely to slide under the lap belt.
wearing a seat belt properly. If you slid under it, the belt would apply
force on your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
. Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts of the
body are best able to take belt
restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks
if there is a sudden stop or crash.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

30 Seats and Restraints

Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to Never wear the shoulder belt under both Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an
become loose or twisted. arms or behind your back. armrest.

{ Warning
The seat belt can be pinched if it is
routed under plastic trim on the seat,
such as trim around the rear seatback
folding handle or side airbag. In a crash,
pinched seat belts might not provide
adequate protection. Never allow seat
belts to be routed under plastic trim
pieces.

Always use the correct buckle for your


seating position.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 31


2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt
{ Warning across you. Do not let it get twisted.
You can be seriously injured or killed if The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you
the shoulder belt is worn behind your pull the belt across you very quickly.
back, under your legs, or wrapped around If this happens, let the belt go back
your neck. The shoulder belt can tighten slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt
but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The across you more slowly.
shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all If the shoulder portion of a passenger
the way out of the retractor. It unlocks belt is pulled out all the way, the child
when the shoulder belt is allowed to go restraint locking feature may be
all the way back into the retractor, but it engaged. See Child Restraint Systems
cannot do this if it is wrapped around 0 48. If this occurs, let the belt go back
you. You may have to cut the seat belt if all the way and start again. If the 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
it is locked and tightened around you. locking feature stays engaged after it clicks.
letting the belt go back to stowed
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure
Lap-Shoulder Belt position on the seat, move the seat
it is secure. If the belt is not long
rearward or recline the seat until the
All seating positions in the vehicle have a enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 34.
shoulder belt retractor lock releases.
lap-shoulder belt. If you are using a rear Position the release button on the buckle
seating position with a detachable seat belt so that the seat belt could be quickly
and the seat belt is not attached, see unbuckled if necessary.
“Reinstalling the Rear Seats” under Rear 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height
Seats 0 24 for instructions on reconnecting adjuster, move it to the height that is
the seat belt to the mini-buckle. right for you. See “Seat Belt Height
The following instructions explain how to Adjuster” later in this section for
wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. instructions on use and important safety
information.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable,
so you can sit up straight. To see how,
see “Seats” in the Index.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

32 Seats and Restraints


Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt
is out of the way. If a door is slammed
against a seat belt, damage can occur to
both the seat belt and the vehicle.
Seat Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a seat belt height adjuster
for the driver and front outboard passenger
positions.
Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of
the belt is on the shoulder and not falling
off of it. The belt should be close to, but not
5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on To unlatch the belt, push the button on the contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt
the shoulder belt. buckle. The belt should return to its stowed height adjustment could reduce the
position. Slide the latch plate up the seat effectiveness of the seat belt in a crash. See
It may be necessary to pull stitching on
belt webbing when the seat belt is not in How to Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 29.
the seat belt through the latch plate to
fully tighten the lap belt on smaller use. The latch plate should rest on the
occupants. stitching on the seat belt, near the guide
loop on the side wall.
Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat
belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed
position, the retractor may lock and cannot
be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat
belt straight out firmly to unlock the
webbing, and then release it. If the webbing
is still locked in the retractor, see your
dealer.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 33


Squeeze both sides of the release button Pretensioners work only once. If the Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy
and pull outward. Then move the height pretensioners activate in a crash, the
adjuster up or down to the desired position pretensioners and probably other parts of Seat belts work for everyone, including
and release the button. the vehicle’s seat belt system will need to pregnant women. Like all occupants, they
be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System are more likely to be seriously injured if
After the adjuster is set to the desired they do not wear seat belts.
position, try to move it up or down without Parts after a Crash 0 35.
squeezing the release button to make sure it Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while
has locked into position. entering or exiting the vehicle or at any
time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the
Seat Belt Pretensioners seat belt can damage the webbing and
If the vehicle has seat-mounted side impact hardware.
airbags and roof-rail airbags, it also has seat
belt pretensioners for the front outboard
Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides
occupants. Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide
Although the seat belt pretensioners cannot added seat belt comfort for older children
be seen, they are part of the seat belt who have outgrown booster seats and for
assembly. They can help tighten the seat some adults. When installed on a shoulder
belts during the early stages of a moderate belt, the comfort guide positions the
to severe frontal, near frontal, or rear crash shoulder belt away from the neck and head.
A pregnant woman should wear a
if the threshold conditions for pretensioner Comfort guides are available through your lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should
activation are met. And, if the vehicle has dealer for the rear outboard seating be worn as low as possible, below the
roof-rail airbags, seat belt pretensioners can positions. Instructions are included with the rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
help tighten the seat belts in a side crash or comfort guides.
a rollover event.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

34 Seats and Restraints


The best way to protect the fetus is to Safety System Check Seat Belt Care
protect the mother. When a seat belt is
worn properly, it is more likely that the Periodically check the seat belt reminder, Keep belts clean and dry.
fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, Seat belts should be properly cared for and
pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), maintained.
making seat belts effective is wearing them and seat belt anchorages to make sure they
properly. are all in working order. Look for any other Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and
loose or damaged seat belt system parts free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior
Seat Belt Extender that might keep a seat belt system from hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be
performing properly. See your dealer to lightly cleaned with mild soap and water.
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris
you, you should use it. seat belts may not protect you in a crash. in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in
But if a seat belt is not long enough, your Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under the system please see the dealer. Parts may
dealer will order you an extender. Only a impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, need to be replaced to ensure proper
GM dealer issued extender should be used. have it replaced immediately. If a belt is functionality of the system.
When you go in to order it, take the twisted, it may be possible to untwist by
heaviest coat you will wear, so the extender reversing the latch plate on the webbing. { Warning
will be long enough for you. To help avoid If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing.
personal injury, do not let someone else use dealer to fix it. It may severely weaken the webbing. In
it, and use it only for the seat it is made to Make sure the seat belt reminder light is a crash, they might not be able to
fit. The extender has been designed for working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 75. provide adequate protection. Clean and
adults. Never use it for securing child
restraints. For more information on the Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt rinse seat belt webbing only with mild
proper use and fit of seat belt extenders see Care 0 34. soap and lukewarm water. Allow the
the instruction sheet that comes with the webbing to dry.
extender.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 35


Replacing Seat Belt System Parts Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the
the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the passenger seated directly behind the
after a Crash airbag readiness light stays on after you driver on vans with two row seating
start the vehicle or while you are driving. . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard
{ Warning See Airbag Readiness Light 0 75. passenger and the passenger seated
A crash can damage the seat belt system directly behind the front outboard
in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt Airbag System passenger on vans with two row seating
system may not properly protect the If the van is equipped with a sliding door,
person using it, resulting in serious injury The vehicle has the following airbag:
the roof-rail airbag for the front outboard
or even death in a crash. To help make . A frontal airbag for the driver passenger is separate from the roof-rail
sure the seat belt systems are working The vehicle may have the following airbags: airbag for the passenger seated directly
properly after a crash, have them . A frontal airbag for the front outboard behind the front outboard passenger.
inspected and any necessary passenger If the van is equipped with a 60/40
replacements made as soon as possible. . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the
swing-out door, a single roof-rail airbag
covers both seating positions.
driver
After a minor crash, replacement of seat . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the
belts may not be necessary. But the seat second and third row passengers seated
belt assemblies that were used during any front outboard passenger
directly behind the driver on vans with
crash may have been stressed or damaged. Seat-mounted side impact airbags are three or more seating rows
See your dealer to have the seat belt only available on vehicles equipped with . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard
assemblies inspected or replaced. roof-rail airbags. passenger and the second and third row
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver on vans passengers seated directly behind the
New parts and repairs may be necessary
even if the seat belt system was not being with single row seating front outboard passenger on vans with
used at the time of the crash. . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard three or more seating rows
passenger on vans with single row
seating
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

36 Seats and Restraints


If the van is equipped with a sliding door, For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the
the roof-rail airbag for the front outboard word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback Warning (Continued)
passenger is separate from the roof-rail or side of the seat closest to the door. Wearing your seat belt during a crash
airbag for the second and third row For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on helps reduce your chance of hitting
passengers seated directly behind the the ceiling or trim. things inside the vehicle or being ejected
front outboard passenger. If the van is from it. Airbags are “supplemental
equipped with a 60/40 swing-out door, a Airbags are designed to supplement the
restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in
single roof-rail airbag covers all three protection provided by seat belts. Even
though today’s airbags are also designed to the vehicle should wear a seat belt
seating positions.
help reduce the risk of injury from the force properly, whether or not there is an
Additionally: of an inflating airbag, all airbags must airbag for that person.
. Vehicles that have a raised or modified inflate very quickly to do their job.
roof — such as school buses, ambulances,
vehicles with adaptive equipment for Here are the most important things to know { Warning
mobility, and recreational vehicles — may about the airbag system:
Because airbags inflate with great force
or may not be equipped with roof-rail and faster than the blink of an eye,
airbags. { Warning anyone who is up against, or very close
. Vehicles with a GVWR above 4 536 kg You can be severely injured or killed in a to, any airbag when it inflates can be
(10,000 lb) may be equipped with crash if you are not wearing your seat seriously injured or killed. Do not sit
roof-rail airbags. belt, even with airbags. Airbags are unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you
All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on designed to work with seat belts, not would be if sitting on the edge of the
the trim or on an attached label near the replace them. Also, airbags are not seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help
deployment opening. designed to inflate in every crash. In keep you in position before and during a
some crashes seat belts are the only crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with
For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on
restraint. See When Should an Airbag airbags. The driver should sit as far back
the center of the steering wheel for the
driver and on the instrument panel for the Inflate? 0 39. as possible while still maintaining control
front outboard passenger. (Continued) of the vehicle. The seat belts and the
front outboard passenger airbags are
(Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 37


The system checks the airbag electrical
Warning (Continued) system for malfunctions. The light tells you
most effective when you are sitting well if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag
back and upright in the seat with both Readiness Light 0 75.
feet on the floor.
Where Are the Airbags?
Occupants should not lean on or sleep
against the door or side windows in
seating positions with seat-mounted side
impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning
If the vehicle has a front outboard passenger
Children who are up against, or very frontal airbag, it is in the passenger side
close to, any airbag when it inflates can instrument panel.
be seriously injured or killed. Always
secure children properly in the vehicle. To
read how, see Older Children 0 45 or
Infants and Young Children 0 46.
The driver frontal airbag is in the center of
the steering wheel.

There is an airbag readiness light on the


instrument panel, which shows the airbag
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
symbol.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

38 Seats and Restraints


If the vehicle has seat-mounted side impact
airbags for the driver and front outboard { Warning
passenger, they are in the sides of the If something is between an occupant and
seatbacks closest to the door. an airbag, the airbag might not inflate
properly or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury or even
death. The path of an inflating airbag
must be kept clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an airbag, and
do not attach or put anything on the
steering wheel hub or on or near any
other airbag covering.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
Do not use seat accessories that block the
If the vehicle has two seating rows, roof-rail inflation path of a seat-mounted side
airbags for the driver, front outboard impact airbag.
passenger, and second row outboard
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar passengers are in the ceiling above the side Never secure anything to the roof of a
windows. If the vehicle has three or more vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a
If the vehicle has a single seating row and it rope or tie‐down through any door or
has roof-rail airbags for the driver and front seating rows, roof-rail airbags for the driver,
front outboard passenger, and second and window opening. If you do, the path of
outboard passenger, the roof-rail airbags are an inflating roof-rail airbag will be
in the ceiling above the side windows. third row outboard passengers are in the
ceiling above the side windows. blocked.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 39


When Should an Airbag Inflate? Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash when either side of the vehicle is struck or if
speeds depending on whether the vehicle the sensing system predicts that the vehicle
This vehicle is equipped with one or more hits an object straight on or at an angle, is about to roll over on its side.
airbags. See Airbag System 0 35. Airbags are and whether the object is fixed or moving,
designed to inflate if the impact exceeds the In any particular crash, no one can say
rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. whether an airbag should have inflated
specific airbag system's deployment
threshold. Deployment thresholds are used Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate simply because of the vehicle damage or
to predict how severe a crash is likely to be during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, or in repair costs.
in time for the airbags to inflate and help many side impacts.
restrain the occupants. The vehicle has Seat-mounted side impact airbags are
What Makes an Airbag Inflate?
electronic sensors which help the airbag designed to inflate in moderate to severe In a deployment event, the sensing system
system determine the severity of the side crashes depending on the location of sends an electrical signal triggering a release
impact. Deployment thresholds can vary the impact. These airbags may also inflate of gas from the inflator. Gas from the
with specific vehicle design. in some moderate to severe frontal impacts. inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to
Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in Seat-mounted side impact airbags are not break out of the cover. The inflator, the
moderate to severe frontal crashes to help designed to inflate in rollovers or rear airbag, and related hardware are all part of
reduce the potential for severe injuries impacts. A seat-mounted side impact airbag the airbag module.
mainly to the driver or front outboard is designed to inflate on the side of the For airbag locations, see Where Are the
passenger head and chest. vehicle that is struck. Airbags? 0 37.
Whether the frontal airbags will or should The vehicle may or may not be equipped
deploy is not based primarily on how fast with roof-rail airbags. Roof-rail airbags are How Does an Airbag Restrain?
the vehicle is traveling. It depends largely designed to inflate in moderate to severe In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal
on what you hit, the direction of the side crashes depending on the location of collisions, even belted occupants can contact
impact, and how quickly the vehicle the impact. In addition, these roof-rail the steering wheel or the instrument panel.
slows down. airbags are designed to inflate during a In moderate to severe side collisions, even
rollover. Roof-rail airbags are not designed belted occupants can contact the inside of
to inflate in frontal, near-frontal, or rear the vehicle.
impacts. All roof-rail airbags will inflate
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

40 Seats and Restraints


Airbags supplement the protection provided What Will You See after an { Warning
by seat belts by distributing the force of the
impact more evenly over the Airbag Inflates? When an airbag inflates, there may be
occupant's body. After frontal and seat-mounted side impact dust in the air. This dust could cause
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are airbags (if equipped) inflate, they quickly breathing problems for people with a
designed to help contain the head and chest deflate, so quickly that some people may history of asthma or other breathing
of occupants in the outboard seating not even realize the airbags inflated. trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the
positions in the first, second, and third rows, Roof-rail airbags (if equipped) may still be at vehicle should get out as soon as it is
if equipped. The rollover capable roof-rail least partially inflated for some time after safe to do so. If you have breathing
airbags are designed to help reduce the risk they inflate. Some components of the airbag
problems but cannot get out of the
of full or partial ejection in rollover events, module may be hot for several minutes. For
location of the airbags, see Where Are the vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get
although no system can prevent all such fresh air by opening a window or a door.
ejections. Airbags? 0 37.
If you experience breathing problems
But airbags would not help in many types The parts of the airbag that come into following an airbag deployment, you
of collisions, primarily because the contact with you may be warm, but not too should seek medical attention.
occupant's motion is not toward those hot to touch. There may be some smoke
airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? and dust coming from the vents in the The vehicle has a feature that may
0 39. deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not automatically unlock the doors (if equipped
prevent the driver from seeing out of the with power door locks), turn on the interior
Airbags should never be regarded as windshield or being able to steer the lamps and hazard warning flashers, and shut
anything more than a supplement to seat vehicle, nor does it prevent people from off the fuel system after the airbags inflate.
belts. leaving the vehicle. The feature may also activate, without
airbag inflation, after an event that exceeds
a predetermined threshold. After turning the
ignition off and then on again, the fuel
system will return to normal operation; the
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 41


doors can be locked, the interior lamps can In many crashes severe enough to inflate Airbag On-Off Switch
be turned off, and the hazard warning the airbag, windshields are broken by
flashers can be turned off using the controls vehicle deformation. Additional windshield If the instrument panel has one of the
for those features. If any of these systems breakage may also occur from the front switches pictured in the following
are damaged in the crash they may not outboard passenger airbag. illustrations, the vehicle has an airbag on-off
operate as normal. . Airbags are designed to inflate only once. switch that you can use to manually turn
on or off the front outboard passenger
After an airbag inflates, you will need
{ Warning airbag. No other airbag is affected by the
some new parts for the airbag system.
airbag on-off switch.
A crash severe enough to inflate the If you do not get them, the airbag
airbags may have also damaged system will not be there to help protect
important functions in the vehicle, such you in another crash. A new system will
include airbag modules and possibly other
as the fuel system, brake and steering
parts. The service manual for the vehicle
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears
covers the need to replace other parts.
to be drivable after a moderate crash,
. The vehicle has a crash sensing and
there may be concealed damage that
diagnostic module which records
could make it difficult to safely operate
information after a crash. See Vehicle
the vehicle. Data Recording and Privacy 0 262 and
Use caution if you should attempt to Event Data Recorders 0 262.
restart the engine after a crash has . Let only qualified technicians work on the
occurred. airbag systems. Improper service can
mean that an airbag system will not work United States
properly. See your dealer for service.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

42 Seats and Restraints


Child age 1 to 12. A child age 1 to 12 must ride
in the front seat because: { Warning
. My vehicle has no rear seat; If the front outboard passenger frontal
. Although children ages 1 to 12 ride in the airbag is turned off for a person who is
rear seat(s) whenever possible, children not in a risk group identified by the
ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the national government, that person will not
front because no space is available in the have the extra protection of an airbag. In
rear seat(s) of my vehicle; or a crash, the airbag will not be able to
. The child has a medical condition which, inflate and help protect the person sitting
according to the child's physician, makes there. Do not turn off the front outboard
it necessary for the child to ride in the passenger frontal airbag unless the
front seat so that the driver can person sitting there is in a risk group.
Canada and Mexico constantly monitor the child's condition.
This switch should only be turned to the Medical Condition. A passenger has a
OFF position if the person in the front medical condition which, according to his or
outboard passenger position is a member of her physician:
a passenger risk group identified by the . Causes the passenger airbag to pose a
national government as follows: special risk for the passenger; and
Infant. An infant (less than 1 year old) must . Makes the potential harm from the
ride in the front seat because: passenger airbag in a crash greater than
. My vehicle has no rear seat; the potential harm from turning off the
airbag and allowing the passenger, even if
. My vehicle has a rear seat too small to
belted, to hit the instrument panel or
accommodate a rear-facing infant seat; or windshield in a crash.
. The infant has a medical condition which,
according to the infant's physician, makes United States
it necessary for the infant to ride in the
front seat so that the driver can
constantly monitor the child's condition.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 43

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever comes
on and stays on, it means that
something may be wrong with the airbag
system. For example, the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag could inflate
even though the airbag on-off switch is
turned off.
To help avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right away. See
Canada and Mexico Airbag Readiness Light 0 75 for more Canada and Mexico
information, including important safety
To turn off the front outboard passenger information. To turn the front outboard passenger airbag
frontal airbag, insert the ignition key into on again, insert the ignition key into the
the airbag on-off switch, push in, and move airbag on-off switch, push in, and move the
the switch to the OFF position. switch to the ON position.
The airbag OFF light will come on and stay The front outboard passenger frontal airbag
on to let you know the front outboard is now enabled, and may inflate. See Airbag
passenger airbag is off. See Airbag On-Off On-Off Light 0 76.
Light 0 76. The front outboard passenger
airbag will remain off until you turn it back
on again.

United States
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

44 Seats and Restraints


Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Adding Equipment to the If the vehicle must be modified because you
have a disability and have questions about
Vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle whether the modifications will affect the
Airbags affect how the vehicle should be Adding accessories that change the vehicle's vehicle's airbag system, or if you have
serviced. There are parts of the airbag frame, bumper system, height, front end, questions about whether the airbag system
system in several places around the vehicle. or side sheet metal may keep the airbag will be affected if the vehicle is modified for
Your dealer and the service manual have system from working properly. any other reason, call Customer Assistance.
information about servicing the vehicle and See Customer Assistance Offices 0 254.
The operation of the airbag system can also
the airbag system. To purchase a service be affected by changing, including
manual, see Publication Ordering Airbag System Check
improperly repairing or replacing, any parts
Information 0 260. of the following: The airbag system does not need regularly
. Airbag system, including airbag modules, scheduled maintenance or replacement.
{ Warning front or side impact sensors, sensing and Make sure the airbag readiness light is
For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is diagnostic module, or airbag wiring working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 75.
turned off and the battery is . Front seats, including stitching, seams or
disconnected, an airbag can still inflate
Caution
zippers
during improper service. You can be If an airbag covering is damaged, opened,
. Seat belts
injured if you are close to an airbag or broken, the airbag may not work
. Steering wheel, instrument panel, ceiling
when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. properly. Do not open or break the airbag
trim, or pillar garnish trim coverings. If there are any opened or
They are probably part of the airbag
. Inner door seals, including speakers broken airbag coverings, have the airbag
system. Be sure to follow proper service
procedures, and make sure the person Your dealer and the service manual have covering and/or airbag module replaced.
performing work for you is qualified to information about the location of the airbag For the location of the airbags, see Where
do so. modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic Are the Airbags? 0 37. See your dealer for
module, and airbag wiring along with the service.
proper replacement procedures.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags,
see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 216 for
additional important information.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 45


Replacing Airbag System Parts . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the
Child Restraints shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes,
after a Crash continue. If no, try using the rear seat
Older Children belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear
{ Warning Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under
A crash can damage the airbag systems Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 31. If a comfort guide
in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system is not available, or if the shoulder belt
may not properly protect you and your still does not rest on the shoulder, then
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in return to the booster seat.
serious injury or even death. To help . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the
make sure the airbag systems are hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue.
working properly after a crash, have If no, return to the booster seat.
them inspected and any necessary . Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for
replacements made as soon as possible. the length of the trip? If yes, continue.
If no, return to the booster seat.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to Q: What is the proper way to wear seat
replace airbag system parts. See your dealer Older children who have outgrown booster belts?
for service. seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts.
A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder
If the airbag readiness light stays on after Refer to How to Wear Seat Belts Properly
belt and get the additional restraint a
the vehicle is started or comes on when you 0 29.
shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder
are driving, the airbag system may not work The manufacturer instructions that come belt should not cross the face or neck.
properly. Have the vehicle serviced right with the booster seat state the weight and The lap belt should fit snugly below the
away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 75. height limitations for that booster. Use a hips, just touching the top of the thighs.
booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until This applies belt force to the child's
the child passes the fit test below: pelvic bones in a crash. It should never
. Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the be worn over the abdomen, which could
knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, cause severe or even fatal internal
continue. If no, return to the booster seat. injuries in a crash.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

46 Seats and Restraints


Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”
under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 31.
According to accident statistics, children are
safer when properly restrained in a rear
seating position.
In a crash, children who are not buckled up
can strike other people who are buckled up,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use seat belts properly.

{ Warning
Never allow more than one child to wear
the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot { Warning Infants and Young Children
properly spread the impact forces. In a Never allow a child to wear the seat belt Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This
crash, they can be crushed together and shoulder belt under both arms or behind includes infants and all other children.
seriously injured. A seat belt must be their back. A child can be seriously Neither the distance traveled nor the age
used by only one person at a time. injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder and size of the traveler changes the need,
belt properly. In a crash, the child would for everyone, to use safety restraints. In
fact, the law in every state in the United
not be restrained by the shoulder belt.
States and in every Canadian province says
The child could move too far forward
children up to some age must be restrained
increasing the chance of head and neck while in a vehicle.
injury. The child might also slide under
the lap belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen. That could
cause serious or fatal injuries. The
shoulder belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 47

{ Warning { Warning { Warning


Children can be seriously injured or killed Never hold an infant or a child while Children who are up against, or very
if the shoulder belt is worn behind their riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an close to, any airbag when it inflates can
back, under their legs, or wrapped around infant or a child will become so heavy it be seriously injured or killed. Never put a
their neck. The shoulder belt can tighten is not possible to hold it during a crash. rear-facing child restraint in the front
but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The For example, in a crash at only outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child
shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to
the way out of the retractor. It unlocks will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) secure a forward-facing child restraint in
when the shoulder belt is allowed to go force on a person's arms. An infant or a rear seat. If you must secure a
all the way back into the retractor, but it child should be secured in an appropriate forward-facing child restraint in the front
cannot do this if it is wrapped around the child restraint. outboard seat, always move the front
child. Never leave children unattended in passenger seat as far back as it will go.
a vehicle and never allow children to
improperly wear, or play with, the seat
belts.

Every time infants and young children ride


in vehicles, they should have the protection
provided by appropriate child restraints.
Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its
airbag system is designed for them.
Children who are not restrained properly can
strike other people, or can be thrown out of
the vehicle.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

48 Seats and Restraints


Child restraints are devices used to restrain,
{ Warning Child Restraint Systems
seat, or position children in the vehicle and
are sometimes called child seats or car seats. To reduce the risk of neck and head
There are three basic types of child injury in a crash, infants and toddlers
restraints: should be secured in a rear-facing child
. Forward-facing child restraints restraint until age two, or until they
. Rear-facing child restraints reach the maximum height and weight
limits of their child restraint.
. Belt-positioning booster seats
The proper child restraint for your child
depends on their size, weight, and age, and { Warning
also on whether the child restraint is
A young child's hip bones are still so
compatible with the vehicle in which it will
small that the vehicle seat belt may not
be used.
remain low on the hip bones, as it Rear-Facing Infant Restraint
For each type of child restraint, there are should. Instead, it may settle up around
many different models available. When the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt A rear-facing child restraint provides
purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is would apply force on a body area that is restraint with the seating surface against
designed to be used in a motor vehicle and unprotected by any bony structure. This the back of the infant.
is designed by a genuine child restraint
alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. The harness system holds the infant in place
manufacturer. If it is, the child restraint will
To reduce the risk of serious or fatal and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant
have a label saying that it meets federal
injuries during a crash, young children positioned in the restraint.
motor vehicle safety standards.
should always be secured in an
The instruction manual that is provided with appropriate child restraint.
the child restraint states the weight and
height limitations for that particular child
restraint. In addition, there are many kinds
of child restraints available for children with
special needs.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 49


Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in
the Vehicle

{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or killed
in a crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle. Secure
the child restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH
system, following the instructions that
came with that child restraint and the
Forward-Facing Child Restraint Booster Seats instructions in this manual.

A forward-facing child restraint provides A belt-positioning booster seat is used for To help reduce the chance of injury, the
restraint for the child's body with the children who have outgrown their child restraint must be secured in the
harness. forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in
designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt
seat belt system until the child is large portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the
enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and
properly without a booster seat. See the Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 51 for
seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 45. more information. Never use a seat belt
extender when installing a child restraint.
Never use non-regulated aftermarket anchors
or attachments to secure a child restraint.
Children can be endangered in a crash if the
child restraint is not properly secured in the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

50 Seats and Restraints


When securing an add-on child restraint, station. For CPST availability in Canada, If a child restraint is secured in the
refer to the following: check with Transport Canada or the front outboard passenger seat, and
1. Instruction labels provided on the child Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. the vehicle has a switch on the instrument
restraint panel to manually turn off the front
Securing the Child Within the Child outboard passenger airbag, see Airbag
2. Instruction manual provided with the Restraint On-Off Switch 0 41 and
child restraint Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
3. This vehicle owner's manual { Warning in the Rear Seat) 0 58 or
The child restraint instructions are A child can be seriously injured or killed Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
important, so if they are not available, in a crash if the child is not properly in the Front Seat) 0 60 for more
obtain a replacement copy from the secured in the child restraint. Secure the information, including important safety
manufacturer. information.
child properly following the instructions
Keep in mind that an unsecured child that came with that child restraint. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the
restraint can move around in a collision or front. This is because the risk to the
sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Where to Put the Restraint rear-facing child is so great if the airbag
Be sure to properly secure any child deploys.
According to accident statistics, children and
restraint in the vehicle — even when no
child is in it.
infants are safer when properly restrained in
an appropriate child restraint secured in a
{ Warning
In some areas Certified Child Passenger rear seating position. A child in a rear-facing child restraint can
Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to be seriously injured or killed if the front
Whenever possible, children aged 12 and outboard passenger airbag inflates. This is
inspect and demonstrate how to correctly
under should be secured in a rear seating because the back of the rear-facing child
use and install child restraints. In the U.S.,
position.
refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety restraint would be very close to the
Administration (NHTSA) website to locate inflating airbag. A child in a
the nearest child safety seat inspection forward-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured or killed if the front
(Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 51


When securing a child restraint with the The seat in front of an installed child
Warning (Continued) seat belts in a rear seat position, study the restraint should be adjusted to ensure
outboard passenger airbag inflates and instructions that came with the child proper installation according to the child
the passenger seat is in a forward restraint to make sure it is compatible with restraint manual.
position. this vehicle. Wherever a child restraint is installed, be
Even if the airbag switch has turned off Child restraints and booster seats vary sure to follow the instructions that came
the front outboard passenger frontal considerably in size, and some may fit in with the child restraint and secure the child
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can certain seating positions better than others. restraint properly.
Do not install a child restraint in any rear Keep in mind that an unsecured child
guarantee that an airbag will not deploy
seating position where it cannot be installed restraint can move around in a collision or
under some unusual circumstance, even securely.
though it is turned off. sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle.
Depending on where you place the child Be sure to properly secure any child
Secure rear-facing child restraints in a restraint and the size of the child restraint, restraint in the vehicle — even when no
rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you you may not be able to access adjacent seat child is in it.
secure a forward-facing child restraint in belts or LATCH anchors for additional
the front outboard passenger seat, passengers or child restraints. Adjacent Lower Anchors and Tethers for
always move the seat as far back as it seating positions should not be used if the Children (LATCH System)
will go. It is better to secure the child child restraint prevents access to or
restraint in a rear seat. interferes with the routing of the seat belt. The LATCH system secures a child restraint
during driving or in a crash. LATCH
If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that attachments on the child restraint are used
will accommodate a rear-facing child to attach the child restraint to the anchors
restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should in the vehicle. This system is designed to
not be installed in the vehicle, even if the make installation of a child restraint easier.
airbag is off.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

52 Seats and Restraints


In order to use the LATCH system in your When installing a child restraint with a top
vehicle, you need a child restraint that has tether, you must also use either the lower
LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible anchors or the seat belts to properly secure
rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can the child restraint. A child restraint must
be properly installed using either the LATCH never be attached using only the top tether.
anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child
use both the seat belts and the LATCH restraint where the combined weight of the
anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb),
forward-facing child restraint. use either the lower LATCH anchorages with
Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt
secure the child and the booster seat. If the with the top tether anchorage. Where the
manufacturer recommends that the booster combined weight of the child and restraint
seat be secured with the LATCH system, this are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat
can be done as long as the booster seat can belt with the top tether anchorage only.
be positioned properly and there is no
interference with the proper positioning of
the lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint, and also the
instructions in this manual.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 53


Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints
Restraint Type Combined Weight of Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X
the Child + Child
LATCH – Lower Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Seat Belt and Top
Restraint
Anchors Only Anchors and Top Tether Anchor
Tether Anchor
Rear-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) X X
Restraint
Rear-Facing Child Greater than X
Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)
Forward-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) X X
Restraint
Forward-Facing Child Greater than X
Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)

See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Child restraints built after March 2014 are Not all vehicle seating positions have
Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 58 or labeled with the maximum child weight, lower anchors. In this case, the seat belt
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt with which the LATCH system can be used must be used (with top tether where
in the Front Seat) 0 60. for installing the child restraint. available) to secure the child restraint. See
The following explains how to attach a child Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
restraint with these attachments in the in the Rear Seat) 0 58 or
vehicle. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
in the Front Seat) 0 60.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

54 Seats and Restraints


Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor top tether always to be attached. In Canada,
the law requires that forward-facing child
restraints have a top tether, and that the
tether be attached. Be sure to read and
follow the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor
Locations

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure the top
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top
each LATCH seating position that will tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The
accommodate a child restraint with lower top tether attachment hook (2) on the child
attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor
in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward
movement and rotation of the child restraint
during driving or in the event of a crash. Second, Third, and Fourth Row with
The child restraint may have a single Three-Passenger Seat
tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will
have a single attachment hook (2) to secure i : Seating positions with top tether
the top tether to the anchor. anchors.
Some child restraints with a top tether are j : Seating positions with two lower
designed for use with or without the top anchors.
tether being attached. Others require the
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 55


See the information following for installing a four-passenger fourth or fifth row seat, it
child restraint with a top tether in the must be secured using the vehicle seat belts.
second, third, and fourth row center See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat
positions. Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 58 or
Never install two top tethers using the same Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt
top tether anchor. in the Front Seat) 0 60.

Second, Third, and Fourth Row with


Three-Passenger Seat — Passenger Van
There are two top tether anchors in the
second, third, and fourth row
three-passenger seats. To install a child
restraint in the rear driver-side seating
Front Passenger Position Front Passenger Position
positions, use anchor point (1). To install a
child restraint in the rear passenger-side There is a top tether anchor for the front
i : Seating positions with top tether seating positions, use anchor point (2). passenger position with a front passenger
anchors. To install a child restraint in the rear center seat. The anchor is at the rear of the seat
The second, third, and fourth row with seating positions, use anchor point (2). Never cushion on the right front passenger seat.
three-passenger seats have exposed metal install two top tethers using the same
top tether anchor. Do not secure a child restraint in a position
lower anchors in the crease between the without a top tether anchor if a national or
seatback and the seat cushion. If the vehicle is equipped with a local law requires that the top tether be
four-passenger fourth or fifth row seat,
it does not have upper or lower anchors.
If a child restraint is placed in the
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

56 Seats and Restraints


attached, or if the instructions that come
with the child restraint say that the top Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
tether must be attached. anchor. Attaching more than one child tighten the belt behind the child restraint
According to accident statistics, children and restraint to a single anchor could cause after the child restraint has been
infants are safer when properly restrained in the anchor or attachment to come loose installed.
a child restraint system or infant restraint or even break during a crash. A child or
system secured in a rear seating position. others could be injured.
See Where to Put the Restraint 0 50 for Caution
additional information. Do not let the LATCH attachments rub
Securing a Child Restraint Designed for
{ Warning against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may
Children can be seriously injured or damage these parts. If necessary, move
the LATCH System buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the
strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped
around their neck. The shoulder belt can LATCH attachments.
{ Warning tighten but cannot be loosened if it is Do not fold the rear seatback when the
A child could be seriously injured or killed locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is seat is occupied. Do not fold the empty
in a crash if the child restraint is not pulled all the way out of the retractor. rear seat with a seat belt buckled. This
properly attached to the vehicle using It unlocks when the shoulder belt is could damage the seat belt or the seat.
either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle allowed to go all the way back into the Unbuckle and return the seat belt to its
seat belt. Follow the instructions that retractor, but it cannot do this if it is stowed position, before folding the seat.
came with the child restraint and the wrapped around a child’s neck. If the
instructions in this manual. shoulder belt is locked and tightened If you need to secure more than one child
around a child’s neck, the only way to restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put
loosen the belt is to cut it. the Restraint 0 50.
{ Warning 1. Attach and tighten the lower
Buckle any unused seat belts behind the
To reduce the risk of serious or fatal attachments to the lower anchors. If the
child restraint so children cannot reach
injuries during a crash, do not attach child restraint does not have lower
them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
more than one child restraint to a single attachments or the desired seating
out of the retractor to set the lock, and
(Continued) position does not have lower anchors,
(Continued) secure the child restraint with the top
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 57


tether and the seat belt. Refer to the 2.3. Route and tighten the top tether If the position you are using does
child restraint manufacturer instructions according to your child restraint not have a headrest or head
and the instructions in this manual. instructions and the following restraint and you are using a dual
1.1. Find the lower anchors for the instructions: tether, route the tether over the
desired seating position. seatback.
1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments on the child restraint
to the lower anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether be
attached, adjust the top tether to its full
length and attach it to the anchor. Refer
to the child restraint instructions and the If the position you are using does
following steps: not have a headrest or head
restraint and you are using a single
2.1. Find the top tether anchor. tether, route the tether over the
2.2. For the second, third, and fourth seatback.
row with three-passenger seats If the position you are using has an
only, in the rear driver-side seating integrated headrest or head
positions, use anchor point (1). For restraint and you are using a dual
the rear passenger-side seating tether, route the tether around the
positions, use anchor point (2). headrest or head restraint.
For the center seating positions, use
anchor point (2). Never install two
top tethers using the same top
tether anchor.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

58 Seats and Restraints


Replacing LATCH System Parts If the child restraint has the LATCH system,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
After a Crash (LATCH System) 0 51 for how and where to
install the child restraint using LATCH. If a
{ Warning child restraint is secured in the vehicle using
A crash can damage the LATCH system in a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see
the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
may not properly secure the child (LATCH System) 0 51 for top tether anchor
restraint, resulting in serious injury or locations.
even death in a crash. To help make sure Do not secure a child seat in a position
the LATCH system is working properly without a top tether anchor if a national or
after a crash, see your dealer to have the local law requires that the top tether be
If the position you are using has an system inspected and any necessary anchored, or if the instructions that come
integrated headrest or head replacements made as soon as possible. with the child restraint say that the top
restraint and you are using a single tether must be anchored.
tether, route the tether over the If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it In Canada, the law requires that
headrest or head restraint. was being used during a crash, new LATCH forward-facing child restraints have a top
system parts may be needed. tether, and that the tether be attached.
3. Before placing a child in the child
restraint, make sure it is securely held in New parts and repairs may be necessary If the child restraint or vehicle seat position
place. To check, grasp the child restraint even if the LATCH system was not being does not have the LATCH system, you will
at the LATCH path and attempt to move used at the time of the crash. be using the seat belt to secure the child
it side to side and back and forth. There restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions
should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of Securing Child Restraints (With that came with the child restraint.
movement for proper installation. the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) If more than one child restraint needs to be
When securing a child restraint with the installed in the rear seat, be sure to read
seat belts in a rear seat position, study the Where to Put the Restraint 0 50.
instructions that came with the child 1. Put the child restraint on the seat.
restraint to make sure it is compatible with
this vehicle.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 59


2. Pick up the latch plate and run the lap
and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat
belt through or around the child
restraint. Ensure the seat belt webbing is
routed as directly as possible and is not
caught on seat handles or plastic trim.
The child restraint instructions will show
you how.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 5. To tighten the belt, push down on the
the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion
retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of
tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back
retractor. into the retractor. When installing a
forward-facing child restraint, it may be
helpful to use your knee to push down
on the child restraint as you tighten
the belt.
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
it clicks. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is locked.
Position the release button on the
If the retractor is not locked, repeat
buckle, away from the child restraint, so
Steps 4 and 5.
that the seat belt could be quickly
unbuckled if necessary.
There must not be direct contact of the
child restraint to the push button.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

60 Seats and Restraints


6. If the child restraint has a top tether, outboard passenger frontal airbag. See
follow the child restraint manufacturer's Airbag On-Off Switch 0 41 for more Warning (Continued)
instructions regarding the use of the top information, including important safety Secure rear-facing child restraints in a
tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers information. rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you
for Children (LATCH System) 0 51. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the secure a forward-facing child restraint in
7. Before placing a child in the child front. This is because the risk to the the front outboard passenger seat,
restraint, make sure it is securely held in rear-facing child is so great if the airbag always move the seat as far back as it
place. To check, grasp the child restraint deploys. will go. It is better to secure the child
at the seat belt path and attempt to restraint in a rear seat.
move it side to side and back and forth.
When the child restraint is properly
{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can
installed, there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. be seriously injured or killed if the front { Warning
outboard passenger airbag inflates. This is If the airbag readiness light ever comes
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the because the back of the rear-facing child on and stays on, it means that
vehicle seat belt and let it return to the something may be wrong with the airbag
restraint would be very close to the
stowed position. If the top tether is attached system. For example, the front outboard
inflating airbag. A child in a
to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
forward-facing child restraint can be passenger frontal airbag could inflate
Securing Child Restraints (With seriously injured or killed if the front even though the airbag on-off switch is
outboard passenger airbag inflates and turned off.
the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) the passenger seat is in a forward To help avoid injury to yourself or others,
This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a position. have the vehicle serviced right away. See
safer place to secure a forward-facing child
Even if the airbag switch has turned off Airbag Readiness Light 0 75 for more
restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint
0 50. the front outboard passenger frontal information, including important safety
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can information.
There may be a switch on the instrument guarantee that an airbag will not deploy
panel that you can use to turn off the front under some unusual circumstance, even
though it is turned off.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 61


If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that the child restraint. There must be finger
will accommodate a rear-facing child clearance between the push button and
restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should the child restraint.
not be installed in the vehicle, even if the When the airbag off switch has turned
airbag is off. off the front outboard passenger frontal
If the child restraint uses a top tether, see airbag, the off indicator in the airbag off
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children light should light and stay lit when you
(LATCH System) 0 51 for top tether anchor start the vehicle. See Airbag On-Off Light
locations. 0 76.
Do not secure a child restraint in a position 2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
without a top tether anchor if a national or 3. Pick up the latch plate and run the lap
local law requires that the top tether be and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat
anchored, or if the instructions that come belt through or around the restraint. 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until
with the child restraint say that the top Ensure the seat belt webbing is routed it clicks.
tether must be anchored. as direct as possible and is not caught Position the release button on the
In Canada, the law requires that on seat handles or plastic trim. The child buckle, away from the child restraint, so
forward-facing child restraints have a top restraint instructions will show you how. that the seat belt could be quickly
tether, and that the tether be attached. unbuckled if necessary.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure
the child restraint in this position, follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint and the following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it will go
before securing the forward-facing child
restraint. Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight installation of
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

62 Seats and Restraints


When installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to use your
knee to push down on the child restraint
as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor
to make sure the retractor is locked.
If the retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
7. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat
and the child restraint manufacturer
recommends using a top tether anchor,
attach the top tether to the top tether
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the anchor. Refer to the instructions that
the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion came with the child restraint and to
retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back (LATCH System) 0 51.
retractor. into the retractor. 8. Before placing a child in the child
There must be finger clearance between restraint, make sure it is securely held in
the push button and the child restraint. place. To check, grasp the child restraint
If there is not clearance between the at the seat belt path and attempt to
buckle push button and the child move it side to side and back and forth.
restraint, move the seat upward and When the child restraint is properly
repeat prior installation steps. Otherwise installed, there should be no more than
secure the child restraint in a rear seat. 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Seats and Restraints 63


To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the
vehicle seat belt and let it return to the
stowed position. If the top tether is attached
to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
If you turned the airbag off with the switch,
turn on the front outboard passenger airbag
when you remove the child restraint from
the vehicle unless the person who will be
sitting there is a member of a passenger
airbag risk group. See Airbag On-Off Switch
0 41 for more information, including
important safety information.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

64 Storage
Storage Storage Compartments Additional Storage Features
Storage Compartments { Warning Cargo Tie-Downs
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Do not store heavy or sharp objects in
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 storage compartments. In a crash, these
Additional Storage Features objects may cause the cover to open and
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 could result in injury.

Front Storage

If equipped, there are six cargo tie-downs in


the cargo area that can be used to secure
cargo.
Do not apply a total load of more than
5 000 N (1,124 lbs of force) to a single cargo
tie-down when securing cargo.
If equipped, the front storage compartment See Vehicle Load Limits 0 126.
is at the center of the instrument panel
extension near the floor. To open, pull up on
the latch.
There may also be storage compartments
on the inside of each front door.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Storage 65

{ Warning Warning (Continued)


The child restraint top tether strap may Do not allow people to ride in any area
be damaged by contact with items in the of the vehicle that is not equipped with
cargo area. Your child could be seriously seats and seat belts. Be sure everyone in
injured or killed in a collision if the top the vehicle is in a seat and using a seat
tether strap is damaged. Properly secure belt properly.
all cargo.

{ Warning
Properly secure all cargo with ropes or
straps to help prevent it from sliding or
shifting. Do not place cargo higher than
the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or
collision, unsecured cargo could cause
personal injury. Use suitable ropes or
straps to secure cargo.

{ Warning
Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo
area. It is extremely dangerous to ride in
the cargo area of a vehicle. In a collision,
people riding in these areas are more
likely to be seriously injured or killed.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

66 Instruments and Controls


Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Instruments and Controls Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning
Controls
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Steering Wheel Adjustment
Controls Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Light . . . 79
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Information Displays
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . 82 For vehicles with a tilt steering wheel, the
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 lever is located on the left side of the
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Vehicle Messages steering column.
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 To adjust the steering wheel:
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 1. Pull the lever to move the steering
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 74 wheel up or down into a comfortable
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Vehicle Personalization position.
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
2. Release the lever to lock the steering
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 wheel in place.
Airbag On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Do not adjust the steering wheel while
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check driving.
Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Instruments and Controls 67


Steering Wheel Controls Radio 3. Press and release w or c / x to
To select preset or favorite radio stations: scroll up or down the list.
. To select a folder, press and hold w
Press and release w or c / x to go to
the next or previous radio station stored as , or press ¨ when the folder is
a preset or favorite. highlighted.
. To go back further in the folder list,
CD
press and hold c / x.
To select tracks on a CD:
b / g : Press to silence the vehicle
Press and release w or c / x to go to speakers only. Press again to turn the
the next or previous track. sound on.
Selecting Tracks on an iPod or USB Device For vehicles with Bluetooth or OnStar
1. Press and hold w or c / x while systems, press and hold for longer than
If equipped, some audio controls can be listening to a song until the contents of two seconds to interact with those systems.
adjusted at the steering wheel. the current folder appear on the See Bluetooth 0 107 and
infotainment display. OnStar Overview 0 264, if equipped.
w : Press to go to the next favorite radio SRCE : Press to switch between the radio
station, track on a CD, or folder on an iPod 2. Press and release w or c / x to
scroll up or down the list, then press and and CD, and for equipped vehicles, the front
or USB device.
hold w , or press ¨ to play the auxiliary.
c / x : Press to go to the previous highlighted track. ¨ : Press to go to the next radio station
favorite radio station, track on a CD,
Navigating Folders on an iPod or USB Device while in AM, FM, or SiriusXM, if equipped.
or folder on an iPod or USB device. Also
press to reject an incoming call or end a 1. Press and hold w or c / x while If equipped with a CD player or USB port:
current call. listening to a song until the contents of Press ¨ to go to the next track or chapter
the current folder appear on the while sourced to the CD.
infotainment display.
Press ¨ to select a track or a folder when
2. Press and hold c / x to go back to
navigating folders on an iPod or USB device.
the previous folder list.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

68 Instruments and Controls


While listening to a CD, press and hold ¨ to 6 : Use to adjust the delay time between Clear ice and snow from the wiper blades
quickly move forward through the tracks. wipes. Turn the band up for more frequent before using them. If frozen to the
Release to stop on the desired track. wipes or down for less frequent wipes. windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them.
Damaged blades should be replaced.
+ e : Press to increase volume. d : Fast wipes.
Windshield Washer
− e : Press to decrease volume. a : Slow wipes.
The windshield wiper paddle is on top of the
Horn 9 : Use to turn the wipers off. turn signal lever.

Press a on the steering wheel pad to When driving during the day and the wipers L : Push the paddle to spray washer fluid
are activated, the headlamps automatically on the windshield. The wipers will clear the
sound the horn.
turn on after completing eight wipe cycles. window and then either stop or return to
Windshield Wiper/Washer the preset speed.
{ Warning
In freezing weather, do not use the
Compass
washer until the windshield is warmed. This vehicle may have a compass in the
Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice Driver Information Center (DIC).
on the windshield, blocking your vision. Compass Zone
Your dealer will set the correct zone for
The lever is on the left side of the steering { Warning your location.
column. Under certain circumstances, such as during
Before driving the vehicle, always clear
Turn the band with N on it to select the snow and ice from the hood, windshield, a long distance cross-country trip or moving
to a new state or province, it will be
wiper speed. washer nozzles, roof, and rear of the
necessary to compensate for compass
vehicle, including all lamps and windows.
8 : Use for a single wipe. Hold the band Reduced visibility from snow and ice
variance by resetting the zone through the
on z , then release. For several wipes, DIC if the zone is not set correctly.
buildup could lead to a crash.
hold the band on z longer. Compass variance is the difference between
the earth's magnetic north and true
geographic north. If the compass is not set
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Instruments and Controls 69


to the zone where you live, the compass 3. Press V to scroll through and select the other magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle,
may give false readings. The compass must appropriate variance zone. move the magnetic item, then turn on the
be set to the variance zone in which the vehicle and calibrate the compass.
vehicle is traveling. 4. Press 3 until the vehicle heading, for
example, N for North, is displayed in To calibrate the compass, use the following
To adjust for compass variance, use the the DIC. procedure:
following procedure: Compass Calibration Procedure
5. If calibration is necessary, calibrate the
Compass Variance (Zone) Procedure compass. See “Compass Calibration 1. Before calibrating the compass, make
1. Do not set the compass zone when the Procedure” following. sure the compass zone is set to the
vehicle is moving. Only set it when the Compass Calibration variance zone in which the vehicle is
vehicle is in P (Park). located. See “Compass Variance (Zone)
The compass can be manually calibrated. Procedure” earlier in this section.
Press T until PRESS V TO CHANGE Only calibrate the compass in a magnetically
COMPASS ZONE displays. clean and safe location, such as an open Do not operate any switches such as
parking lot, where driving the vehicle in window, climate controls, seats, etc.
circles is not a danger. It is suggested to during the calibration procedure.
calibrate away from tall buildings, utility 2. Press T until PRESS V TO CALIBRATE
wires, manhole covers, or other industrial COMPASS displays.
structures, if possible.
3. Press V to start the compass calibration.
If CAL should ever appear in the DIC display, 4. The DIC will display CALIBRATING: DRIVE
the compass should be calibrated. IN CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in tight
If the DIC display does not show a heading, circles at less than 8 km/h (5 mph) to
for example, N for North, or the heading complete the calibration. The DIC will
does not change after making turns, there display CALIBRATION COMPLETE for a few
may be a strong magnetic field interfering seconds when the calibration is
with the compass. Such interference may be complete. The DIC display will then
2. Find the vehicle's current location and caused by a magnetic CB or cell phone return to PRESS V TO CALIBRATE
variance zone number on the map. antenna mount, a magnetic emergency COMPASS.
light, magnetic note pad holder, or any
Zones 1 through 15 are available.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

70 Instruments and Controls


Clock 3. Press H again to apply the selected Caution
default, or let the screen time out.
Setting the Time or Date Leaving electrical equipment plugged in
1. With the radio on, press H and the HR, Power Outlets for an extended period of time while the
vehicle is off will drain the battery.
MIN, MM, DD, and YYYY (hour, minute, Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct Current
month, day, and year) display. Always unplug electrical equipment when
The accessory power outlets can be used to not in use and do not plug in equipment
2. Press the softkey under any one of the plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell that exceeds the maximum 20 amp
tabs to be changed. Every time the phone or an MP3 player. rating.
softkey is pressed again, the time or the
date if selected, increases by one. The vehicle may have two accessory power
outlets on the instrument panel. When adding electrical equipment, be sure
Another way to increase the time or to follow the proper installation instructions
date is to press ¨ SEEK or \ FWD Remove the cover to access and replace included with the equipment. See Add-On
(forward). when not in use. Electrical Equipment 0 171.
3. To decrease, press © SEEK or s REV. Certain power accessory plugs may not be
compatible to the accessory power outlet Caution
Turn the f knob, on the upper right side and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses. Hanging heavy equipment from the
of the radio, to adjust the selected If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. power outlet can cause damage not
setting.
covered by the vehicle warranty. The
Changing the Time or Date Default Settings { Warning power outlets are designed for accessory
1. With the radio on, press H and then the Power is always supplied to the outlets. power plugs only, such as cell phone
softkey under the forward arrow that is Do not leave electrical equipment charge cords.
currently displayed on the infotainment plugged in when the vehicle is not in use
display until the time 12H (hour) and 24H because the vehicle could catch fire and Power Outlet 110/120 Volt Alternating
(hour), and the date MM/DD (month and cause injury or death. Current
day) and DD/MM (day and month) are This power outlet can be used to plug in
displayed. electrical equipment that uses a maximum
2. Press the softkey under the desired limit of 150 watts.
option.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Instruments and Controls 71


The 110/120 volt power outlet is on the . Medical equipment
instrument panel.
Caution (Continued)
Cigarette Lighter them and possibly damage the vehicle.
An indicator light on the outlet turns on to
If equipped with a cigarette lighter, to heat, Never put flammable items in the
show it is in use. The light comes on when
the ignition is on, equipment requiring less push it in all the way and let go. When it is ashtray.
than 150 watts is plugged into the outlet, ready for use, it will pop back out by itself.
To remove the ashtray, pull it from the
and no system fault is detected. Do not use the lighter to plug in accessory cupholder. Push it back down to be sure it is
The indicator light does not come on when devices. Use the power outlets provided. secure.
the ignition is off, or if the equipment is not
fully seated into the outlet. Caution
Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
If equipment is connected using more than
150 watts or a system fault is detected, a heating does not let the lighter back Indicators
protection circuit shuts off the power supply away from the heating element when it Warning lights and gauges can signal that
and the indicator light turns off. To reset is hot. Damage from overheating can something is wrong before it becomes
the circuit, unplug the item and plug it back occur to the lighter or heating element, serious enough to cause an expensive repair
in or turn the Retained Accessory Power or a fuse could be blown. Do not hold a or replacement. Paying attention to the
(RAP) off and then back on. See Retained cigarette lighter in while it is heating. warning lights and gauges could prevent
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 133. injury.
The power outlet is not designed for the Ashtrays Some warning lights come on briefly when
following, and may not work properly if If equipped with a removable ashtray, it can the engine is started to indicate they are
they are plugged in: be placed into the front floor console working. When one of the warning lights
. Equipment with high initial peak wattage, cupholder. Open the cover to use. comes on and stays on while driving,
such as compressor-driven refrigerators or when one of the gauges shows there
and electric power tools Caution may be a problem, check the section that
. Other equipment requiring an extremely If papers, pins, or other flammable items explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs
stable power supply, such as are put in the ashtray, hot cigarettes or can be costly and even dangerous.
microcomputer-controlled electric blankets other smoking materials could ignite
and touch sensor lamps (Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

72 Instruments and Controls


Instrument Cluster Odometer
The odometer shows how far the vehicle has
been driven, in either kilometers or miles.

Trip Odometer
The trip odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven since the trip
odometer was last reset.
The trip odometer is accessed and reset
through the Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 82.

Fuel Gauge

English Shown, Metric Similar

1. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 73 Speedometer


2. Speedometer 0 72
3. Voltmeter Gauge 0 74 The speedometer shows the vehicle speed in
kilometers per hour (km/h) and miles per
4. Fuel Gauge 0 72
hour (mph).
5. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 82
6. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Metric
0 74
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Instruments and Controls 73


but it actually will take a little more,
or less than half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. Moves a little while turning a corner,
speeding up, or braking.
. Take a few seconds to stabilize after the
ignition is turned on and goes back to
empty when the ignition is turned off.
These are normal conditions, none of which
indicate a problem with the fuel gauge.

Engine Oil Pressure Gauge


English English
When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge The oil pressure gauge shows the engine oil
indicates the approximate amount of fuel pressure in psi (pounds per square inch)
left in the tank. or kPa (kilopascals) when the engine is
There is an arrow near the fuel gauge running.
pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel Oil pressure may vary with engine speed,
door is on. outside temperature and oil viscosity, but
When the indicator nears empty, the low readings above the low pressure zone
fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel indicate the normal operating range.
left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. A reading in the low pressure zone may be
The fuel gauge may: caused by a dangerously low oil level or
other problem causing low oil pressure.
. Take a little more, or less fuel to fill up Metric
than it indicates. For example, the gauge
may have indicated the tank is half full,
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

74 Instruments and Controls


Caution Engine Coolant Temperature This gauge shows the engine coolant
temperature.
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance Gauge
It also provides an indicator of how hard the
can damage the engine. Driving with the
vehicle is working. During a majority of the
engine oil low can also damage the operation, the gauge will read 100 °C (210 °F)
engine. The repairs would not be covered or less. If the vehicle is pulling a load or
by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil going up hills, it is normal for the
level as soon as possible. Add oil if temperature to fluctuate and approach the
required, but if the oil level is within the 122 °C (250 °F) mark. If the gauge reaches
operating range and the oil pressure is the 125 °C (260 °F) mark, it indicates that the
still low, have the vehicle serviced. cooling system is working beyond its
Always follow the maintenance schedule capacity.
for changing engine oil. See Engine Overheating 0 186.

Voltmeter Gauge
Metric

English
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Instruments and Controls 75


When the engine is not running, but the Seat Belt Reminders wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic
ignition is on, this gauge shows the module. For more information on the airbag
battery's state of charge in DC volts. Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light system, see Airbag System 0 35.
When the engine is running, the gauge There is a seat belt reminder light on the
shows the condition of the charging system. instrument cluster.
Readings between the low and high warning
zones indicate the normal operating range.
Readings in the low warning zone may occur
when a large number of electrical
accessories are operating in the vehicle and The airbag readiness light comes on for
the engine is left at an idle for an extended several seconds when the vehicle is started.
period. This condition is normal since the If the light does not come on then, have it
When the vehicle is started, this light
charging system is not able to provide full fixed immediately.
flashes and a chime may come on to remind
power at engine idle. As engine speeds are
the driver to fasten their seat belt. Then the
increased, this condition should correct itself
light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. { Warning
as higher engine speeds allow the charging
This cycle may continue several times if the If the airbag readiness light stays on
system to create maximum power.
driver remains or becomes unbuckled while after the vehicle is started or comes on
The vehicle can be only driven for a short the vehicle is moving. while driving, it means the airbag system
time with the reading in either warning might not be working properly. The
If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the
zone. If it must be driven, turn off all airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in
light nor the chime comes on.
unnecessary accessories.
a crash, or they could even inflate
Readings in either warning zone indicate a Airbag Readiness Light without a crash. To help avoid injury,
possible problem in the electrical system. This light shows if there is an electrical have the vehicle serviced right away.
Have the vehicle serviced as soon as problem with the airbag system. It is
possible. located in the instrument cluster. The If there is a problem with the airbag
system check includes the airbag sensor(s), system, a Driver Information Center (DIC)
the airbag on-off switch, the pretensioners message may also come on.
(if equipped), the airbag modules, the
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

76 Instruments and Controls


Airbag On-Off Light Warning (Continued)
When the front outboard passenger airbag See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 41 for more
is manually turned off using the airbag
information, including important safety
on-off switch on the instrument panel,
information.
if equipped, the indicator light OFF or the
off symbol will come on and stay on as a
reminder that the airbag has been turned
off. This light will go off when the airbag { Warning
has been turned on. See Airbag On-Off If the airbag readiness light ever comes
Switch 0 41 for more information, including on and stays on, it means that
important safety information. something may be wrong with the airbag
system. For example, the front outboard
Canada and Mexico
passenger frontal airbag could inflate
even though the airbag on-off switch is
{ Warning turned off.
If the front outboard passenger frontal To help avoid injury to yourself or others,
airbag is turned off for a person who is have the vehicle serviced right away. See
not in a risk group identified by the Airbag Readiness Light 0 75 for more
national government, that person will not information, including important safety
have the extra protection of an airbag. In information.
a crash, the airbag will not be able to
inflate and help protect the person sitting If the word ON or the on symbol is lit, it
there. Do not turn off the front outboard means that the front outboard passenger
United States passenger frontal airbag unless the frontal airbag is enabled, and may inflate.
person sitting there is in a risk group See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 41 for more
identified by the national government. information, including important safety
(Continued) information.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Instruments and Controls 77


Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator Lamp Caution (Continued)
(Check Engine Light) run smoothly. This could lead to costly
This light is part of the vehicle’s emission repairs that might not be covered by the
control on-board diagnostic system. If this vehicle warranty.
light is on while the engine is running, a
malfunction has been detected and the
vehicle may require service. The light should Caution
The charging system light comes on briefly come on to show that it is working when Modifications to the engine, transmission,
when the ignition is turned on, but the the ignition is on and the engine is not exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the
engine is not running, as a check to show running. See Ignition Positions 0 130. use of replacement tires that do not
the light is working. It should go out when meet the original tire specifications, can
the engine is started. cause this light to come on. This could
If the light stays on, or comes on while lead to costly repairs not covered by the
driving, there may be a problem with the vehicle warranty. This could also affect
electrical charging system. Have it checked the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions
by your dealer. Driving while this light is on Inspection/Maintenance test. See
could drain the battery. Malfunctions are often indicated by the Accessories and Modifications 0 173.
When this light comes on, or is flashing, the system before any problem is noticeable.
Being aware of the light and seeking service If the light is flashing : A malfunction has
Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays
promptly when it comes on may prevent been detected that could damage the
a message.
damage. emission control system and increase vehicle
If a short distance must be driven with the emissions. Diagnosis and service may be
light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, Caution required.
such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a
If the vehicle is driven continually with To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle
safe place to stop the vehicle.
this light on, the emission control system speed and avoid hard accelerations and
may not work as well, the fuel economy uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the
may be lower, and the vehicle may not amount of cargo being hauled as soon as
(Continued) possible.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

78 Instruments and Controls


If the light continues to flash, find a safe Emissions Inspection and Maintenance . Critical emission control systems have not
place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait Programs been completely diagnosed. If this
at least 10 seconds before restarting the happens, the vehicle would not be ready
engine. If the light is still flashing, follow If the vehicle requires an Emissions for inspection and might require
the previous guidelines and see your dealer Inspection/Maintenance test, the test several days of routine driving before the
for service as soon as possible. equipment will likely connect to the system is ready for inspection. This can
vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). happen if the 12-volt battery has recently
If the light is on steady : A malfunction has
been replaced or run down, or if the
been detected. Diagnosis and service may be
vehicle has been recently serviced.
required.
See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass
Check the following:
or cannot be made ready for the test.
. A loose or missing fuel cap may cause
the light to come on. See Filling the Tank Brake System Warning Light
0 153. A few driving trips with the cap
properly installed may turn the light off. The DLC is under the instrument panel to
. Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient the left of the steering wheel. Connecting
engine operation and poor driveability, devices that are not used to perform an
which may go away once the engine is Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to
warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel service the vehicle may affect vehicle
brand. It may require at least one full operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment
Metric English
tank of the proper fuel to turn the light 0 171. See your dealer if assistance is
off. See Recommended Fuel 0 152. needed.
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle
If the light remains on, see your dealer. The vehicle may not pass inspection if: is turned on to show that the light is
. The light is on when the engine is working. If it does not come on then, have
running. it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if
. The light does not come on when the there is a problem.
ignition is on while the engine is off. When the vehicle is on, the brake system
warning light also comes on when the
parking brake is set. The light stays on if
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Instruments and Controls 79


the parking brake does not fully release. If it Antilock Brake System (ABS) Tow/Haul Mode Light
stays on after the parking brake is fully
released, there is a brake problem. Have the Warning Light
brake system inspected right away. This
light may come on if the brake fluid is low.
See Brake Fluid 0 190.
If the light comes on while driving, pull off
the road and stop carefully. The brake pedal
might be harder to push, or the brake pedal For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Mode
may go closer to the floor. It could take This light comes on briefly when the vehicle feature, this light comes on when the Tow/
longer to stop. If the light is still on, have is turned on to show that the light is Haul Mode has been activated.
the vehicle towed for service. See working. If it does not come on then, have See Tow/Haul Mode 0 140.
Transporting a Disabled Vehicle 0 231. it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if
there is a problem. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
{ Warning If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes Light
The brake system might not be working on again while driving, the vehicle needs
properly if the brake system warning service. A chime may also sound when the
light is on. Driving with the brake system light stays on.
warning light on can lead to a crash. If the ABS warning light is the only light on,
If the light is still on after the vehicle has the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is
been pulled off the road and carefully not functioning.
stopped, have the vehicle towed for
service. If both the ABS warning light and the brake This light is green if LDW is on and ready to
system warning light are on, ABS is not operate.
functioning and there is a problem with the This light changes to amber and flashes to
regular brakes. See your dealer for service. indicate that the lane marking has been
See Brake System Warning Light 0 78. crossed without using a turn signal in that
direction.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

80 Instruments and Controls


See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 151. This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/ your dealer as soon as possible. A Driver
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is Information Center (DIC) message may
Vehicle Ahead Indicator turned off. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the display.
Traction Control System (TCS) is also off. To The light flashes when the TCS and/or the
turn ESC off and on, see Traction Control/ StabiliTrak/ESC system is actively working.
Electronic Stability Control 0 142.
See Traction Control/Electronic Stability
If ESC and TCS are off, the systems do not Control 0 142.
assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust
driving accordingly. Tire Pressure Light
If equipped, this indicator will display green Traction Control System (TCS)/
when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber
when you are following a vehicle ahead StabiliTrak Light
much too closely.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
0 148.

StabiliTrak OFF Light If equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor


System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly
when the vehicle is started. It provides
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle information about tire pressures and
is turned on to show that the light is the TPMS.
working. If it does not come on then, have
When the Light Is On Steady
it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if
there is a problem. This indicates that one or more of the tires
are significantly underinflated.
This light comes on briefly when the vehicle If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS
is turned on to show that the light is and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire
working. If it does not come on then, have are not fully operational and may not assist pressure message may also display. Stop as
it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if in maintaining control. Adjust driving soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the
there is a problem. accordingly. If the condition persists, see
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Instruments and Controls 81


pressure value shown on the Tire and
Caution (Continued) Low Fuel Warning Light
Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure
0 208. 3. Add oil if the oil level is below the
normal operating range.
When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On
Steady 4. Restart the vehicle. If the engine oil
pressure light stays on for more
If the light flashes for about a minute and than 10 seconds, turn the vehicle
then stays on, there may be a problem with back off. Do not restart the vehicle.
the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, See your dealer for service.
the light will come on every time the
vehicle is started. See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 210.

Engine Oil Pressure Light


English Shown, Metric Similar
Caution
Driving the vehicle with low engine oil A Low Fuel Warning Light near the fuel
pressure can damage the engine and the This light should come on briefly when the gauge comes on briefly when the ignition is
repairs would not be covered by the engine starts. When the engine is off and turned on as a check to show it is working.
the vehicle is on, the light should remain
vehicle warranty. It also comes on, and a chime sounds when
illuminated. If it does not come on under
If the engine oil pressure light comes on either condition, contact your dealer. the fuel gauge indicator nears empty. The
while driving: light turns off when fuel is added. If it does
If the light comes on and stays on when the not, have the vehicle serviced.
1. Stop in a safe location and turn off engine is running, it may not have adequate
the engine. oil pressure. The oil level may be low or
there may be some other oil system
2. Check the oil level. See Engine Oil
problem. Turn the engine off when it is safe
0 179.
(Continued)
to do so and contact your dealer.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

82 Instruments and Controls


Security Light See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer The DIC displays trip, fuel, and vehicle
0 92. system information, and warning messages
if a system problem is detected.
Cruise Control Light
If the vehicle has these features, the DIC
also displays the compass direction and the
outside air temperature when viewing the
trip and fuel information. The compass
direction appears on the top right corner of
The security light should come on briefly as the DIC display. The outside air temperature
the engine is started. If it does not come on, automatically appears in the bottom right
have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. corner of the DIC display. If there is a
If the system is working normally, the This light comes on when the cruise control
is set. problem with the system that controls the
indicator light turns off. temperature display, the numbers will be
If the light stays on and the engine does This light goes out when the cruise control replaced with dashes. If this occurs, have the
not start, there could be a problem with the is canceled. See Cruise Control 0 143. vehicle serviced by your dealer.
theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer DIC Operation and Displays
Operation 0 16. Information Displays
The DIC has different displays which can be
High-Beam On Light Driver Information Center (DIC) accessed by pressing the DIC buttons on the
instrument panel, next to the instrument
This vehicle has a DIC. cluster.
All messages will appear in the DIC display
at the bottom of the instrument cluster.
The DIC comes on when the ignition is on.
After a short delay, the DIC will display the
information that was last displayed before
This light comes on when the high-beam the engine was turned off.
headlamps are in use.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Instruments and Controls 83


DIC Buttons and without a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Each trip odometer can be reset to zero
transmitter, and compass zone and compass separately by pressing V while the desired
calibration on vehicles with this feature. trip odometer is displayed.
U : Press this button to customize the The trip odometer has a feature called the
feature settings on the vehicle. See Vehicle retro-active reset. This can be used to set
Personalization 0 87 for more information. the trip odometer to the number of
kilometers (miles) driven since the ignition
V : Press this button to set or reset certain was last turned on. This can be used if the
functions and to turn off or acknowledge trip odometer is not reset at the beginning
messages on the DIC. of the trip.
Trip/Fuel Menu Items To use the retro-active reset feature, press
3 : Press this button to scroll through and hold V for at least four seconds. The
the following menu items: trip odometer will display the number of
The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven since
information, customization, and set/reset Odometer the ignition was last turned on and the
buttons. The button functions are detailed in Press 3 until XX km (mi) displays. This vehicle was moving. Once the vehicle begins
the following pages. display shows the distance the vehicle has moving, the trip odometer will accumulate
been driven in either kilometers (km) or mileage. For example, if the vehicle was
3 : Press this button to display the driven 8 km (5 miles) before it is started
odometer, trip odometers, fuel range, miles (mi).
again, and then the retro-active reset feature
average economy, fuel used, timer, average Trip Odometers is activated, the display will show 8 km
speed, and digital tachometer. (5 miles). As the vehicle begins moving, the
Press 3 until A or B displays. This
T : Press this button to display the oil display shows the current distance traveled display will then increase to 8.1 km
life, rear park assist, units, tire pressure in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi) since (5.1 miles), 8.2 km (5.2 miles), etc.
readings for vehicles with the Tire Pressure the last reset for each trip odometer. Both If the retro-active reset feature is activated
Monitor System (TPMS), engine hours, Tire trip odometers can be used at the after the vehicle is started, but before it
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) same time. begins moving, the display will show the
programming for vehicles with the TPMS number of kilometers (km) or miles (mi) that
were driven during the last ignition cycle.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

84 Instruments and Controls


Fuel Range recorded since the last time this menu item To reset the timer to zero, press and hold V
was reset. To reset AVG ECONOMY, press while TIMER is displayed.
Press 3 until FUEL RANGE displays. This
and hold V. The display will return to zero.
display shows the approximate number of Average Speed
remaining kilometers (km) or miles (mi) the Fuel Used
vehicle can be driven without refueling. Press 3 until AVERAGE SPEED displays.
Press 3 until FUEL USED displays. This This display shows the average speed of the
The fuel range estimate is based on an display shows the number of liters (L) or vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or
average of the fuel economy over recent gallons (gal) of fuel used since the last reset miles per hour (mph). This average is
driving history and the amount of fuel of this menu item. To reset the fuel used calculated based on the various vehicle
remaining in the fuel tank. This estimate information, press and hold V while FUEL speeds recorded since the last reset of this
will change if driving conditions change. For USED is displayed. value. To reset the value, press and hold V.
example, if driving in traffic and making The display will return to zero.
frequent stops, this display may read one Timer
number, but if the vehicle is driven on a Digital Tachometer
Press 3 until TIMER displays. This
freeway, the number may change even Press 3 until Tachometer ##00 RPM
display can be used as a timer.
though the same amount of fuel is in the
displays. This display shows the engine
fuel tank. This is because different driving To start the timer, press V while TIMER is speed in revolutions per minute (RPM).
conditions produce different fuel economies. displayed. The display will show the amount
Generally, freeway driving produces better of time that has passed since the timer was Blank Display
fuel economy than city driving. last reset, not including time the ignition is This display shows no information.
If the vehicle is low on fuel, the FUEL LEVEL off. Time will continue to be counted as
LOW message will be displayed. long as the ignition is on, even if another Vehicle Information Menu Items
display is being shown on the DIC. The
Average Economy timer will record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes
T : Press this button to scroll through the
following menu items:
Press 3 until AVG ECONOMY displays. and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after which the
This display shows the approximate average display will return to zero. Oil Life
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles To stop the timer, press V briefly while Press T until OIL LIFE REMAINING displays.
per gallon (mpg). This number is calculated TIMER is displayed. This display shows an estimate of the oil's
based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) remaining useful life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE
REMAINING on the display, that means 99%
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Instruments and Controls 85


of the current oil life remains. The engine oil system is turned off, a DIC message will Tire Pressure
life system will alert you to change the oil display. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure Monitor
on a schedule consistent with your driving 0 150. System (TPMS), the pressure for each tire
conditions. Park Assist can be viewed in the DIC. The tire pressure
When the remaining oil life is low, the If the vehicle has the Rear Park Assist (RPA) will be shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will pounds per square inch (psi). Press T until
appear on the display. You should change system, press T until PARK ASSIST
displays. This display allows the system to the DIC displays FRONT TIRES PSI (kPa)
the oil as soon as possible. See Engine Oil LEFT ## RIGHT ##. Press T again until the
0 179. In addition to the engine oil life be turned on or off. Once in this display,
press to select between ON or OFF. The RPA DIC displays REAR TIRES PSI (kPa) LEFT ##
system monitoring the oil life, additional RIGHT ##.
maintenance is recommended. See system automatically turns back on after
Maintenance Schedule 0 242. each vehicle start. When the RPA system is If a low tire pressure condition is detected
turned off and the vehicle is shifted out of by the system while driving, a message
Remember, you must reset the OIL LIFE P (Park), the DIC will display the PARK advising you to check the pressure in a
yourself after each oil change. It will not ASSIST OFF message as a reminder that the specific tire will appear in the display. See
reset itself. Also, be careful not to reset the system has been turned off. See Park Assist Tire Pressure 0 208.
OIL LIFE accidentally at any time other than 0 147.
when the oil has just been changed. If the tire pressure display shows dashes
It cannot be reset accurately until the next Units instead of a value, there may be a problem
oil change. To reset the engine oil life Press T until UNITS displays. This display with the vehicle. If this consistently occurs,
system, see Engine Oil Life System 0 181. allows you to select between metric or see your dealer for service.
Side Blind Zone Alert English units of measurement. Once in this Engine Hours
If the vehicle has Side Blind Zone Alert display, press V to select between METRIC Press T until ENGINE HOURS displays. This
(SBZA), this display allows the system to be or ENGLISH units. display shows the total number of hours the
turned on or off. Press T until SBZA engine has run.
displays. Once in this display, press V to
select between ON or OFF. When the SBZA
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

86 Instruments and Controls


Relearn Tire Positions . Cruise Control
Vehicle Messages .
The vehicle may have this display. To access Lighting and Bulb Replacement
Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the . Wiper/Washer Systems
this display, the vehicle must be in P (Park).
status of the vehicle or some action that
If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure Monitor . Doors and Windows
may be needed to correct a condition.
System (TPMS), after rotating the tires or . Seat Belts
Multiple messages may appear one after
after replacing a tire or sensor, the system . Airbag Systems
another.
must re-learn the tire positions. To re-learn
The messages that do not require . Engine and Transmission
the tire positions, see Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 209. See Tire Inspection 0 212 and immediate action can be acknowledged and . Tire Pressure
Tire Rotation 0 212. cleared by pressing V. The messages that . Battery
Change Compass Zone require immediate action cannot be cleared
until that action is performed. Engine Power Messages
The vehicle may have this feature. To
change the compass zone through the DIC, All messages should be taken seriously; ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
see Compass 0 68. clearing the message does not correct the This message displays when the vehicle's
problem. propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in
Calibrate Compass
If a SERVICE message appears, see your propulsion power can affect the vehicle's
The vehicle may have this feature. The dealer. ability to accelerate. If this message is on,
compass can be manually calibrated. To but there is no observed reduction in
calibrate the compass through the DIC, see Follow the instructions given in the
messages. The system displays messages performance, proceed to your destination.
Compass 0 68. Under certain conditions the performance
regarding the following topics:
Blank Display may be reduced the next time the vehicle is
. Service Messages
driven. The vehicle may be driven while this
This display shows no information. . Fluid Levels message is on, but maximum acceleration
. Vehicle Security and speed may be reduced. Anytime this
. Brakes message stays on, or displays repeatedly,
. Steering the vehicle should be taken to your dealer
for service as soon as possible.
. Ride Control Systems
. Driver Assistance Systems
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Instruments and Controls 87


Under certain operating conditions, The default settings for the customization DISPLAY IN ENGLISH
propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting features were set when the vehicle left the This feature will only display if a language
after the ignition has been off for factory, but may have been changed from other than English has been set. This feature
30 seconds. their default state since then. allows you to change the language in which
Vehicle Speed Messages The customization preferences are the DIC messages appear to English.
automatically recalled.
Press U until the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH) To change customization preferences, use ENGLISH screen appears on the DIC display.
This message shows that the vehicle speed the following procedure. Press the set/reset button once to display
has been limited to the speed displayed. The all DIC messages in English.
Entering the Feature Settings Menu
limited speed is a protection for various
1. Turn the ignition on and place the LANGUAGE
propulsion and vehicle systems, such as
lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension, vehicle in P (Park). This feature allows you to select the
Teen Driver if equipped, or tires. To avoid excessive drain on the battery, language in which the DIC messages will
it is recommended that the headlamps appear.
Vehicle Personalization are turned off. Press U until the LANGUAGE screen appears
This vehicle may have customization 2. Press U to enter the feature on the DIC display. Press V once to access
capabilities that allow you to program settings menu. the settings for this feature. Then press U
certain features to one preferred setting. If the menu is not available, FEATURE to scroll through the following settings:
Customization features can only be SETTINGS AVAILABLE IN PARK will display.
ENGLISH (default) : All messages will appear
programmed to one setting on the vehicle Before entering the menu, make sure the
in English.
and cannot be programmed to a preferred vehicle is in P (Park).
setting for two different drivers. FRANCAIS : All messages will appear in
Feature Settings Menu Items French.
All of the customization options may not be
available on your vehicle. Only the options The following are customization features ESPANOL : All messages will appear in
available will be displayed on the DIC. that allow you to program settings to the Spanish.
vehicle:
NO CHANGE : No change will be made to
this feature. The current setting will remain.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

88 Instruments and Controls


To select a setting, press V while the AUTO DOOR UNLOCK transmitter. You will not receive feedback
desired setting is displayed on the DIC. This feature allows you to select whether or when locking the vehicle with the RKE
A beep will sound once a language has been not to turn off the automatic door unlocking transmitter if the doors are open. See
selected. feature. It also allows you to select which Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
doors and when the doors will automatically Operation 0 8.
AUTO DOOR LOCK
unlock. Press U until REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears
This feature allows you to select when the
doors will automatically lock. Press U until AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on the DIC display. Press V once to access
on the DIC display. Press V once to access the settings for this feature. Then press U
Press U until AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on to scroll through the following settings:
the DIC display. Press V once to access the the settings for this feature. Then press U
to scroll through the following settings: OFF : There will be no feedback when you
settings for this feature. Then press U to
OFF : None of the doors will automatically press Q on the RKE transmitter.
scroll through the following settings:
unlock. LIGHTS ONLY : The exterior lamps will flash
SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default) : The doors
will automatically lock when the vehicle is DRIVER IN PARK : Only the driver door will when you press Q on the RKE transmitter.
shifted out of P (Park). unlock when the vehicle is shifted into HORN ONLY : The horn will sound on the
P (Park).
AT VEHICLE SPEED : The doors will second press of Q on the RKE transmitter.
automatically lock when the vehicle speed is ALL IN PARK (default) : All of the doors will
unlock when the vehicle is shifted into HORN & LIGHTS (default) : The exterior
above 13 km/h (8 mph) for three seconds.
P (Park). lamps will flash when you press Q on the
NO CHANGE : No change will be made to RKE transmitter, and the horn will sound
this feature. The current setting will remain. NO CHANGE : No change will be made to
this feature. The current setting will remain. when Q is pressed again within five seconds
To select a setting, press V while the of the previous command.
desired setting is displayed on the DIC. To select a setting, press V while the
NO CHANGE : No change will be made to
desired setting is displayed on the DIC. this feature. The current setting will remain.
REMOTE DOOR LOCK
To select a setting, press V while the
This feature allows you to select the type of desired setting is displayed on the DIC.
feedback you will receive when locking the
vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Instruments and Controls 89


REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK DELAY DOOR LOCK EXIT LIGHTING
This feature allows you to select the type of This feature allows you to select whether or This feature allows you to select the
feedback you will receive when unlocking not the locking of the doors will be delayed. amount of time you want the exterior
the vehicle with the Remote Keyless When locking the doors with the power lamps to remain on when it is dark enough
Entry (RKE) transmitter. You will not receive door lock switch and a door is open, this outside. This happens after the key is turned
feedback when unlocking the vehicle with feature will delay locking the doors until from on to off.
the RKE transmitter if the doors are open. five seconds after the last door is closed.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System You will hear three chimes to signal that the Press U until EXIT LIGHTING appears on the
Operation 0 8. delayed locking feature is in use. The key DIC display. Press V once to access the
must be out of the ignition for this feature settings for this feature. Then press U to
Press U until REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK to work. You can temporarily override scroll through the following settings:
appears on the DIC display. Press V once to delayed locking by pressing the power door
access the settings for this feature. Then OFF : The exterior lamps will not turn on.
lock switch twice or Q on the RKE
press U to scroll through the following transmitter twice. See Delayed Locking 0 12. 10 SECONDS (default) : The exterior lamps
settings: will stay on for 10 seconds.
Press U until DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on
LIGHTS OFF : The exterior lamps will not 1 MINUTE : The exterior lamps will stay on
the DIC display. Press V once to access the for one minute.
flash when you press K on the RKE
settings for this feature. Then press U to
transmitter. 2 MINUTES : The exterior lamps will stay on
scroll through the following settings:
LIGHTS ON (default) : The exterior lamps for two minutes.
OFF : There will be no delayed locking of
will flash when you press K on the RKE the vehicle's doors.
NO CHANGE : No change will be made to
transmitter. this feature. The current setting will remain.
ON (default) : The doors will not lock until
NO CHANGE : No change will be made to five seconds after the last door is closed. To select a setting, press V while the
this feature. The current setting will remain. desired setting is displayed on the DIC.
NO CHANGE : No change will be made to
To select a setting, press V while the this feature. The current setting will remain. CHIME VOLUME
desired setting is displayed on the DIC. This feature allows you to select the volume
To select a setting, press V while the
level of the chime.
desired setting is displayed on the DIC.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

90 Instruments and Controls


Press U until CHIME VOLUME appears on DO NOT RESTORE : The customization
the DIC display. Press V once to access the features will not be set to their factory
default settings.
settings for this feature. Then press U to
scroll through the following settings: To select a setting, press V while the
NORMAL : The chime volume will be set to desired setting is displayed on the DIC.
a normal level. EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS
LOUD : The chime volume will be set to a This feature allows you to exit the feature
loud level. settings menu.
NO CHANGE : No change will be made to Press U until FEATURE SETTINGS PRESS V
this feature. The current setting will remain. TO EXIT appears in the DIC display. Press V
There is no default for chime volume. The once to exit the menu.
volume will stay at the last known setting.
If you do not exit, pressing U will return
To select a setting, press V while the you to the beginning of the feature
desired setting is displayed on the DIC. settings menu.
FACTORY SETTINGS Exiting the Feature Settings Menu
This feature allows you to set all of the The feature settings menu will be exited
customization features back to their factory when any of the following occurs:
default settings. . The vehicle is no longer on.
Press U until FACTORY SETTINGS appears on . The 3 or T DIC buttons are
the DIC display. Press V once to access the pressed.
settings for this feature. Then press U to . The end of the feature settings menu is
scroll through the following settings: reached and exited.
RESTORE ALL (default) : The customization . A 40–second time period has elapsed
features will be set to their factory default with no selection made.
settings.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Lighting 91
Lighting Exterior Lighting ; : Turns on the parking lamps including
all lamps, except the headlamps.
Exterior Lighting Exterior Lamp Controls 2 : Turns on the headlamps together with
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 the parking lamps and instrument panel
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 91 lights.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . 92
If the headlamps are turned on while the
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
vehicle is on, the headlamps turn off
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 92
automatically 10 minutes after the ignition
Automatic Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . 92
is turned off. If the headlamps are turned on
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
while the vehicle is off, the headlamps will
Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . 93
continue to stay on. To prevent the battery
Interior Lighting from being drained, turn the control to the
Instrument Panel Illumination The exterior lamp control is on the O position.
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 instrument panel to the left of the steering
wheel. A warning chime sounds if the driver door is
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
opened while the ignition switch is off and
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 There are four positions: the headlamps are on.
Lighting Features O : Briefly turn the control to this position To change the headlamps from low beam to
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 to turn the automatic headlamps and high beam, pull the turn signal lever all the
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) off or way toward you. Then release it.
Battery Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 back on.
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
For vehicles first sold in Canada, the off
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 96
position only works for vehicles that are If a door is open, a reminder chime sounds
shifted into the P (Park) position. when the headlamps or parking lamps are
manually turned on and the key is out of
AUTO : Automatically turns the exterior
the ignition. To turn off the chime, turn the
lamps on and off, depending on outside
lighting. headlamp switch to O or AUTO and then
back on, or close and re-open the door. In
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

92 Lighting
the auto mode, the headlamps turn off once If the headlamps are off or in the low‐beam To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp
the ignition is off or may remain on until position, pull the turn signal lever toward control to O and then release it. For
the headlamp delay ends, if enabled in the you to momentarily switch to high beams. vehicles first sold in Canada, the DRL can
Driver Information Center (DIC). See “Exit Release the lever to turn the high-beam only be turned off when the vehicle is
Lighting” under Vehicle Personalization 0 87. headlamps off. parked.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Automatic Headlamp System
Changer When it is dark enough outside and the
DRL can make it easier for others to see the
2 3 : Push the turn signal lever all the front of the vehicle during the day. Fully headlamp switch is in AUTO, the automatic
way away from you to change the functional DRL are required on all vehicles headlamp system turns on the headlamps,
headlamps from low to high beam. Then first sold in Canada. along with the taillamps, sidemarker lamps,
release it. parking lamps, and the instrument panel
The DRL system comes on in daylight when lights. The radio lights will also be dim.
Push the turn signal lever all the way from the following conditions are met:
you again or pull the turn signal lever all . The ignition is on. To turn off the automatic headlamp system,
the way toward you and release it to turn the exterior lamp control to the off
. The exterior lamp control is in the AUTO
change the headlamps back to low beam. position and then release. For vehicles first
position. sold in Canada, the transmission must be in
. The shift lever is not in P (Park). the P (Park) position, before the automatic
. The light sensor determines it is daytime. headlamp system can be turned off.
When the DRL are on, the taillamps,
sidemarker, instrument panel lights, and
other lamps will not be on.

This instrument cluster light comes on when The automatic headlamp system
the high-beam headlamps are on. automatically switches from DRL to the
headlamps depending on the darkness of
Flash-to-Pass the surroundings.
This feature is used to signal to the vehicle
ahead that you want to pass.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Lighting 93
The vehicle has a light sensor on the top of To idle the vehicle with the automatic Hazard Warning Flashers
the instrument panel. Do not cover the headlamp system off, turn the control off.
sensor; otherwise the system will come on The headlamps will also stay on after
whenever the ignition is on. exiting the vehicle. This feature may be
The system may also turn on the headlamps programmable. See Vehicle Personalization
when driving through a parking garage or 0 87.
tunnel. If the feature is not programmable, exit
There is a delay in the transition between lighting is automatic. When it is dark
the daytime and nighttime operation of the enough outside, the exterior lamps remain
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) and the on for 30 seconds after the ignition is
automatic headlamp system so that driving turned off.
under bridges or bright overhead street
lights does not affect the system. The DRL Lights On with Wipers
and automatic headlamp system are only If the windshield wipers are activated in
affected when the light sensor sees a daylight with the engine on, and the | : Press this button to make the front
change in lighting lasting longer than the exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off.
delay. headlamps, parking lamps, and other This warns others that you are having
exterior lamps come on. The transition time trouble. Press again to turn the flashers off.
If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the
automatic headlamp system comes on for the lamps coming on varies based on When the hazard warning flashers are on,
immediately. Once the vehicle leaves the wiper speed. When the wipers are not the vehicle's turn signals will not work.
garage, it takes approximately 30 seconds operating, these lamps turn off. Move the
for the automatic headlamp system to exterior lamp control to P or ; to Turn and Lane-Change Signals
change to DRL if it is light outside. During disable this feature.
that delay, the instrument cluster may not
be as bright as usual. Make sure the
instrument panel brightness control is in the
full bright position. See Instrument Panel
Illumination Control 0 94.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

94 Lighting
G : An arrow on the instrument cluster Information Center (DIC). To turn off the D : Push the knob in all the way until it
flashes in the direction of the turn or lane chime and message, move the turn signal extends out and then turn the knob
change. lever to the off position. clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or
To signal a turn, move the lever all the way dim the lights. Push the knob back in when
up or down. Interior Lighting finished.

To signal a lane change, raise or lower the The knob is functional at night, or when the
Instrument Panel Illumination headlamps or parking lamps are ON.
lever until the arrow starts to flash. The
turn signal automatically flashes three times Control
Dome Lamps
and if the Tow/Haul Mode is active it
flashes six times. Holding the turn signal The dome lamps will come on when any
lever for more than one second causes the door is opened, the remote unlock is
turn signals to flash continually until the pressed, or when the ignition is switched
lever is released. off. They will turn off after a delay, when all
doors are closed, or when the ignition is
The lever returns to its starting position
switched on.
when released.
The instrument panel brightness
If after signaling a turn or lane change the
arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a knob extends when D is pressed. To
signal bulb may be burned out. manually turn on the dome lamps, press D
then turn the knob clockwise to the farthest
Have any burned out bulbs replaced. If a
position. In this position, the dome lamps
bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See
This feature adjusts the brightness of all remain on whether a door is opened or
Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 198.
illuminated controls. The instrument panel closed.
Turn Signal On Chime illumination control is next to the exterior
If the turn signal is left on for more than lamp control.
1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each
flash of the turn signal and the message
TURN SIGNAL ON also appears in the Driver
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Lighting 95
Dome Lamp Override Reading Lamps Entry lighting can be disabled manually by
closing all doors, pressing Q on the remote
If equipped with reading lamps, press the
key, or starting the vehicle.
button next to each lamp to turn it on
or off. This feature can be changed. See “Exit
Lighting” under Vehicle Personalization 0 87.
To operate, the ignition must be on, in ACC/
ACCESSORY, or using Retained Accessory Exit Lighting
Power (RAP).
Some exterior lamps and interior lamps turn
The vehicle may also have reading lamps in on when the driver door is opened after the
other locations. The lamps cannot be vehicle is turned off.
adjusted.
The exterior and interior lamps remain on
for a set amount of time, then automatically
Lighting Features turn off.
The dome lamp override sets the dome
lamps to remain off or come on
Entry Lighting The interior lights turn on when the vehicle
is turned off.
automatically when a door is opened, the The interior lamps turn on when pressing K
remote unlock is pressed, or when the on the remote key or opening any doors, The exterior lamps turn off immediately by
ignition is switched off. turning the exterior lamp control off.
and the dome lamp control is not in the E
E DOME OFF : Press this button in and the DOME OFF position. This feature can be changed. See Vehicle
dome lamps remain off when a door is Personalization 0 87.
Some exterior lamps also turn on when
opened, the remote unlock is pressed, or the pressing K on the remote key or opening
ignition is switched off. Press the button
Battery Load Management
any doors. Low-Beam lamps will only turn
again to return it to the extended position on briefly at night, or in areas with limited The vehicle may have Electric Power
so that the dome lamps come on when a lighting. Management (EPM) that estimates the
door is opened, the remote unlock is battery's temperature and state of charge.
pressed, or when the ignition is All lamps will gradually fade out after about It then adjusts the voltage for best
switched off. 30 seconds. performance and extended life of the
battery.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

96 Lighting
When the battery's state of charge is low, speed to generate more power, whenever Exterior Lighting Battery Saver
the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring needed. It can temporarily reduce the power
the charge back up. When the state of demands of some accessories. The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes
charge is high, the voltage is lowered after the vehicle is turned off, if the parking
Normally, these actions occur in steps or lamps or headlamps have been manually
slightly to prevent overcharging. If the levels, without being noticeable. In rare
vehicle has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage left on. This protects against draining the
cases at the highest levels of corrective battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn
display on the Driver Information Center action, this action may be noticeable to the
(DIC), you may see the voltage move up or the exterior lamp control to the O position
driver. If so, a Driver Information Center
down. This is normal. If there is a problem, (DIC) message might be displayed, such as and then back to the ; or 2 position.
an alert will be displayed. SERVICE BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM. If this To keep the lamps on for more than
The battery can be discharged at idle if the messages displays, it is recommended that 10 minutes, the vehicle must be on or in
electrical loads are very high. This is true for the driver reduce the electrical loads as accessory mode.
all vehicles. This is because the generator much as possible.
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all the power that Battery Power Protection
is needed for very high electrical loads. This feature helps prevent the battery from
A high electrical load occurs when several of being drained, if the interior courtesy lamps
the following are on, such as: headlamps, or reading lamps are accidentally left on.
high beams, fog lamps, rear window If any of these lamps are left on, they
defogger, climate control fan at high speed, automatically turn off after 10 minutes,
heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer if the ignition is off. The lamps will not
loads, and loads plugged into accessory come back on again until one of the
power outlets. following occurs:
EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of . The ignition is turned on.
the battery. It does this by balancing the . The doors are closed and then re-opened.
generator's output and the vehicle's
electrical needs. It can increase engine idle
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Infotainment System 97
Infotainment System Introduction Before driving:
. Become familiar with the operation,
Introduction Infotainment center stack controls, and infotainment
controls.
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Read the following pages to become familiar
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 . Set up the audio by presetting favorite
with the features.
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 stations, setting the tone, and adjusting
the speakers.
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 { Warning . Set up phone numbers in advance so they
Radio Taking your eyes off the road for too can be called easily by pressing a single
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 long or too often while using any control or by using a single voice
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 infotainment feature can cause a crash. command if equipped with Bluetooth
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 You or others could be injured or killed. phone capability.
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Do not give extended attention to
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 See Defensive Driving 0 121.
infotainment tasks while driving. Limit
your glances at the vehicle displays and To play the infotainment system with the
Audio Players ignition off, see Retained Accessory Power
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . 103 focus your attention on driving. Use voice
commands whenever possible. (RAP) 0 133.
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)
Phone The infotainment system has built-in
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 features intended to help avoid distraction If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the
by disabling some functions when driving. vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the
Trademarks and License Agreements Many infotainment features are also factory-installed audio system, radio,
Trademarks and License Agreements . . . 112 available through the instrument cluster and speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction
steering wheel controls. system, and exhaust system to work
properly. Deactivation is required by your
dealer if related aftermarket equipment is
installed.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

98 Infotainment System
Theft-Deterrent Feature Overview
The theft-deterrent feature works by
learning a portion of the Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) to the
infotainment system. The infotainment
system does not operate if it is stolen or
moved to a different vehicle.

1. 4 . Press to select the Speed


. Press to show information on the Compensation Volume setting.
current station or track. . Press to turn Auto Page Text
Information on or off.
2. FAV
. Press to scroll through the favorite 4. Buttons 1 - 6
pages. . Press to save and select favorite
stations.
3. MENU
. Press to set the number of favorite 5. EQ
pages. . Press to adjust the equalizer.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Infotainment System 99
6. f 13. ¨ SEEK Speed Compensated Volume (SCV) : SCV
. Press to set the bass, midrange, . Seeks or scans to the next station. automatically adjusts the radio volume to
treble, fade, and balance. compensate for road and wind noise as the
14. © SEEK vehicle speed changes while driving, so that
. Turn to manually select radio
. Seeks or scans to the previous the volume level stays consistent.
stations.
station. To activate SCV:
7. CAT
. Press to display a list of SXM
15. H 1. Set the radio volume to the desired level.
. Press to set the clock and date. 2. Press the MENU button to display the
categories, if equipped.
radio setup menu.
8. Auxiliary Input Jack (If Equipped) Operation
. Use to connect external audio 3. Press the softkey under the AUTO
devices. Using the Radio VOLUM (automatic volume) tab on the
infotainment display.
9. SRCE O : Press to turn the system on and off.
4. Press the softkey under the desired SCV
. Press to scroll through auxiliary Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to setting (OFF, Low, Med, or High) to
devices, AM, FM, or SXM if equipped. increase or decrease the volume. select the level of radio volume
10. \ FWD 4 : Press to switch the display between the compensation. The display times out
. Press and hold to fast forward after approximately 10 seconds. Each
radio station frequency and the time. While
through a track. higher setting allows for more radio
the ignition is off, press this button to
volume compensation at faster vehicle
11. s REV display the time. Press to display additional
speeds.
. Press and hold to go backward fast text information related to the current
FM-RDS station or MP3 song. A choice of Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble)
through a track.
additional information such as Channel,
12. P Song, Artist, and CAT (category) can display. To adjust the bass or treble:
. Press to turn the infotainment Continue pressing to highlight the desired 1. Press the f knob until Bass or Treble
system on or off. tab, or press the softkey under any one of displays.
. Turn to adjust the volume. the tabs and the information about that tab 2. To adjust the setting, do one of the
displays. following:
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

100 Infotainment System


. Turn the f knob. To quickly adjust all speaker and tone Radio
. Press ¨ SEEK, or © SEEK. controls to the middle position, press the f
EQ : Press this button to choose bass and
knob for more than two seconds. AM-FM Radio
treble equalization settings designed for If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is turned on, Radio Data System (RDS)
different types of music. Selecting MANUAL, the radio disables FADE and mutes the rear
or changing bass or treble, returns the EQ to speakers. The radio may have an RDS. The RDS feature
the manual bass and treble settings. is available for use only on FM stations that
Radio Messages broadcast RDS information. This system
Unique EQ settings can be saved for each Calibration Error : The audio system has relies upon receiving specific information
source. been calibrated for the vehicle from the from these stations and only works when
factory. If Calibration Error displays, it the information is available. While the radio
Adjusting the Speakers (Balance/Fade)
means that the radio has not been is tuned to an FM-RDS station, the station
BAL/FADE : To adjust the balance or fade: configured properly for the vehicle and it name or call letters display. In rare cases, a
1. Press the f knob until the speaker must be returned to your dealer for service. radio station could broadcast incorrect
control tabs display. information that causes the radio features
VIN or NO VIN : One of these messages will to work improperly. If this happens, contact
2. Highlight the desired speaker control tab display when the TheftLock system has the radio station.
by doing one of the following: locked up the radio. Take the vehicle to your
. Press the f knob. dealer for service. Finding a Station
. Press the softkey under the If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error SRCE : Press to switch between FM1, FM2,
desired tab. cannot be corrected, contact your dealer. AM, and SXM if equipped. The selection
displays.
3. Adjust the setting by doing one of the
following: f : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to
. Turn the f knob clockwise or increase or decrease the station frequency.
counterclockwise. © SEEK or ¨ SEEK : Press © SEEK to go to
. Press ¨ SEEK or © SEEK. the previous or ¨ SEEK to go to the next
. Press \ FWD or s REV. station and stay there.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Infotainment System 101


To scan stations, press and hold either using the radio favorites page button (FAV 3. Select the desired number of favorites
button for two seconds until a beep sounds. button). Press FAV to go through up to pages by pressing the softkey below the
The radio goes to a station, plays for a few six pages of favorites, each having displayed page numbers.
seconds, then goes to the next station. For six favorite stations available per page. Each 4. Press FAV, or let the menu time out, to
AM-FM Radio, the station frequency flashes page of favorites can contain any return to the original main radio screen
while the radio is in the scan mode. Press combination of AM and FM stations. showing the radio station frequency tabs
either button again to stop scanning. The balance/fade and tone settings that and to begin the process of
The radio seeks and scans stations only with were previously adjusted are stored with the programming favorites for the chosen
a strong signal that are in the favorite stations. number of numbered pages.
selected band. To store a station as a favorite: Satellite Radio
Scan presets within the current selected 1. Tune to the desired radio station.
band by pressing and holding either SEEK SiriusXM, if equipped, is a satellite radio
button for four seconds until a double beep 2. Press FAV to display the page where the service based in the United States and
sounds. The radio goes to a stored preset, station is to be stored. Canada only.
plays for a few seconds if a strong signal is 3. Press and hold one of the six softkeys
until a beep sounds. When that softkey Finding a Category (CAT) Station
present, then goes to the next stored preset.
The station frequency flashes while the is pressed and released, the station that CAT : The CAT button is used to find SXM
radio is in the scan mode. was set returns. channels (if equipped) while the radio is in
4. Repeat the steps for each softkey radio the SXM mode.
Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite station to be stored as a favorite. Finding a Channel
You are encouraged to set up radio station
The number of favorites pages can be set up BAND or SRCE : Press to switch between
favorites while the vehicle is parked. Tune to
using the MENU button. To set up the FM1, FM2, AM, and SXM if equipped. The
favorite stations using the presets, favorites
number of favorites pages: selection displays.
button, and steering wheel controls,
if equipped. See Defensive Driving 0 121. 1. Press MENU to display the radio
setup menu. f : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to
FAV : If equipped with a FAV button, a increase or decrease the station frequency.
maximum of 36 stations can be programmed 2. Press the softkey below the FAV 1-6 tab.
as favorites by using the six softkeys below
the radio station frequency tabs and by
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

102 Infotainment System


© SEEK or ¨ SEEK : Press © SEEK to go to FAV : If equipped with a FAV button, a 2. Press the softkey below the FAV 1-6 tab.
the previous or ¨ SEEK to go to the next maximum of 36 stations can be programmed 3. Select the desired number of favorites
station and stay there. as favorites using the six softkeys below the pages by pressing the softkey below the
radio station frequency tabs and by using displayed page numbers.
To scan stations, press and hold either the radio favorites page button (FAV
button for two seconds until a beep sounds. button). Press FAV to go through up to 4. Press FAV, or let the menu time out, to
The radio goes to a station, plays for a few six pages of favorites, each having return to the original main radio screen
seconds, then goes to the next station. The six favorite stations available per page. Each showing the radio station frequency tabs
station frequency flashes while the radio is page of favorites can contain any and to begin the process of
in the scan mode. Press either button again combination of AM, FM, or SXM stations. programming favorites for the chosen
to stop scanning. number of numbered pages.
The balance/fade and tone settings that
The radio seeks and scans stations only with were previously adjusted are stored with the Radio Reception
a strong signal that are in the favorite stations.
selected band. Unplug electronic devices from the accessory
To store a station as a favorite: power outlets if there is interference or
To scan presets within the current selected static in the radio.
1. Tune to the desired radio station.
band, press and hold either SEEK button for
four seconds until a double beep sounds. The 2. Press FAV to display the page where the FM
radio goes to a stored preset, plays for a station is to be stored.
FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10
few seconds if a strong signal is present, 3. Press and hold one of the six softkeys to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in
then goes to the next stored preset. The until a beep sounds. When that softkey electronic circuit that automatically works to
station frequency flashes while the radio is is pressed and released, the station that reduce interference, some static can occur,
in the scan mode. was set returns. especially around tall buildings or hills,
Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite 4. Repeat the steps for each softkey radio causing the sound to fade in and out.
station to be stored as a favorite.
You are encouraged to set up radio station AM
favorites while the vehicle is parked. Tune to The number of favorites pages can be set up
using the MENU button. To set up the The range for most AM stations is greater
favorite stations using the presets, favorites than for FM, especially at night. The longer
button, and steering wheel controls, number of favorites pages:
range can cause station frequencies to
if equipped. See Defensive Driving 0 121. 1. Press MENU to display the radio interfere with each other. Static can also
setup menu.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Infotainment System 103


occur when things like storms and power Occasionally check that the antenna is tight or CD player for use as another source for
lines interfere with radio reception. When at the base. If tightening is required, protect audio listening. This input jack is not an
this happens, try reducing the treble on the the paint from damage. audio output; do not plug headphones into
radio. the front auxiliary input jack.
Multi-Band Antenna Drivers are encouraged to set up any
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
The roof antenna may be used for radio, auxiliary device while the vehicle is in
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service navigation, and OnStar, depending on the P (Park). See Defensive Driving 0 121 for
provides digital radio reception. Tall equipped options. Keep clear of obstructions more information on driver distraction.
buildings or hills can interfere with satellite for clear reception. If the vehicle has a
radio signals, causing the sound to fade in To use a portable audio player, connect a
sunroof, and it is open, reception can also
and out. In addition, traveling or standing 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to the radio's front
be affected.
under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, auxiliary input jack. When a device is
or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM connected, press the radio CD/AUX button
signal for a period of time. Some cellular
Audio Players to begin playing audio from the device over
services may interfere with SXM reception the vehicle speakers.
causing loss of signal.
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices
For optimal sound quality, increase the
When using media devices such as CDs, portable audio device's volume to the
Mobile Device Usage DVDs, Blu-ray Discs, SD cards, USB devices, loudest level.
Mobile device usage, such as making or and mobile devices, consider the source.
Untrusted media devices could contain files It is always best to power the portable
receiving calls, charging, or just having the
that affect system operation or performance. audio device through its own battery while
mobile device on may cause static
Avoid use if the content or origin cannot be playing.
interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile
device or turn it off if this happens. trusted. O : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the volume of the
Fixed Mast Antenna Auxiliary Devices portable player. Additional volume
The fixed mast antenna will go through Using the Auxiliary Input Jack adjustments might have to be made from
most car washes as long as it is securely the portable device if the volume is not loud
attached. If the antenna becomes slightly Radios with an auxiliary input jack on the or soft enough.
bent, straighten it out by hand. If it is badly lower right side can connect to an external
bent, replace it. audio device such as an iPod, MP3 player,
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

104 Infotainment System


BAND : If equipped, press to listen to the USB Support USB-Supported Devices
radio when a portable audio device is . USB flash drive
playing. The portable audio device continues . Portable USB hard drive
playing.
. Fifth generation or later iPod
CD/AUX : If equipped, press to play a CD . iPod nano
when a portable audio device is playing.
. iPod touch
Press again and the system begins playing
audio from the connected portable audio . iPod classic
player. If a portable audio player is not Not all iPods and USB drives are compatible
connected, “No Input Device Found” displays. with the USB port.
SRCE : If equipped, press to listen to the Make sure the iPod has the latest firmware
radio when a portable audio device is from Apple for proper operation. iPod
playing. The portable audio device continues firmware can be updated using the latest
playing. iTunes application. See www.apple.com/
Caution itunes.
Press to play a CD when a portable audio
device is playing. Press again and the To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all For help with identifying the iPod, go to
system begins playing audio from the accessories and disconnect all accessory www.apple.com/support.
connected portable audio player. If a cables from the vehicle when not in use.
portable audio player is not connected, “No Accessory cables left plugged into the Radios that have a USB port can
Input Device Found” displays. vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be play .mp3 and .wma files that are stored on
a USB storage device as well as AAC files
damaged or cause an electrical short if
Using the USB Port that are stored on an iPod.
the unconnected end comes in contact
Radios with a USB port can control a USB with liquids or another power source such USB-Supported File and Folder Structure
storage device or an iPod using the radio as the accessory power outlet. The radio supports:
buttons and knobs. . Up to 700 folders.
If equipped, the USB port is on the
instrument panel and uses the USB 2.0 . Up to eight folders in depth.
standard. . Up to 65,535 files.
. Folder and file names up to 64 bytes.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Infotainment System 105


. Files with an .mp3 or .wma file extension. If you have an older iPod model that is not \ FWD : Press and hold to advance
. AAC files stored on an iPod. supported, it can still be used by connecting playback quickly. Sound is heard at a
. FAT16. it to the auxiliary input jack using a reduced volume. Release \ FWD to resume
.
standard 3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable. See playing. The elapsed time of the file
FAT32.
“Using the Auxiliary Input Jack” previously in displays.
Connecting a USB Storage Device or iPod this section.
4 : Press to display additional information
The USB port can be used to control an iPod Using the Radio to Control a USB about the selected track.
or a USB storage device. Storage Device or iPod
To connect a USB storage device, connect Using Softkeys to Control a USB Storage
The radio can control a USB storage device
the device to the USB port on the or an iPod using the radio buttons and
Device or iPod
instrument panel. knobs, and can display song information on The five softkeys below the infotainment
To connect an iPod, connect one end of the the infotainment display. display are used to control the functions
USB cable that came with the iPod to the listed below.
f : Turn to select files.
iPod’s dock connector and connect the other To use the softkeys:
end to the USB port on the instrument © SEEK : Press to go to the start of the 1. Press the first or fifth softkey below the
panel. If the vehicle is on and the USB track, if more than 10 seconds have played. infotainment display to display the
connection works, “OK to disconnect” and a Press and hold or press multiple times to functions listed below, or press the
GM logo may appear on the iPod, and iPod continue moving backward through tracks. softkey below the function if it is
appears on the infotainment display. The
¨ SEEK : Press to go to the next track. Press currently displayed.
iPod music appears on the infotainment
display and begins playing. and hold or press multiple times to continue 2. Press the softkey below the tab with the
moving forward through tracks. function on it to use that function.
The iPod charges while it is connected to
the vehicle if the ignition is on or in ACC/ s REV : Press and hold to reverse playback j : Press the softkey below j to pause the
ACCESSORY. When the vehicle is turned off, quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced volume. track. The tab appears raised when pause is
the iPod automatically powers off and will Release s REV to resume playing. The being used. Press the softkey below j again
not charge or draw power from the vehicle's elapsed time of the file displays. to resume playback.
battery.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

106 Infotainment System


Back : Press the softkey below the Back tab . Fourth softkey, 10% through the list each . Second softkey, 1% through the list each
to go back to the main display screen on an time the softkey is pressed. time the softkey is pressed.
iPod, or the root directory on a USB storage . Fifth softkey, end of the list. . Third softkey, 5% through the list each
device. time the softkey is pressed.
h : Press the softkey below h to
c : Press the softkey below c to view . Fourth softkey, 10% through the list each
view and select a file on an iPod, using the
the contents of the current folder on the iPod's menu system. Files are sorted by: time the softkey is pressed.
USB drive. To browse and select files: . Playlists . Fifth softkey, end of the list.
1. Press the softkey below c. . Artists Repeat Functionality
2. Turn f to scroll through the list of . Albums To use Repeat:
folders. . Genres
Press the softkey below " or ' to
. Songs
3. Press f to select the desired folder. select between Repeat All and Repeat Track.
If there is more then one folder, repeat . Composers
Steps 1 and 2 until the desired folder is " : Press the softkey below " to repeat
To select files: all tracks. The tab appears lowered when
reached.
1. Press the softkey below h. Repeat All is being used. This is the default
4. Turn f to scroll through the files in the mode when a USB storage device or iPod is
selected folder. 2. Turn f to scroll through the list of first connected.
menus.
5. Press f to select the desired file to be ' : Press the softkey below ' to
played. 3. Pressf to select the desired menu.
repeat one track. The tab appears raised
To skip through large lists, the five softkeys 4. Turn f to scroll through the folders or when Repeat Track is being used.
can be used to navigate in the following files in the selected menu.
Shuffle Functionality
order: 5. Press f to select the desired file to be
To use Shuffle:
. First softkey, first item in the list. played.
. Second softkey, 1% through the list each To skip through large lists, the five softkeys Press the softkey below >, 2, C ,
time the softkey is pressed. can be used to navigate in the following or = to select between Shuffle Off,
. Third softkey, 5% through the list each order: Shuffle All Songs/Shuffle Songs, Shuffle
time the softkey is pressed. . First softkey, first item in the list. Album, or Shuffle Folder.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Infotainment System 107


> : Press the softkey below 2 to turn . Become familiar with the features of the A Bluetooth system can use a
shuffle off. This is the default mode when a cell phone. Organize the phone book and Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a
USB storage device or iPod is first contact lists clearly and delete duplicate Hands-Free Profile to make and receive
connected. or rarely used entries. If possible, phone calls. The system can be used while
program speed dial or other shortcuts. the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The
2 : Press the softkey below = or . Review the controls and operation of the range of the Bluetooth system can be up to
C to shuffle all songs on the USB infotainment system. 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support all
storage device or iPod. functions, and not all phones work with the
. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. The
C : Press the softkey below > to system may not work with all cell in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See
shuffle all songs in the current album on phones. See “Pairing” in this section for www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
an iPod. more information. information on compatible phones in U.S.
and Canada only.
. If the cell phone has voice dialing
= : Press the softkey below > to capability, learn to use that feature to
shuffle all songs in the current folder on a Voice Recognition
access the address book or contact list.
USB storage device. The Bluetooth system uses voice recognition
See “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section for
more information. to interpret voice commands to dial phone
Phone . See “Storing and Deleting Phone
numbers and name tags.
Numbers” in this section for more For additional information, say “Help” while
Bluetooth information. you are in a voice recognition menu.
For vehicles equipped with Bluetooth Noise : Keep interior noise levels to a
capability, the system can interact with { Warning minimum. The system may not recognize
many cell phones, allowing: When using a cell phone, it can be voice commands if there is too much
. Placement and receipt of calls in a distracting to look too long or too often background noise.
hands-free mode. at the screen of the phone or the When to Speak : A short tone sounds after
. Sharing of the cell phone’s address book infotainment system. Taking your eyes the system responds indicating when it is
or contact list with the vehicle. off the road too long or too often could waiting for a voice command. Wait until the
To minimize driver distraction, before cause a crash resulting in injury or death. tone and then speak.
driving, and with the vehicle parked: Focus your attention on driving.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

108 Infotainment System


How to Speak : Speak clearly in a calm and used. See the cell phone manufacturer's user Pairing a Phone
natural voice. guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds.
the cell phone.
Audio System 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command can be
Pairing Information skipped.
When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 capability
sound comes through the vehicle's front 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds with
cannot be paired to the vehicle as a instructions and a four-digit Personal
audio system speakers and overrides the
phone and an MP3 player at the Identification Number (PIN). The PIN is
audio system. Use the audio system volume
same time. used in Step 5.
knob, during a call, to change the volume
level. The adjusted volume level remains in . Up to five cell phones can be paired to
4. Start the pairing process on the cell
memory for later calls. To prevent missed the Bluetooth system.
phone that you want to pair. For help
calls, a minimum volume level is used if the . The pairing process is disabled when the with this process, see the cell phone
volume is turned down too low. vehicle is moving. manufacturer's user guide.
. Pairing only needs to be completed once,
Bluetooth Controls 5. Locate the device named “Your Vehicle”
unless the pairing information on the cell in the list on the cell phone. Follow the
Use the buttons on the steering wheel to phone changes or the cell phone is instructions on the cell phone to enter
operate the in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See deleted from the system. the PIN provided in Step 3. After the PIN
Steering Wheel Controls 0 67. . Only one paired cell phone can be is successfully entered, the system
b / g : Press to answer incoming calls, connected to the Bluetooth system at prompts you to provide a name for the
confirm system information, and start a time. paired cell phone. This name will be used
speech recognition. . If multiple paired cell phones are within to indicate which phones are paired and
range of the system, the system connects connected to the vehicle. The system
c / x : Press to end a call, reject a call, to the first available paired cell phone in responds with “<phone name> has been
or cancel an operation. the order that they were first paired to successfully paired” after the pairing
Pairing the system. To connect to a different process is complete.
paired phone, see “Connecting to a 6. Repeat Steps 1–5 to pair additional
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone must be Different Phone” later in this section. phones.
paired to the Bluetooth system and then
connected to the vehicle before it can be
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Infotainment System 109


Listing All Paired and Connected Phones 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. Using the “Store” Command
The system can list all cell phones paired to 2. Say “Bluetooth.” 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds.
it. If a paired cell phone is also connected to 3. Say “Change phone.” 2. Say “Store.”
the vehicle, the system responds with “is
. If another cell phone is found, the 3. Say the phone number or group of
connected” after that phone name.
response will be “<Phone name> is numbers you want to store all at once
1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. now connected.” with no pauses, then follow the
2. Say “Bluetooth.” . If another cell phone is not found, directions given by the system to save a
3. Say “List.” the original phone remains name tag for this number.
connected. Using the “Digit Store” Command
Deleting a Paired Phone
If the phone name you want to delete is
Storing and Deleting Phone Numbers If an unwanted number is recognized by the
unknown, see “Listing All Paired and The system can store up to 30 phone system, say “Clear” at any time to clear the
Connected Phones.” numbers as name tags in the Hands-Free last number.
Directory for Bluetooth. To hear all of the numbers recognized by
1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds.
The following commands are used to delete the system, say “Verify” at any time.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
and store phone numbers. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds.
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks which
phone to delete. Store : This command will store a phone 2. Say “Digit Store.”
number, or a group of numbers as a 3. Say each digit, one at a time, that you
4. Say the name of the phone you want to
name tag. want to store. After each digit is entered,
delete.
Digit Store : This command allows a phone the system repeats back the digit it
Connecting to a Different Phone heard followed by a tone. After the last
number to be stored as a name tag by
To connect to a different cell phone, the entering the digits one at a time. digit has been entered, say “Store,” and
Bluetooth system looks for the next then follow the directions given by the
Delete : This command is used to delete system to save a name tag for this
available cell phone in the order in which all
individual name tags. number.
the available cell phones were paired.
Depending on which cell phone you want to Delete All Name Tags : This command Using the “Delete” Command
connect to, you may have to use this deletes all stored name tags in the
command several times. Hands-Free Calling Directory. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

110 Infotainment System


2. Say “Delete.” Digit Dial : This command allows a phone Using the “Digit Dial” Command
3. Say the name tag you want to delete. number to be dialed by entering the digits The digit dial command allows a phone
one at a time. number to be dialed by entering the digits
Using the “Delete All Name Tags” Command
Re-dial : This command is used to dial the one at a time. After each digit is entered,
This command deletes all stored name tags last number used on the cell phone. the system repeats back the digit it heard
in the Hands-Free Calling Directory. followed by a tone.
Using the “Dial” or “Call” Command
To delete all name tags: If an unwanted number is recognized by the
1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds.
1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. system, say “Clear” at any time to clear the
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” last number.
2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
3. Say the entire number without pausing, To hear all of the numbers recognized by
Listing Stored Numbers or say the name tag. the system, say “Verify” at any time.
The list command will list all stored Once connected, the person called will be 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds.
numbers and name tags. heard through the audio speakers.
2. Say “Digit Dial.”
Using the “List” Command Calling Emergency
3. Say each digit, one at a time, that you
1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. want to dial. After each digit is entered,
2. Say “Directory.” The system responds “Ready,” followed the system repeats back the digit it
by a tone. heard followed by a tone. After the last
3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.” digit has been entered, say “Dial.”
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
4. Say “List.”
3. Say [emergency number]. Once connected, the person called will be
Making a Call 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” heard through the audio speakers.
Calls can be made using the following Once connected, the person called will be Using the “Re-dial” Command
commands. heard through the audio speakers. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds.
Dial or Call : The dial or call command can 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.”
be used interchangeably to dial a phone
number or a stored name tag. Once connected, the person called will be
heard through the audio speakers.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Infotainment System 111


Receiving a Call 3. Use the dial or call command to dial the Transferring Audio from the Bluetooth
number of the third party to be called. System to a Cell Phone
When an incoming call is received, the audio
system mutes and a ring tone is heard in 4. Once the call is connected, press b/g During a call with the audio in the vehicle:
the vehicle. to link all callers together. 1. Press b / g.
. Press b / g to answer the call. Ending a Call 2. Say “Transfer Call.”
. Press c / x to ignore a call. Press c / x to end a call. Transferring Audio to the Bluetooth System
Call Waiting from a Cell Phone
Muting a Call
Call waiting must be supported on the cell During a call with the audio on the cell
During a call, all sounds from inside the phone, press b / g. The audio transfers to
phone and enabled by the wireless service
vehicle can be muted so that the person on the vehicle. If the audio does not transfer to
carrier.
the other end of the call cannot hear them. the vehicle, use the audio transfer feature
. Press b / g to answer an incoming call
when another call is active. The original
. To mute a call, press b / g , and then on the cell phone. See your cell phone
say “Mute call.” manufacturer's user guide for more
call is placed on hold. information.
. Press b / g again to return to the
. To cancel mute, press b / g , and then
say “Un-mute call.” Voice Pass-Thru
original call.
. To ignore the incoming call, no action is Transferring a Call Voice pass-thru allows access to the voice
required. recognition commands on the cell phone.
Audio can be transferred between the
. Press c / x to disconnect the current See your cell phone manufacturer's user
Bluetooth system and the cell phone.
guide to see if the cell phone supports this
call and switch to the call on hold. The cell phone must be paired and feature.
Three-Way Calling connected with the Bluetooth system before
To access contacts stored in the cell phone:
a call can be transferred. The connection
Three-way calling must be supported on the process can take up to two minutes after 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds.
cell phone and enabled by the wireless the ignition is turned to on.
service carrier. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command can be
skipped.
1. While on a call, press b / g.
2. Say “Three-way call.”
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

112 Infotainment System


3. Say “Voice.” The system responds “OK, Other Information standards. Please note that the use of this
accessing <phone name>.” accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are
The cell phone's normal prompt messages wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod
owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any
will go through their cycle according to the classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod
use of such marks by General Motors is
phone's operating instructions. touch are trademarks of Apple Inc.,
under license. Other trademarks and trade
registered in the U.S. and other countries.
names are those of their respective owners.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 260.
The Bluetooth system can send numbers
and the numbers stored as name tags
during a call. You can use this feature when Trademarks and License
calling a menu-driven phone system. Agreements
Account numbers can also be stored for use.
FCC Information
Sending a Number or Name Tag During Trial length and service availability may vary
a Call See Radio Frequency Statement 0 260. by model, model year or trim. Service will
1. Press b / g. The system responds automatically stop at the end of your trial
“Ready,” followed by a tone. subscription period unless you decide to
continue service. If you do not wish to enjoy
2. Say “Dial.”
your trial, you can cancel by calling the
3. Say the number or name tag to send. number below. All SiriusXM services require
Clearing the System a subscription, each sold separately by
SiriusXM after the trial period. Service
Unless information is deleted out of the "Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone," subject to the applicable SiriusXM Customer
in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it will be mean that an electronic accessory has been Agreement and Privacy Policy, visit
retained indefinitely. This includes all saved designed to connect specifically to iPod or www.siriusxm.com (USA) or www.siriusxm.ca
name tags in the phone book and phone iPhone, respectively, and has been certified (Canada) to see complete terms and how to
pairing information. For information on how by the developer to meet Apple cancel which includes calling 1-866-635-2349
to delete this information, see the previous performance standards. Apple is not (USA) or 1-888-539-7474 (Canada). Some
section “Deleting a Paired Phone” and the responsible for the operation of this device services and features are subject to device
previous sections on deleting name tags. or its compliance with safety and regulatory capabilities and location availability. Content
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Infotainment System 113


varies by SiriusXM subscription package. All . USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com Bluetooth
fees, content and features are subject to or call 1-888-601-6296.
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are
change. . Canada Customers — See
owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any
SiriusXM with 360L: Some features, www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. use of such marks by General Motors is
including steaming content and listening It is prohibited to copy, decompile, under license. Other trademarks and trade
recommendations, require an active OnStar disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, names are those of their respective owners.
Connected Access plan and may vary by manipulate, or otherwise make available any
vehicle model. Content varies by SiriusXM technology or software incorporated in
subscription plan. GM connected vehicle receivers compatible with the SiriusXM
services vary by vehicle model and require Satellite Radio System or that support the
active service plan, working electrical SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any
system, cell reception and GPS signal. See of its content.
onstar.com for details and limitations.
General Requirements:
SiriusXM, Pandora, Stitcher and all related 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is
logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc. required for any product that
and its respective subsidiaries. incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or
SiriusXM satellite service is only available in for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to
the 48 contiguous United States (and Puerto be manufactured, distributed,
Rico with limited availability) and Canada. or marketed in the SiriusXM
In Canada: Some deterioration of service Service Area.
may occur in extreme northern latitudes. 2. For products to be distributed, marketed,
This is beyond the control of SiriusXM. and/or sold in Canada, a separate
agreement is required with Sirius XM
Explicit Language Notice: Channels with Canada Inc.
frequent explicit language are indicated with
an “XL” preceding the channel name.
Family-friendly packages are available by
contacting SiriusXM:
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

114 Climate Controls


Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Rear Heating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Rear Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Maintenance
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Vehicles without Air Conditioning

1. Fan Control Temperature Control : Turn the knob


2. Temperature Control clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the temperature inside the vehicle.
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn the knob
9 : Turn the knob clockwise or clockwise or counterclockwise to change the
counterclockwise to increase or decrease the current airflow mode.
fan speed.
H : Air is directed to the instrument panel
9 : Turns the system off. outlets.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Climate Controls 115


) : Air is divided between the instrument
panel and floor outlets, with some air
directed toward the windshield.
6 : Air is directed to the floor outlets with
some air directed to the windshield and side
windows.
- : This mode clears the windows of fog or
moisture. Outside air is directed to the floor
and defroster outlets. Adjust the
temperature knob for warmer or cooler air.
The air conditioning compressor might turn
on in this setting to dehumidify the air. Vehicles with Air Conditioning
1 : This mode clears the windshield of fog
or frost more quickly. Air is directed to the 1. Fan Control Rear Window Defogger
windshield, with some to the floor outlets 2. Temperature Control
and front side windows. The air conditioning If equipped with a rear window defogger, a
compressor might turn on in this setting to 3. Air Delivery Mode Control warming grid is used to remove fog or frost
dehumidify the air. 4. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) from the rear window.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the On hot days, open the windows to let hot 1 : Press to turn the rear window
windows are clear. inside air escape; then close them. This defogger on or off. An indicator light on the
helps to reduce the time needed for the button comes on to show that the rear
vehicle to cool down and the system window defogger is on.
operates more efficiently. The defogger only works when the ignition
# : Cools and dehumidifies the air inside is on. The defogger turns off if the ignition
of the vehicle. is turned off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

V : Cools the air inside the vehicle faster,


by recirculating the inside air.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

116 Climate Controls


Heated Mirrors: If equipped with heated c : This position supplies half the amount
outside mirrors, the mirrors heat to help of heat to the rear seating area.
clear fog or frost from the surface of the
mirror when 1 is pressed. See Heated R : This position supplies the least amount
Mirrors 0 18. of heat to the rear seating area.

Do not drive the vehicle until all the 9 : This turns the rear heating system off.
windows are clear.
Rear Climate Control System
Caution If equipped with a rear heating and air
Do not use a razor blade or sharp object conditioning system, it controls the
to clear the inside rear window. Do not temperature, fan speed, and air delivery for
adhere anything to the defogger grid the rear seat passengers only. The front
lines in the rear glass. These actions may AUX : The thumbwheel for this system is on climate control panel is in the overhead
damage the rear defogger. Repairs would the instrument panel below the audio console between the driver and front
not be covered by the vehicle warranty. system. passenger.
9 : Turn the thumbwheel up or down to
Rear Heating System increase or decrease the amount of heated
air sent to the rear seating area.
If equipped, the rear heating system lets
you adjust the amount of air flowing into Q : This position supplies the most amount
the rear of the vehicle, from the front of heat to the rear seating area.
seating area. This feature works with the
main climate control system in the vehicle.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Climate Controls 117

Front Climate Control Panel

1. Fan Control When the fan knob is in the AUX position,


2. Air Delivery Mode Control the rear climate control panel can be used
to adjust the climate settings in the rear
3. Temperature Control seating area.
Use this control panel to maintain a
separate temperature setting. Adjust the
direction of the airflow or adjust the fan
speed for the rear seat passenger(s).
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

118 Climate Controls


The air conditioning system on the main
climate control panel must be turned on to
direct cooled air to the rear of the vehicle.
If it is not on, then the temperature in the
rear of the vehicle remains at cabin
temperature.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn clockwise
or counterclockwise to change the direction
of the airflow in the rear seating area.
To change the current mode, select one of
the following:
Rear Climate Control Panel H : Air is directed to the upper outlets,
with some directed to the floor outlets.
1. Fan Control AUX : Turn the fan knob on the front 2 : Air is directed to the floor outlets.
2. Air Delivery Mode Control climate control panel to AUX to let rear seat
Be sure to keep the area under the front
passengers use the control panel in the rear
3. Temperature Control seats clear of any objects so that the air
seating area. This disables the front control
inside of the vehicle can circulate effectively.
For vehicles with a rear climate control panel. To return control to the front panel,
panel, it is located overhead behind the move the fan knob out of AUX. For information on how to use the main
driver and front passenger, centered in front climate control system, see Climate Control
of the second row. To adjust the rear 9 : Turns the system off. Systems 0 114. For information on
climate control panel settings by a rear seat 9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to ventilation, see Air Vents 0 118.
passenger, the front climate control panel increase or decrease the fan speed in the
fan knob must be in the AUX position. The rear seating area. Air Vents
fan speed, air delivery mode, and
temperature can then be adjusted. Temperature Control : Turn clockwise or Use the outlets located near the center and
counterclockwise to increase or decrease the on the sides of the instrument panel to
temperature in the rear seating area. change the direction of airflow.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Climate Controls 119


Operation Tips During service, all refrigerants should be
. Clear away any ice, snow or leaves from reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting
the air inlets at the base of the refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is
windshield that may block the flow of air harmful to the environment and may also
into the vehicle. create unsafe conditions based on
. Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors
inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other
health-based concerns.
may adversely affect the performance of
the system. The air conditioning system requires periodic
. Clear snow off the hood to improve maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule
visibility and help decrease moisture 0 242.
drawn into the vehicle.
. Keep the path under the front seats clear
of objects to help circulate the air inside
of the vehicle more effectively.

Maintenance
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood that
identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle.
The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified technicians.
The air conditioning evaporator should never
be repaired or replaced by one from a
salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced
by a new evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

120 Driving and Operating


Driving and Operating Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Fuel
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 136 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Driving Information Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Driving for Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 121 Automatic Transmission Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Impaired Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 154
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Brakes Trailer Towing
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . 140 General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Driving Characteristics and
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Ride Control Systems Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Conversions and Add-Ons
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Starting and Operating Cruise Control
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Driver Assistance Systems
Fast Idle System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . 133 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Parking over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . 136 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . 151
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 121


Distracted Driving . Wait until the vehicle is parked to
Driving Information retrieve items that have fallen to the
Distraction comes in many forms and can floor.
Driving for Better Fuel Economy take your focus from the task of driving. . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to
Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here Exercise good judgment and do not let other children.
are some driving tips to get the best fuel activities divert your attention away from
. Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or
economy possible: the road. Many local governments have
enacted laws regarding driver distraction. restraint.
. Set the climate controls to the desired
Become familiar with the local laws in . Avoid stressful conversations while
temperature after the engine is started,
your area. driving, whether with a passenger or on a
or turn them off when not required.
cell phone.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes
on the road, keep your hands on the
. Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops.
steering wheel, and focus your attention on { Warning
. Avoid idling the engine for long periods
driving. Taking your eyes off the road too long or
of time.
. Do not use a phone in demanding driving too often could cause a crash resulting in
. When road and weather conditions are injury or death. Focus your attention on
situations. Use a hands-free method to
appropriate, use cruise control. driving.
place or receive necessary phone calls.
. Always follow posted speed limits or
. Watch the road. Do not read, take notes,
drive more slowly when conditions Refer to the infotainment section for more
or look up information on phones or
require. information on using that system and the
other electronic devices.
. Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. navigation system, if equipped, including
. Designate a front seat passenger to
. Combine several trips into a single trip. pairing and using a cell phone.
handle potential distractions.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with the same . Become familiar with vehicle features Defensive Driving
TPC Spec number molded into the tire's before driving, such as programming
sidewall near the size. Defensive driving means “always expect the
favorite radio stations and adjusting
. Follow recommended scheduled unexpected.” The first step in driving
climate control and seat settings. Program
maintenance. defensively is to wear the seat belt. See
all trip information into any navigation
Seat Belts 0 28.
device prior to driving.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

122 Driving and Operating


. Assume that other road users Control of a Vehicle applied. Once the power assist is used up, it
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) can take longer to stop and the brake pedal
are going to be careless and make Braking, steering, and accelerating are will be harder to push.
mistakes. Anticipate what they may do important factors in helping to control a
and be ready. vehicle while driving. Steering
. Allow enough following distance between
you and the driver in front of you.
Braking Caution
. Focus on the task of driving. Braking action involves perception time and To avoid damage to the steering system,
reaction time. Deciding to push the brake do not drive over curbs, parking barriers,
Impaired Driving pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is or similar objects at speeds greater than
reaction time. 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving
Death and injury associated with impaired
driving is a global tragedy. Average driver reaction time is about over other objects such as lane dividers
three-quarters of a second. In that time, a and speed bumps. Damage caused by
{ Warning vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels
20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of
misuse of the vehicle is not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then distance in an emergency.
driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:
can be affected by even a small amount . Keep enough distance between you and
of alcohol or drugs. You can have a the vehicle in front of you.
serious — or even fatal — collision if you . Avoid needless heavy braking.
drive after drinking or taking drugs. . Keep pace with traffic.
Do not drive while under the influence of If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is
alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver being driven, brake normally but do not
who has been drinking or is impaired by pump the brakes. Doing so could make the
drugs. Find alternate transportation pedal harder to push down. If the engine
home; or if you are with a group, stops, there will be some power brake assist
designate a driver who will remain sober. but it will be used when the brake is
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 123


Hydraulic Power Steering Steering in Emergencies 1. Ease off the accelerator and then,
. There are some situations when steering if there is nothing in the way, steer the
This vehicle has hydraulic power steering.
around a problem may be more effective vehicle so that it straddles the edge of
It may require maintenance. See Power
than braking. the pavement.
Steering Fluid 0 188.
. Holding both sides of the steering wheel 2. Turn the steering wheel about
If power steering assist is lost because the one-eighth of a turn, until the right front
engine stops or because of a system allows you to turn 180 degrees without
removing a hand. tire contacts the pavement edge.
malfunction, the vehicle can be steered but
may require increased effort. See your . Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight
dealer if there is a problem. steering while braking. down the roadway.

Caution Off-Road Recovery Loss of Control


If the steering wheel is turned until it Skidding
reaches the end of its travel, and is held There are three types of skids that
in that position for more than 15 seconds, correspond to the vehicle's three control
damage may occur to the power steering systems:
system and there may be loss of power . Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling.
steering assist. . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much
speed or steering in a curve causes tires
Curve Tips to slip and lose cornering force.
. Take curves at a reasonable speed.
. Acceleration Skid — too much throttle
. Reduce speed before entering a curve. causes the driving wheels to spin.
. Maintain a reasonable steady speed
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking
through the curve.
The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the reasonable care suited to existing conditions,
. Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve and by not overdriving those conditions. But
before accelerating gently into the edge of a road onto the shoulder while
driving. Follow these tips: skids are always possible.
straightaway.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these
suggestions:
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

124 Driving and Operating


. Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal There is no hard and fast rule about
and steer the way you want the vehicle { Warning hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow
to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be Wet brakes can cause crashes. They down when the road is wet.
ready for a second skid if it occurs. might not work as well in a quick stop
. Slow down and adjust your driving Other Rainy Weather Tips
and could cause pulling to one side. You
according to weather conditions. Stopping could lose control of the vehicle. Besides slowing down, other wet weather
distance can be longer and vehicle control driving tips include:
can be affected when traction is reduced After driving through a large puddle of . Allow extra following distance.
by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply
. Pass with caution.
material on the road. Learn to recognize the brake pedal until the brakes work
normally. . Keep windshield wiping equipment in
warning clues — such as enough water,
ice, or packed snow on the road to make good shape.
Flowing or rushing water creates strong . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir
a mirrored surface — and slow down forces. Driving through flowing water
when you have any doubt. filled.
could cause the vehicle to be carried . Have good tires with proper tread depth.
. Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, away. If this happens, you and other
or braking, including reducing vehicle See Tires 0 203.
vehicle occupants could drown. Do not
speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any . Turn off cruise control.
ignore police warnings and be very
sudden changes could cause the tires to
cautious about trying to drive through Hill and Mountain Roads
slide.
flowing water.
Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only Driving on steep hills or through mountains
the braking skid. Hydroplaning is different than driving on flat or rolling
terrain. Tips include:
Driving on Wet Roads Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build . Keep the vehicle serviced and in good
up under the vehicle's tires so they actually
Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle shape.
ride on the water. This can happen if the
traction and affect your ability to stop and road is wet enough and you are going fast . Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, and
accelerate. Always drive slower in these enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it cooling system.
types of driving conditions and avoid driving has little or no contact with the road. . Shift to a lower gear when going down
through large puddles and deep-standing or steep or long hills.
flowing water.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 125


Winter Driving . Allow greater following distance and
{ Warning watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can
Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a Driving on Snow or Ice occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded
long downhill slope can cause brake areas. The surface of a curve or an
overheating, can reduce brake Caution overpass can remain icy when the
performance, and could result in a loss of To avoid damage to the wheels and surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden
braking. Shift the transmission to a lower brake components, always clear snow and steering maneuvers and braking while
ice from inside the wheels and on ice.
gear to let the engine assist the brakes
underneath the vehicle before driving. . Turn off cruise control.
on a steep downhill slope.
Blizzard Conditions
Snow or ice between the tires and the road
{ Warning creates less traction or grip, so drive Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal
carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside
the ignition off is dangerous. This can Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program
cause overheating of the brakes and loss until roads can be treated. 0 256. To get help and keep everyone in the
of steering assist. Always have the engine vehicle safe:
running and the vehicle in gear. For Slippery Road Driving:
. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly
. Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror.
. Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in causes the wheels to spin and makes the
its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross surface under the tires slick.
the center line. . Turn on Traction Control. See Traction { Warning
. Be alert on top of hills; something could Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 142. Snow can trap engine exhaust under the
be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to
. Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., vehicle stability during hard stops, but get inside. Engine exhaust contains
falling rocks area, winding roads, long the brakes should be applied sooner than carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be
grades, passing or no-passing zones) and when on dry pavement. See Antilock seen or smelled. It can cause
take appropriate action. Brake System (ABS) 0 140. unconsciousness and even death.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

126 Driving and Operating


charged to restart the vehicle and to signal between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear,
Warning (Continued) for help with the headlamps. Do this as spinning the wheels as little as possible. To
If the vehicle is stuck in snow: little as possible, to save fuel. prevent transmission wear, wait until the
. Clear snow from the base of the
wheels stop spinning before shifting gears.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck Release the accelerator pedal while shifting,
vehicle, especially any blocking the
Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to and press lightly on the accelerator pedal
exhaust pipe.
free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, when the transmission is in gear. Slowly
. Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on spinning the wheels in the forward and
ice, or snow.
the vehicle side that is away from the reverse directions causes a rocking motion
wind, to bring in fresh air. The Traction Control System (TCS) can often that could free the vehicle. If that does not
. Fully open the air outlets on or under help to free a stuck vehicle. See Traction get the vehicle out after a few tries, it
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 142. might need to be towed out. If the vehicle
the instrument panel.
If TCS cannot free the vehicle, turn TCS off does need to be towed out, see Transporting
. Adjust the climate control system to
and use the rocking method. See “Rocking a Disabled Vehicle 0 231.
circulate the air inside the vehicle and
set the fan speed to the highest the Vehicle to Get it Out” following.
Vehicle Load Limits
setting. See “Climate Control Systems.”
For more information about CO, see
{ Warning It is very important to know how much
If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, weight the vehicle can carry. This
Engine Exhaust 0 136.
they can explode, and you or others weight is called the vehicle capacity
To save fuel, run the engine for short could be injured. The vehicle can weight and includes the weight of all
periods to warm the vehicle and then shut overheat, causing an engine compartment occupants, cargo, and all
the engine off and partially close the fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as nonfactory-installed options. Two labels
window. Moving about to keep warm also little as possible and avoid going above on the vehicle may show how much
helps. 56 km/h (35 mph). weight it was designed to carry, the
If it takes time for help to arrive, when Tire and Loading Information label and
running the engine, push the accelerator Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out the Certification/Tire label.
pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than Turn the steering wheel left and right to
the idle speed. This keeps the battery clear the area around the front wheels. Turn
off any traction system. Shift back and forth
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 127


A vehicle specific Tire and Loading “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit–
{ Warning Information label is attached to the 1. Locate the statement "The combined
Do not load the vehicle any heavier center pillar (B-pillar). The tire and weight of occupants and cargo
than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating loading information label shows the should never exceed XXX kg or
(GVWR), or either the maximum number of occupant seating XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard.
front or rear Gross Axle Weight positions (1), and the maximum vehicle 2. Determine the combined weight of
Rating (GAWR). This can cause capacity weight (2) in kilograms and
systems to break and change the the driver and passengers that will
pounds.
way the vehicle handles. This could be riding in your vehicle.
The Tire and Loading Information label 3. Subtract the combined weight of the
cause loss of control and a crash.
also shows the size of the original driver and passengers from XXX kg
Overloading can also reduce stopping
equipment tires (3) and the or XXX lbs.
performance, damage the tires, and
recommended cold tire inflation
shorten the life of the vehicle. 4. The resulting figure equals the
pressures (4). For more information on
tires and inflation see Tires 0 203 and available amount of cargo and
Tire and Loading Information Label luggage load capacity. For example,
Tire Pressure 0 208.
if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs.
There is also important loading and there will be five 150 lb
information on the vehicle Certification/ passengers in your vehicle, the
Tire label. It may show the Gross amount of available cargo and
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
the front and rear axle. See
5. Determine the combined weight of
“Certification/Tire Label” later in this
luggage and cargo being loaded on
section.
the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity calculated in
Label Example Step 4.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

128 Driving and Operating


6. If your vehicle will be towing a 3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight
trailer, load from your trailer will be = 317 kg (700 lbs)
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.”
See Trailer Towing 0 159 for important
information on towing a trailer, towing
safety rules and trailering tips.

Example 3

Example 2 1. Maximum Vehicle Capacity Weight for


Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs)
A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg
453 kg (1,000 lbs) (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs)
B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs)
(150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg (750 lbs)
Refer to the vehicle tire and loading
C. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg (250 lbs) information label for specific
information about the vehicle's capacity
Example 1
weight and seating positions. The
combined weight of the driver,
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 passengers, and cargo should never
= 453 kg (1,000 lbs) exceed the vehicle capacity weight.
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg
(150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 129


Certification/Tire Label actual loads on the front and rear axles, Add-On Equipment
you need to go to a weigh station and When carrying removable items, a limit
weigh the vehicle. Your dealer can help on how many people carried inside the
you with this. Be sure to spread out the vehicle may be necessary. Be sure to
load equally on both sides of the weigh the vehicle before buying and
centerline. installing the new equipment.
{ Warning Starting and Operating
Things you put inside the vehicle can
strike and injure people in a sudden New Vehicle Break-In
stop or turn, or in a crash.
. Put things in the cargo area of the
Caution
vehicle. Try to spread the weight The vehicle does not need an elaborate
A vehicle specific Certification/Tire label break-in. But it will perform better in the
is attached to the rear edge of the evenly.
long run if you follow these guidelines:
driver door. The label may show the . Never stack heavier things, like
. Do not drive at any one constant
size of the vehicle's original tires and suitcases, inside the vehicle so speed, fast or slow, for the first
the inflation pressures needed to obtain that some of them are above the 800 km (500 mi). Do not make
the gross weight capacity of the tops of the seats. full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting
vehicle. This is called Gross Vehicle . Do not leave an unsecured child to brake or slow the vehicle.
Weight Rating (GVWR). The GVWR restraint in the vehicle. . Avoid making hard stops for the first
includes the weight of the vehicle, all 300 km (200 mi) or so. During this
occupants, fuel, and cargo. . When you carry something inside
time the new brake linings are not yet
the vehicle, secure it whenever broken in. Hard stops with new linings
The Certification/Tire label also may you can.
show the maximum weights for the can mean premature wear and earlier
. Do not leave a seat folded down (Continued)
front and rear axles, called Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the unless you need to.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

130 Driving and Operating


Caution (Continued) Ignition Positions 0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF) : This
position turns off the vehicle. It also locks
replacement. Follow this breaking-in the ignition, the transmission, and the
guideline every time you get new steering column, if equipped with a locking
brake linings. steering column.
. Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
See Trailer Towing 0 159 for the trailer
towing capabilities of the vehicle and
more information.
Following break-in, engine speed and load
can be gradually increased.

On new vehicles, the various mechanical and


electrical systems experience a “break-in”
period during the first 6,400 km 0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF
(4,000 miles) of routine driving. As the 1. ACC/ACCESSORY
vehicle is driven, the mechanical systems
adjust to provide optimal fuel economy and 2. ON/RUN
transmission shift performance. To turn off the vehicle:
3. START
1. Make sure that the vehicle is stopped.
Electrical systems will adapt and calibrate The ignition switch has four positions.
during the break-in period. A one-time 2. Shift to P (Park).
occurrence of clicks and similar vehicle To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be 3. Continue to hold the brake pedal, then
noises is normal during this process. in ON/RUN and the brake pedal must be set the parking brake. See Parking Brake
applied. 0 141.
Normal driving charges the vehicle’s battery
to achieve the best operation of the vehicle, 4. Push the key all the way in toward the
including fuel economy. steering column (1), then turn the key to
LOCK/OFF (2).
5. Remove the key.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 131


6. Release the brake pedal. In an emergency, if the vehicle cannot be
pulled over and must be turned off while
Caution
See your dealer if the key can be removed Use the correct key, make sure it is all
in any other position. driving:
1. Push the key all the way in toward the the way in — or pushed all the way in
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain steering column, then turn the key to toward the steering column when turning
active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ACC/ACCESSORY. off the vehicle — and turn it only with
0 133. your hand.
2. Brake using firm and steady pressure. Do
A warning chime will sound when the driver not pump the brakes repeatedly. This
door is opened and the key is in the 1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This position allows
may deplete power assist, requiring
ignition. features such as the infotainment system to
increased brake pedal force.
operate while the vehicle is off. It also
If equipped with a locking steering column, 3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can unlocks the steering column, if equipped
the steering can bind with the front wheels be done while the vehicle is moving. with a locking steering column. Use this
turned off center, which may prevent key Continue braking and steer the vehicle to position if the vehicle must be pushed or
rotation out of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, a safe location. towed. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
move the steering wheel from right to left 4. Come to a complete stop. 0 133.
while turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY.
If this does not work, then the vehicle needs 5. Shift to P (Park). From ON/RUN, push the key all the way in
service. 6. Continue to hold the brake pedal, then toward the steering column, then turn the
set the parking brake. See Parking Brake key to ACC/ACCESSORY.
{ Warning 0 141. If the key is left in ACC/ACCESSORY with the
Turning off the vehicle while moving may 7. Push the key all the way in toward the engine off, the battery could drain and the
cause loss of power assist in the brake steering column, then turn the ignition vehicle may not start.
and steering systems and disable the to LOCK/OFF. A warning chime will sound when the driver
airbags. While driving, turn off the 8. Remove the key. door is opened and the key is in the
vehicle only in an emergency. 9. Release the brake pedal. ignition.
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be used to
operate the electrical accessories and to
display some instrument cluster warning
and indicator lights. This position can also
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

132 Driving and Operating


be used for service and diagnostics, and to gets warm. Do not race the engine
verify the proper operation of the
Caution immediately after starting it. Operate
malfunction indicator lamp as may be If you add electrical parts or accessories, the engine and transmission gently to
required for emission inspection purposes. you could change the way the engine allow the oil to warm up and lubricate
The switch stays in this position when the operates. Any resulting damage would all moving parts.
engine is running. The transmission is also not be covered by the vehicle warranty. When the low fuel warning light is on
unlocked in this position. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 171. and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message is
If the key is left in ON/RUN with the engine displayed in the Driver Information
off, the battery could drain and the vehicle Center (DIC), the Computer-Controlled
Caution Cranking System is disabled to prevent
may not start.
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the possible vehicle component damage.
3 (START) : This is the position that starts When this happens, hold the ignition
vehicle is moving. If you do, you could
the engine. When the engine starts, release switch in the START position to continue
damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park)
the key. The ignition returns to ON/RUN for engine cranking.
driving. only when the vehicle is stopped.
Caution
Starting the Engine Caution Cranking the engine for long periods of
To place the transmission in the If the steering wheel is turned until it time, by returning the ignition to the
proper gear: START position immediately after
reaches the end of its travel, and is held
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or in that position while starting the vehicle, cranking has ended, can overheat and
N (Neutral). The engine will not start in any damage may occur to the hydraulic damage the cranking motor, and drain
other position. To restart the engine when power steering system and there may be the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
the vehicle is already moving, use loss of power steering assist. between each try, to let the cranking
N (Neutral) only. motor cool down.
Starting Procedure
1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, 2. If the engine does not start after five to
turn the ignition key to START. When 10 seconds, especially in very cold
the engine starts, let go of the key. The weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
idle speed will go down as your engine be flooded with too much gasoline. Try
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 133


pushing the accelerator pedal all the way To control the fast idle: Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
to the floor and holding it there as you . To enable the Fast Idle System, press and
hold the key in START for up to When the ignition is turned from on to off,
release the cruise control on/off button
15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds the following features (if equipped) will
and ensure that the switch indicator light
between each try, to allow the cranking continue to function for up to 10 minutes,
is lit.
motor to cool down. When the engine or until the driver door is opened. These
. Press and release the cruise control SET- features will also work when the ignition is
starts, let go of the key and accelerator. button. Engine speed will be held at
If the vehicle starts briefly but then in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY:
approximately 1200 rpm. . Infotainment System
stops again, do the same thing. This
clears the extra gasoline from the When the fast idle is active, the Driver . Power Windows (during RAP this
engine. Do not race the engine Information Center (DIC) will display FAST functionality will be lost when any door
immediately after starting it. Operate IDLE ON. is opened)
the engine and transmission gently until One of the following actions will turn off . Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will
the oil warms up and lubricates all the fast idle: be lost when any door is opened)
moving parts. . Pressing the brake. . Auxiliary Power Outlet
Fast Idle System . Selecting the cruise control cancel button. . Audio System
. Releasing the parking brake. . OnStar System
If equipped, this feature is available only
with cruise control. The manual fast idle . Moving the transmission shift lever out of
switch is operated using the cruise control P (Park) or N (Neutral). Engine Coolant Heater
buttons on the left side of the steering . Selecting the cruise control on/off button
wheel. when it was previously on. { Warning
This system can be used to increase engine . Pressing the cruise control SET- button a Do not plug in the engine block heater
idle speed whenever the following second time. while the vehicle is parked in a garage or
conditions are met: . Pressing the accelerator more than under a carport. Property damage or
. The parking brake is set. one-quarter of the way down. personal injury may result. Always park
. Turning the ignition off. the vehicle in a clear open area away
. The brake pedal is not pressed.
from buildings or structures.
. The vehicle must not be moving and the
accelerator must not be pressed.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

134 Driving and Operating


The engine coolant heater can provide easier The cord for the engine coolant heater is
starting and better fuel economy during on the driver side of the engine Warning (Continued)
engine warm-up in cold weather conditions compartment. or extension cord, could make it
at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles with an Check the heater cord for damage. If it is overheat and cause a fire, property
engine coolant heater should be plugged in damaged, do not use it. See your dealer damage, electric shock, and injury.
at least four hours before starting. for a replacement. Inspect the cord for . Do not operate the vehicle with the
An internal thermostat in the plug end of damage yearly. heater cord permanently attached to
the cord may exist which will prevent
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt the vehicle. Possible heater cord and
engine coolant heater operation at
AC outlet. thermostat damage could occur.
temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).
. While in use, do not let the heater
To Use the Engine Coolant Heater { Warning cord touch vehicle parts or sharp
1. Turn off the engine. Improper use of the heater cord or an edges. Never close the hood on the
extension cord can damage the cord and heater cord.
may result in overheating and fire. . Before starting the vehicle, unplug the
. Plug the cord into a three-prong cord, reattach the cover to the plug,
electrical utility receptacle that is and securely fasten the cord. Keep the
protected by a ground fault detection cord away from any moving parts.
function. An ungrounded outlet could
4. Before starting the engine, be sure to
cause an electric shock.
unplug and store the cord as it was
. Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, before to keep it away from moving
15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. engine parts and prevent damage.
Failure to use the recommended
extension cord in good operating The length of time the heater should remain
condition, or using a damaged heater plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a
(Continued) dealer in the area where you will be parking
2. Open the hood and unwrap the the vehicle for the best advice on this.
electrical cord.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 135


Shifting Into Park Warning (Continued)
transmission. It might be difficult to pull the
shift lever out of P (Park). This is called
1. Hold the brake pedal down, then set the torque lock. To prevent torque lock, set the
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine
parking brake. parking brake and then shift into P (Park)
is running. If you have left the engine
2. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) running, the vehicle can move suddenly. properly before you leave the driver seat. To
position by pulling the shift lever toward You or others could be injured. To be find out how, see Shifting Into Park 0 135.
you and moving it up as far as it will go.
sure the vehicle will not move, even When you are ready to drive, move the
3. Push the ignition key in, towards the when you are on fairly level ground, shift lever out of P (Park) before releasing
steering column and then turn the always set the parking brake and move the parking brake.
ignition off. the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting If torque lock does occur, you might need to
4. Remove the key and take it with you. Into Park 0 135. If you are towing a have another vehicle push yours a little
If you can leave the vehicle with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics and uphill to take some of the pressure from the
ignition key in your hand, the vehicle is Towing Tips 0 155. parking pawl in the transmission. Then you
in P (Park). should be able to pull the shift lever out of
Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine If you have to leave the vehicle with the P (Park).
engine running, be sure the vehicle is in
Running P (Park) and the parking brake is firmly set. Shifting out of Park
After the shift lever is moved into P (Park),
{ Warning hold the regular brake pedal down. Then,
The vehicle has an automatic transmission
shift lock control system. You have to fully
It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle see if you can move the shift lever away
apply the brakes before you can shift from
with the engine running. It could from P (Park) without first pulling it toward
P (Park) when the ignition is on. See
overheat and catch fire. you. If you can, it means that the shift lever
Automatic Transmission 0 137.
was not fully locked into P (Park).
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle The shift lock control system is designed to:
if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) Torque Lock . Prevent the ignition key from being
with the parking brake firmly set. The If you are parking on a hill and you do not removed unless the shift lever is in
vehicle can roll. shift the transmission into P (Park) properly, P (Park).
(Continued) the weight of the vehicle can put too much
force on the parking pawl in the
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

136 Driving and Operating


. Prevent movement of the shift lever out Parking over Things That Burn
of P (Park), unless the ignition is on and Warning (Continued)
the regular brake pedal is applied. . The vehicle exhaust system has been
{ Warning modified, damaged, or improperly
The shift lock control system is always Things that can burn could touch hot
functional except in the case of a dead repaired.
exhaust parts under the vehicle and
battery or low voltage (less than 9 V) . There are holes or openings in the
battery. ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, vehicle body from damage or
dry grass, or other things that can burn. aftermarket modifications that are not
If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a
battery with low voltage, try charging or completely sealed.
jump starting the battery. See Jump Starting Engine Exhaust If unusual fumes are detected or if it is
- North America 0 228. suspected that exhaust is coming into the
To shift out of P (Park):
{ Warning vehicle:
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide . Drive it only with the windows
1. Apply the brake pedal.
(CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. completely down.
2. Turn the ignition on. Exposure to CO can cause
. Have the vehicle repaired immediately.
3. Move the shift lever to the desired unconsciousness and even death.
position. Never park the vehicle with the engine
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
If you still are unable to shift out of running in an enclosed area such as a
. The vehicle idles in areas with poor garage or a building that has no fresh air
P (Park):
ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, ventilation.
1. Ease the pressure on the shift lever. deep snow that may block underbody
2. While holding down the brake pedal, airflow or tail pipes).
push the shift lever all the way into
Running the Vehicle While Parked
. The exhaust smells or sounds strange
P (Park). or different. It is better not to park with the engine
3. Move the shift lever to the desired running.
. The exhaust system leaks due to
position. corrosion or damage. If the vehicle is left with the engine running,
If you are still having a problem shifting, (Continued) follow the proper steps to be sure the
have the vehicle serviced. vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park
0 135 and Engine Exhaust 0 136.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 137


If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see To rock the vehicle back and forth to get
Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips { Warning out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging
0 155. It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck
if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) 0 126.
Automatic Transmission with the parking brake firmly set. The N : In this position, the engine does not
vehicle can roll. connect with the wheels. To restart when
A shift position indicator is in the
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine you are already moving, use N (Neutral)
instrument cluster.
is running. If you have left the engine only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the vehicle
There are several different positions for the is being towed.
shift lever. running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be
sure the vehicle will not move, even { Warning
when you are on fairly level ground, Shifting into a drive gear while the
always set the parking brake and move engine is running at high speed is
the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on
Into Park 0 135 and Driving Characteristics the brake pedal, the vehicle could move
and Towing Tips 0 155. very rapidly. You could lose control and
See “Range Selection Mode” under Manual hit people or objects. Do not shift into a
Mode 0 139. R : Use this gear to back up. drive gear while the engine is running at
high speed.
P : This position locks the rear wheels. It is Caution
the best position to use when starting the
engine because the vehicle cannot move Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is
moving forward could damage the Caution
easily. When parked on a hill, especially
when the vehicle has a heavy load, you transmission. The repairs would not be Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with
might notice an increase in the effort to covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to the engine running at high speed may
shift out of P (Park). See “Torque Lock” R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is damage the transmission. The repairs
under Shifting Into Park 0 135. stopped. would not be covered by the vehicle
(Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

138 Driving and Operating


D (Drive) can be used when towing a trailer, constantly makes adjustments to improve
Caution (Continued) carrying a heavy load, or driving on steep vehicle performance according to how the
warranty. Be sure the engine is not hills. You might want to shift the vehicle is being used, such as with a heavy
running at high speed when shifting the transmission to a lower gear selection if the load or when the temperature changes.
vehicle. transmission shifts too often. During this adaptive shift control process,
Downshifting the transmission in slippery shifting might feel different as the
road conditions could result in skidding. See transmission determines the best settings.
Caution
“Skidding” under Loss of Control 0 123. The shift quality of a new vehicle may not
A transmission hot message may display be ideal because the adaptive shift control
if the automatic transmission fluid is too The vehicle has a shift stabilization feature
that adjusts the transmission shifting to the process may not have determined the best
hot. Driving under this condition can settings for a particular shift or condition.
current driving conditions in order to reduce
damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the Shift quality will improve with continued
rapid upshifts and downshifts. This shift
engine to cool the automatic driving.
stabilization feature is designed to
transmission fluid. This message clears determine, before making an upshift, if the When temperatures are very cold, the
when the transmission fluid has cooled engine is able to maintain vehicle speed by transmission's gear shifting could be
sufficiently. analyzing things such as vehicle speed, delayed, providing more stable shifts until
throttle position, and vehicle load. If the the engine warms up. Shifts could be more
D : This position is for normal driving. shift stabilization feature determines that a noticeable with a cold transmission. This
It provides the best fuel economy. If you current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, difference in shifting is normal.
need more power for passing, and you are: the transmission does not upshift and
. Going less than about 55 km/h (35 mph), M : This position lets drivers select the
instead holds the current gear. In some range of gears appropriate for current
push the accelerator pedal about cases, this could appear to be a delayed
halfway down. driving conditions. If the vehicle has this
shift, however the transmission is operating feature, see “Range Selection Mode” under
. Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or more, normally. Manual Mode 0 139.
push the accelerator all the way down. The transmission uses adaptive shift 1 : This position reduces vehicle speed
By doing this, the vehicle shifts down to controls. Adaptive shift controls continually without using the brakes. You can use it for
the next gear and has more power. compare key shift parameters to major/severe downgrades where the vehicle
pre-programmed ideal shifts stored in the would otherwise accelerate due to steepness
transmission’s computer. The transmission of grade. When you shift to 1 (First) it
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 139


provides the lowest gear appropriate to To disable or enable Normal Mode Grade When M (Manual Mode) is selected, the
current road speed and continues to Braking within the current ignition key cycle, transmission will downshift and a number
downshift as the vehicle slows, eventually press and hold the Tow/Haul button for displays in the Driver Information
downshifting to 1 (First) gear. The three seconds. Center (DIC) next to the M indicating the
transmission can be held in 1 (First) gear For other forms of grade braking, see Tow/ current gear.
using Range Selection Mode or the shift Haul Mode 0 140 and Cruise Control 0 143. This number is the highest gear that can be
lever. See “Range Selection Mode” under used. However, the vehicle can automatically
Manual Mode 0 139. Manual Mode shift to lower gears as it adjusts to driving
Caution conditions. This means that all gears below
Range Selection Mode that number are available. When 5 (Fifth) is
Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are
in one place on a hill using only the automatically shifted by the vehicle, but
accelerator pedal may damage the 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until the +/−
transmission. The repair will not be button on the shift lever is used to change
covered by the vehicle warranty. If the to the gear.
vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. Grade Braking is not available when Range
When stopping on a hill, use the brakes Selection Mode is active. See Tow/Haul
to hold the vehicle in place. If equipped, Range Selection Mode helps
control the vehicle's transmission and vehicle Mode 0 140.
Normal Mode Grade Braking speed while driving downhill or towing a While using Range Selection Mode, cruise
trailer by letting you select a desired range control and the Tow/Haul Mode can
This mode is enabled when the vehicle is of gears. be used.
started, but is not enabled in Range
Selection Mode. It assists in maintaining To use this feature: Caution
desired vehicle speeds when driving on 1. Move the shift lever to
Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle
downhill grades by using the engine and M (Manual Mode).
in one place on a hill using only the
transmission to slow the vehicle. The first 2. Press the +/− buttons on the shift lever accelerator pedal may damage the
time the system activates for each ignition to select the desired range of gears for
key cycle. transmission. The repair will not be
current driving conditions. (Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

140 Driving and Operating


Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off by Brakes
Caution (Continued) pressing the button on the instrument
covered by the vehicle warranty. If the panel. When Tow/Haul is on, a light on the
vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires.
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
instrument cluster will come on.
When stopping on a hill, use the brakes The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps
See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 79. prevent a braking skid and maintain steering
to hold the vehicle in place.
Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under Towing while braking hard.
Tow/Haul Mode Equipment 0 167. ABS performs a system check when the
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor
or clicking noise may be heard while this
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is only test is going on, and the brake pedal may
enabled while the Tow/Haul Mode is move slightly. This is normal.
selected and the vehicle is not in the Range
Selection Mode. See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed
previously and Manual Mode 0 139. Tow/
Haul Mode Grade Braking assists in
maintaining desired vehicle speeds when
driving on downhill grades by using the
engine and transmission to slow the vehicle.
To disable or enable Tow/Haul Mode Grade If there is a problem with ABS, this warning
Braking within the current ignition key cycle, light stays on. See Antilock Brake System
If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the press and hold the Tow/Haul button for (ABS) Warning Light 0 79.
transmission shift pattern to reduce shift three seconds. ABS does not change the time needed to
cycling, providing increased performance, See Towing Equipment 0 167. get a foot on the brake pedal and does not
vehicle control, and transmission cooling always decrease stopping distance. If you
when towing or hauling heavy loads. For other forms of grade braking, see get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will
Automatic Transmission 0 137. not be enough time to apply the brakes if
that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room ahead to stop, even
with ABS.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 141


Using ABS 3. The brake system warning light will Brake Assist
come on, if the ignition is on. See Brake
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal
System Warning Light 0 78.
pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS applications due to emergency braking
operate is normal. If you are towing a trailer and parking on a situations and provides additional braking to
hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if
Braking in Emergencies Tips 0 155. the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough
ABS allows steering and braking at the same To release the parking brake: to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake
time. In many emergencies, steering can pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement
1. Hold the regular brake pedal down.
help even more than braking. during this time may occur. Continue to
2. Pull the handle with the parking brake apply the brake pedal as the driving
Parking Brake symbol located just above the parking situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages
brake pedal. when the brake pedal is released.
3. The brake system warning light will turn
off, if the ignition is on. Hill Start Assist (HSA)
Caution { Warning
Driving with the parking brake on can Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does
overheat the brake system and cause not replace the need to pay attention
premature wear or damage to brake and drive safely. You may not hear or
system parts. Make sure that the parking feel alerts or warnings provided by this
brake is fully released and the brake system. Failure to use proper care when
warning light is off before driving. driving may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving
Driving with the parking brake applied will 0 121.
To set the parking brake: cause a warning chime to sound and a
1. Hold the regular brake pedal down. Driver Information Center (DIC) message When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill
2. Firmly push the parking brake may display. Release the parking brake or Start Assist (HSA) temporarily prevents the
pedal down. stop the vehicle. vehicle from rolling in an unintended
direction during the transition from brake
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

142 Driving and Operating


pedal release to accelerator pedal apply. The StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle
brakes release when the accelerator pedal is senses a difference between the intended
applied or automatically release after a few path and the direction the vehicle is actually
seconds. The brakes may also release under traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies
other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold braking pressure to any one of the vehicle
the vehicle. wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping
HSA is available when the vehicle is facing the vehicle on the intended path. Trailer
The indicator light for both systems is in the
uphill in a forward gear, or when facing Sway Control (TSC) is also on automatically
instrument cluster. This light will:
downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must when the vehicle is started. See Trailer Sway
Control (TSC) 0 170. . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin.
come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated.
to activate. If cruise control is being used and traction
. Turn on and stay on when either system
control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit
is not working.
Ride Control Systems wheel spin, cruise control will disengage.
Cruise control may be turned back on when If either system fails to turn on or to
Traction Control/Electronic road conditions allow. activate, a message displays in the Driver
Stability Control Both systems come on automatically when Information Center (DIC), and d comes on
the vehicle is started and begins to move. and stays on to indicate that the system is
System Operation The systems may be heard or felt while inactive and is not assisting the driver in
they are operating or while performing maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to
The vehicle has a Traction Control System drive, but driving should be adjusted
(TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability diagnostic checks. This is normal and does
not mean there is a problem with the accordingly.
Control (ESC), an electronic stability control
system. These systems help limit wheel spin vehicle. If d comes on and stays on:
and assist the driver in maintaining control, It is recommended to leave both systems on 1. Stop the vehicle.
especially on slippery road conditions. for normal driving conditions, but it may be
necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds.
TCS activates if it senses any of the drive
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the 3. Start the engine.
wheels are spinning or beginning to lose
traction. When this happens, TCS applies the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 126 and “Turning the
brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces Systems Off and On” later in this section.
engine power to limit wheel spin.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 143


Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is of the time, but when traction is low, this
on, the vehicle may need more time to pressed, the system will not turn off until feature will allow the rear wheel with the
diagnose the problem. If the condition the wheels stop spinning. most traction to move the vehicle.
persists, see your dealer. To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC,
Turning the Systems Off and On press and hold g until the StabiliTrak/ESC
Cruise Control
OFF light g comes on and stays on in the
instrument cluster, then release. The { Warning
appropriate message will display in the DIC. Cruise control can be dangerous where
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again, you cannot drive safely at a steady
speed. Do not use cruise control on
press and release g. The StabiliTrak/ESC OFF
winding roads or in heavy traffic.
light g in the instrument cluster turns off.
Cruise control can be dangerous on
StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn back slippery roads. On such roads, fast
on if the vehicle exceeds 32 km/h (20 mph).
changes in tire traction can cause
TCS will remain off until g is pressed or the excessive wheel slip, and you could lose
ignition is cycled off then on. control. Do not use cruise control on
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) slippery roads.
feature and a Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature.
Caution See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 170 or If equipped with cruise control, a speed of
Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 141. about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be
heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle maintained without keeping your foot on
Adding accessories can affect the vehicle
driveline could be damaged. the accelerator. Cruise control does not work
performance. See Accessories and
at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
Modifications 0 173.
To turn off only TCS, press and release g. If the Traction Control System (TCS) or
The appropriate message will display in the Locking Rear Axle StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
DIC. To turn TCS on again, press and system begins to limit wheel spin while
Vehicles with a locking rear axle can give
release g. more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, using cruise control, the cruise control
or gravel. It works like a standard axle most
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

144 Driving and Operating


automatically disengages. See Traction SET− : Press briefly to set the speed and Once the vehicle speed reaches about
Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 142. activate cruise control. If cruise control is 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, briefly press
When road conditions allow you to safely already active, use to decrease vehicle +RES. The vehicle returns to the previous set
use it again, cruise control can be turned speed. speed.
back on. Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control
[ : Press to disengage cruise control
If the brakes are applied, cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory. If the cruise control system is already
disengages. activated:
Setting Cruise Control
. Press and hold +RES until the desired
If I is on when not in use, the SET− or
speed is reached, then release it.
+RES button could get pressed and go into
. To increase vehicle speed in small
cruise when not desired. Keep I off when
increments, briefly press +RES. For each
cruise is not being used. press, the vehicle goes about
To set a speed: 1 km/h (Metric display) or 1 mph (English
1. Press I to turn the cruise system on. display) faster.
2. Get up to the desired speed. The speedometer reading can be displayed
in either English or metric units. See Driver
3. Press and release SET−. Information Center (DIC) 0 82. The
4. Remove your foot from the accelerator. increment value used depends on the units
The cruise control indicator on the displayed.
I : Press to turn cruise control on or off. instrument cluster turns green after cruise Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
The white indicator comes on in the control has been set to the desired speed.
instrument cluster when cruise control is If the cruise control system is already
See Instrument Cluster 0 72.
turned on. activated:
Resuming a Set Speed . Press and hold SET– until the desired
+RES : If there is a set speed in memory,
press briefly to resume that speed or press If the cruise control is set at a desired speed lower speed is reached, then release it.
and hold to accelerate. If cruise control is and then the brakes are applied or [ is
already active, use to increase vehicle speed. pressed, the cruise control is disengaged
without erasing the set speed from memory.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 145


. To slow down in small increments, briefly If the brake pedal is applied, cruise control
press SET–. For each press, the vehicle will disengage. Warning (Continued)
goes about 1 km/h (Metric display) or safely. You may not hear or see alerts or
Ending Cruise Control
1 mph (English display) slower. warnings provided by these systems.
There are four ways to end cruise control: Failure to use proper care when driving
The speedometer reading can be displayed
in either English or metric units. See Driver . Step lightly on the brake pedal. may result in injury, death, or vehicle
Information Center (DIC) 0 82. The . Press [. damage. See Defensive Driving 0 121.
increment value used depends on the units . Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). Under many conditions, these systems
displayed.
. To turn off cruise control, press I. will not:
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
Control Erasing Speed Memory
or animals.
Use the accelerator pedal to increase the The cruise control set speed is erased from
. Detect vehicles or objects outside the
vehicle speed. When you take your foot off memory if I is pressed or if the vehicle is
turned off. area monitored by the system.
the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the
previous set cruise speed. While pressing the . Work at all driving speeds.
accelerator pedal or shortly following the Driver Assistance Systems . Warn you or provide you with enough
release to override cruise control, briefly time to avoid a crash.
pressing SET– will result in cruise set to the This vehicle may have features that work
together to help avoid crashes or reduce . Work under poor visibility or bad
current vehicle speed.
crash damage while driving, backing, and weather conditions.
Using Cruise Control on Hills parking. Read this entire section before . Work if the detection sensor is not
How well the cruise control works on hills using these systems. cleaned or is covered by ice, snow,
depends on the vehicle speed, load, and the mud, or dirt.
steepness of the hills. When going up steep { Warning . Work if the detection sensor is
hills, you might have to step on the Do not rely on the Driver Assistance covered up, such as with a sticker,
accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle Systems. These systems do not replace magnet, or metal plate.
speed. When going downhill, you might (Continued)
the need for paying attention and driving
have to brake or shift to a lower gear to
keep your speed down. (Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

146 Driving and Operating


. Front side and rear side panels
Warning (Continued) . Outside of the windshield in front of the
. Work if the area surrounding the rearview mirrors
detection sensor is damaged or not . Side camera lens on the bottom of the
properly repaired. outside mirrors
Complete attention is always required . Rear side corner bumpers
while driving, and you should be ready to . Rear Vision Camera above the license
take action and apply the brakes and/or plate
steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Radio Frequency
Audible Alert This vehicle may be equipped with driver
assistance systems that operate using radio
Some driver assistance features alert the
frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement
driver of obstacles by beeping. To view
0 260.
available settings from the Driver
Information Center (DIC) press U to enter Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
the feature settings menu.
When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse),
Cleaning the RVC displays an image of the area
Depending on vehicle options, keep these behind the vehicle in the infotainment
areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best display. The previous screen displays when
driver assistance feature performance. Driver the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after
Information Center (DIC) messages may a short delay. To return to the previous
display when the systems are unavailable or screen sooner, press Home or Back on the
blocked. infotainment system, shift into P (Park),
. Front and rear bumpers and the area or reach a vehicle speed of approximately
below the bumpers 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive).
. Front grille and headlamps
. Front camera lens in the front grille or
near the front emblem
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 147


Displayed images may be farther or closer Park Assist
than they appear. The area displayed is
limited and objects that are close to either If equipped, the Rear Park Assist (RPA)
corner of the bumper or under the bumper system uses sensors on the rear bumper to
do not display. assist with parking and avoiding objects
while in R (Reverse).
A warning triangle may appear on the
infotainment display to show that RPA or
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) has detected
{ Warning
an object. This triangle changes from amber The Park Assist system does not detect
to red and increases in size the closer the children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals,
object. or objects below the bumper or that are
too close or too far from the vehicle. It is
1. View displayed by the camera
{ Warning not available at speeds greater than
The camera(s) do not display children, 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist,
animals, or any other object outside of always check the area around the vehicle
the cameras’ field of view, below the and check all mirrors before backing.
bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown
distances may be different from actual
How the System Works
distances. Do not drive or park the RPA comes on automatically when the shift
vehicle using only these camera(s). lever is moved into R (Reverse). A single
Always check behind and around the beep sounds to indicate the system is
vehicle before driving. Failure to use working.
1. View displayed by the camera proper care may result in injury, death, RPA operates only at speeds less than
2. Corners of the rear bumper or vehicle damage. 8 km/h (5 mph).
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

148 Driving and Operating


An obstacle detection is indicated by beeps. PARK ASSIST OFF : This message occurs if Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
The time between beeps gets shorter as the the driver disables the system or if the
vehicle approaches the obstacle. Repeated vehicle is driven above 8 km/h (5 mph) in System
beeps are heard when the distance is less R (Reverse). If equipped, the FCA system may help to
than 30 cm (12 in). PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE OWNERS avoid or reduce the harm caused by
To be detected, objects must be at least MANUAL : This message can occur under the front-end crashes. When approaching a
25 cm (10 in) off the ground and below rear following conditions: vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a
door level. Objects must also be within 2.5 m red flashing alert on the windshield and
. The sensors are not clean. Keep the rear
(8 ft) from the rear bumper. This distance rapidly beeps. FCA also lights an amber
bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, slush, visual alert if following another vehicle
may be less during warmer or humid and frost. The message may not clear
weather. much too closely.
until frost or ice has melted all around
and inside the sensor. FCA detects vehicles within a distance of
Turning the System On and Off approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at
. A trailer is attached to the vehicle, or a
The system can be disabled through the bicycle or an object hanging out of the speeds above 40 km/h (25 mph).
Driver Information Center (DIC). See “Park rear door during the current or last drive
Assist” under Driver Information Center (DIC) cycle. RPA will return to normal operation { Warning
0 82. after it is determined the object is FCA is a warning system and does not
RPA defaults to the on setting each time the removed. This could take a few drive apply the brakes. When approaching a
vehicle is started. cycles. slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead
. A tow bar is attached to the vehicle. too rapidly, or when following a vehicle
Turn RPA off when towing a trailer.
Other conditions may affect system too closely, FCA may not provide a
When the System Does Not Seem to performance, such as vibrations from a warning with enough time to help avoid
Work Properly jackhammer or the compression of air a crash. It also may not provide any
The following messages may be displayed brakes on a very large truck. warning at all. FCA does not warn of
on the DIC: pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails,
bridges, construction barrels, or other
SERVICE PARK ASSIST : If this message
occurs, take the vehicle to your dealer for (Continued)
repair.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 149


occurs, the brake system may prepare for
Warning (Continued) { Warning driver braking to occur more rapidly which
objects. Be ready to take action and FCA does not provide a warning to help can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. Continue to apply the brake pedal as
0 121. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if needed. Cruise control may be disengaged
the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, when the Collision Alert occurs.
FCA can be disabled with the [ button on or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. Tailgating Alert
the center stack. It may also not detect a vehicle on
winding or hilly roads, or in conditions
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead that can limit visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in proper
condition. Keep the windshield,
headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in
The vehicle ahead indicator will display
good repair.
amber when you are following a vehicle
much too closely.
FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA Collision Alert
system detects a vehicle ahead. When a Selecting the Alert Timing
vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead The Collision Alert button is on the center
indicator will display green. Vehicles may
stack. Press [ to set the alert timing to
not be detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a Far, Medium, Near, or Off. The first button
vehicle ahead is partially blocked by press shows the current control setting on
pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not the DIC. Additional button presses will
detect another vehicle ahead until it is When your vehicle approaches another change this setting. The chosen setting will
completely in the driving lane. detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA remain until it is changed and will affect the
display will flash on the windshield. Also, timing of both the Collision Alert and the
eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound Tailgating Alert features. The timing of both
from the front. When this Collision Alert alerts will vary based on vehicle speed. The
faster the vehicle speed, the farther away
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

150 Driving and Operating


the alert will occur. Consider traffic and display will light up in the corresponding SBZA Detection Zones
weather conditions when selecting the alert outside side mirror and will flash if the turn
timing. The range of selectable alert timings signal in corresponding side is on.
may not be appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions. { Warning
Unnecessary Alerts SBZA does not alert the driver to vehicles
rapidly approaching outside of the side
FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for
blind zones, pedestrians, bicyclists,
turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes,
objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. or animals. It may not provide alerts
These alerts are normal operation and the when changing lanes under all driving
vehicle does not need service. conditions. Failure to use proper care
when changing lanes may result in injury,
Cleaning the System death, or vehicle damage. Before making
If the FCA system does not seem to operate a lane change, always check mirrors, The SBZA sensor covers a zone of
properly, this may correct the issue. glance over your shoulder, and use the approximately one lane over from both
. Clean the outside of the windshield in turn signals. sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The
front of the rearview mirror. height of the zone is approximately between
. Clean the entire front of the vehicle. 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground.
This zone starts at approximately the middle
. Clean the headlamps.
of the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft).
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) How the System Works
If equipped, the Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) The SBZA symbol lights up in the side
system is a lane-changing aid that assists mirrors when the system detects a moving
drivers with avoiding crashes that occur with vehicle in the next lane over that is in the
moving vehicles in the side blind zone, side blind zone. This indicates it may be
or blind spot areas. The SBZA warning unsafe to change lanes. Before making a
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 151


lane change, check the SBZA display, check When the System Does Not Seem to If the SBZA displays do not light up when
mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use Work Properly vehicles are in the blind zone and the
the turn signals. system is clean, the system may need
SBZA displays may not come on when service. Take the vehicle to your dealer.
passing a vehicle quickly, or for a stopped
vehicle. SBZA may alert to objects attached When SBZA is disabled for any reason other
to the vehicle, such as a bicycle, or object than the driver turning it off, the Side Blind
extending out to either side of the vehicle. Zone Alert On option will not be available
This is normal system operation; the vehicle on the personalization menu.
Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror does not need service. Driving with a Trailer
Display Display SBZA may not always alert the driver to
Use caution while changing lanes when
vehicles in the side blind zone, especially in
towing a trailer.
When the vehicle is started, both outside wet conditions. The system does not need
mirror SBZA displays will briefly come on to to be serviced. The system may light up due Radio Frequency Information
indicate the system is operating. When the to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other
non-moving objects. This is normal system See Radio Frequency Statement 0 260.
vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right
side mirror display will light up if a moving operation; the vehicle does not need service. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
vehicle is detected in that blind zone. If the SBZA may not operate when the SBZA
turn signal is activated in the same direction If equipped, LDW may help avoid crashes
sensors in the left or right corners of the
as a detected vehicle, this display will flash due to unintentional lane departures. LDW
rear bumper are covered with mud, dirt,
as an extra warning not to change lanes. uses a camera sensor to detect the lane
snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms.
markings at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
SBZA can be disabled through the Driver For cleaning instructions, see "Washing the
greater. It may provide an alert if the
Information Center (DIC). See Driver Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 233. If the DIC
vehicle is crossing a lane without using a
Information Center (DIC) 0 82. If SBZA is displays the system unavailable message
turn signal in that direction. LDW light will
disabled by the driver, the SBZA mirror after cleaning both sides of the vehicle
not alert if the turn signal is active in the
displays will not light up. toward the rear corners of the vehicle, see
direction of lane departure, or if LDW
your dealer.
detects that you are accelerating, braking or
actively steering.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

152 Driving and Operating


How the System Works
{ Warning
LDW utilizes a camera sensor installed on
The LDW system does not steer the the windshield ahead of the rearview mirror
vehicle. The LDW system may not: to detect lane markings.
. Provide enough time to avoid a crash.
To turn LDW on and off, press @ on the
. Detect lane markings under poor center stack. The control indicator will light
weather or visibility conditions. This when LDW is on. When LDW is on, @ is
can occur if the windshield or
green if LDW is available to warn of a lane
headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow,
departure. If the vehicle crosses a detected
or ice; if they are not in proper
lane marking without using the turn signal
condition; or if the sun shines directly
into the camera. in that direction, @ changes to amber and
flashes. Additionally, there will be three
. Detect road edges. beeps on the right or left, depending on the
Recommended Fuel
. Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads. lane departure direction. LDW will not alert
if the turn signal is active in the direction of
If LDW only detects lane markings on one
lane departure, or if LDW detects that you
side of the road, it will only warn you
are accelerating, braking or actively steering.
when departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane marking.
Always keep your attention on the road Fuel
and maintain proper vehicle position Regular unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM
within the lane, or vehicle damage,
Top Tier Fuel specification D4814 with a posted octane
injury, or death could occur. Always keep GM recommends the use of TOP TIER rating (R+M)/2 of 87 or greater is
the windshield, headlamps, and camera Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, recommended. Do not use gasoline with a
sensors clean and in good repair. Do not reduce engine deposits, and maintain posted octane rating of less than 87, as this
optimal vehicle performance. Look for the will result in reduced performance and
use LDW in bad weather conditions.
TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com driveability. If heavy knocking is heard when
for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline using gasoline rated at 87 or greater, the
marketers and applicable countries. engine needs service.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 153


Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel.
Caution (Continued) Filling the Tank
Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels
greater than 15% by volume. . Fuel with a posted octane rating of An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which
less than the recommended fuel. Using side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See
Prohibited Fuels this fuel will lower fuel economy and Fuel Gauge 0 72.
performance, and may decrease the
Caution life of the emissions catalyst. { Warning
Do not use fuels with any of the Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently
following conditions; doing so may Fuels in Foreign Countries and can cause injury or death.
damage the vehicle and void its The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel Follow these guidelines to help avoid
warranty: octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For injuries to you and others:
. For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel fuel not to use in a foreign country, see
Prohibited Fuels 0 153. . Read and follow all the instructions on
labeled greater than 15% ethanol by
volume, such as mid-level ethanol the fuel pump island.
blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, Fuel Additives . Turn off the engine when refueling.
or FlexFuel. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking
. Fuel with any amount of methanol, recommended for use with your vehicle. materials away from fuel.
methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These If your country does not have TOP TIER . Do not leave the fuel pump
fuels can corrode metal fuel system Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel
unattended.
parts or damage plastic and rubber System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the
vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil . Avoid using electronic devices while
parts.
change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever refueling.
. Fuel containing metals such as
occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and . Do not re-enter the vehicle while
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus
tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage pumping fuel.
−Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s
the emissions control system and . Keep children away from the fuel
engine fuel deposit free and performing
spark plugs. optimally. pump and never let children
(Continued) pump fuel.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

154 Driving and Operating


Warning (Continued) { Warning Caution
. Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a Overfilling the fuel tank by more than If a new fuel cap is needed, get the right
metallic object to discharge static three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may type of cap from your dealer. The wrong
electricity from your body. cause: type of fuel cap may not fit properly,
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel cap is may turn on the malfunction indicator
. Vehicle performance issues, including
opened too quickly. This spray can lamp, and could damage the fuel system
engine stalling and damage to the fuel
happen if the tank is nearly full, and is and emissions system. See Malfunction
system.
more likely in hot weather. Open the Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 77.
. Fuel spills.
fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss
noise to stop, then unscrew the cap all . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. Filling a Portable Fuel Container
the way.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds { Warning
after you have finished pumping before
removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from Never fill a portable fuel container while
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See it is in the vehicle. Static electricity
Exterior Care 0 233. Reinstall the cap by discharge from the container can ignite
turning it clockwise until it clicks. Push the the fuel vapor. You or others could be
fuel door closed. badly burned and the vehicle could be
damaged. To help avoid injury to you
{ Warning and others:
If a fire starts while you are refueling, do . Dispense fuel only into approved
not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the containers.
flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or . Do not fill a container while it is
by notifying the station attendant. Leave inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in
Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise to the area immediately. a pickup bed, or on any surface other
remove. When refueling, hang the fuel cap than the ground.
from the hook on the fuel door. Fully insert (Continued)
and latch the fill nozzle, begin fueling.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 155


Warning (Continued) Driving Characteristics and The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips and
. Bring the fill nozzle in contact with Towing Tips safety rules. Many of these are important
the inside of the fill opening before for your safety and that of your passengers.
operating the nozzle. Maintain contact { Warning Read this section carefully before pulling a
until filling is complete. You can lose control when towing a trailer.
. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking trailer if the correct equipment is not When towing a trailer:
materials away from fuel. used or the vehicle is not driven properly. . Become familiar with, and follow all state
. Avoid using electronic devices while For example, if the trailer is too heavy or and local laws that apply to trailer
pumping fuel. the trailer brakes are inadequate for the towing. These requirements vary from
load, the vehicle may not stop as state to state.
expected. You and others could be
Trailer Towing seriously injured. The vehicle may also be
. State laws may require the use of
extended side view mirrors. If your
General Towing Information damaged, and the repairs would not be visibility is limited or restricted while
covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a towing, install extended side view mirrors
Only use towing equipment that has been trailer only if all the steps in this section on your vehicle, even if not required.
designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer have been followed. Ask your dealer for . Do not tow a trailer during the first 800
or trailering dealer for assistance with advice and information about towing a km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent
preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read trailer with the vehicle. damage to the engine, axle, or other
the entire section before towing a trailer.
parts.
To tow a disabled vehicle, see Transporting Driving with a Trailer . Perform the first oil change before heavy
a Disabled Vehicle 0 231. To tow the vehicle Trailering is different than just driving the towing.
behind another vehicle such as a motor vehicle by itself. Trailering affects handling, . Do not drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
home, see Recreational Vehicle Towing acceleration, braking, durability, and fuel do not make starts at full throttle during
0 232. economy. Successful, safe trailering takes the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer
correct equipment, and it has to be used towing.
properly. . Tow in D (Drive). Tow/Haul Mode is
recommended for heavier trailers. See
Tow/Haul Mode 0 140. If the transmission
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

156 Driving and Operating


downshifts too often, a lower gear may that extend out from the back of the vehicle equipment can cause the combination to
be selected using Manual Mode. See do not move further back when a trailer is operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner.
Manual Mode 0 139. towed. Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts
If equipped, the following driver assistance and attachments, safety chains, electrical
features should be turned off when towing { Warning connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See
a trailer: Towing Equipment 0 167. If the trailer has
To prevent serious injury or death from
electric brakes, start the combination
. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a moving and then manually apply the trailer
. Super Cruise Control trailer: brake controller to check the trailer brakes
. Park Assist . Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/ work. During the trip, occasionally check
. Automatic Parking Assist (APA) hatch, or rear-most window open. that the cargo and trailer are secure and
. Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) . Fully open the air outlets on or under that the lamps and any trailer brakes are
the instrument panel. working.
If equipped, the following driver assistance
features should be turned to alert or off . Adjust the climate control system to a Towing with a Stability Control System
when towing a trailer: setting that brings in only outside air. When towing, the stability control system
. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) See “Climate Control Systems” in the might be heard. The system reacts to
. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) Index. vehicle movement caused by the trailer,
. Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) For more information about carbon which mainly occurs during cornering. This is
monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 136. normal when towing heavier trailers.
If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA),
the LCA detection zones that extend back Towing a trailer requires experience. The Following Distance
from the side of the vehicle do not move combination of the vehicle and trailer is Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle
further back when a trailer is towed. Use longer and not as responsive as the vehicle ahead as you would when driving without a
caution while changing lanes when towing a itself. Get used to the handling and braking trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking
trailer. of the combination by driving on a level and sudden turns.
If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert road surface before driving on public roads.
(RCTA), use caution while backing up when The trailer structure, the tires, and the
towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones brakes must be all be rated to carry the
intended cargo. Inadequate trailer
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 157


Passing Make wider turns than normal when towing, Parking on Hills
so trailer will not go over soft shoulders,
More passing distance is needed when
towing a trailer. The combination of the
over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, { Warning
or other objects. Always signal turns well in
vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as To prevent serious injury or death,
advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly.
quickly and is much longer than the vehicle always park your vehicle and trailer on a
alone. It is necessary to go much farther Driving on Grades level surface when possible.
beyond the passed vehicle before returning
to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
before starting down a long or steep When parking your vehicle and your trailer
passing on hills if possible. on a hill:
downhill grade. If the transmission is not
Backing Up shifted down, the brakes may overheat and 1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift
result in reduced braking efficiency. into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with the curb if facing downhill or into traffic
one hand. To move the trailer to the left, The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the if facing uphill.
move that hand to the left. To move the transmission to a lower gear if the
trailer to the right, move that hand to the transmission shifts too often under heavy 2. Have someone place chocks under the
right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, loads and/or hilly conditions. trailer wheels.
have someone guide you. When towing at higher altitudes, engine 3. When the wheel chocks are in place,
coolant will boil at a lower temperature gradually release the brake pedal to
Making Turns allow the chocks to absorb the load of
than at lower altitudes. If the engine is
turned off immediately after towing at high the trailer.
Caution
altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the
Turn more slowly and make wider arcs could show signs similar to engine parking brake and shift into P (Park).
when towing a trailer to prevent damage overheating. To avoid this, let the engine 5. Release the brake pedal.
to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns run, preferably on level ground, with the
could cause the trailer to contact the transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes Leaving After Parking on a Hill
vehicle. before turning the engine off. If the 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
overheat warning comes on, see Engine . Start the engine.
Overheating 0 186. . Shift into the desired gear.
. Release the parking brake.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

158 Driving and Operating


2. Let up on the brake pedal. 5. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the
Warning (Continued) parking brake and shift into P (Park).
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
the chocks. . Do not move the vehicle if someone is 6. Release the brake pedal.
in the path of the trailer. Some parts
4. Stop and have someone pick up and of the trailer might be underwater and Pulling the Trailer from the Water
store the chocks not visible to people who are assisting To pull the trailer from the water:
Launching and Retrieving a Boat in launching the boat. 1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
Backing the Trailer into the Water Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before 2. Start the engine and shift into a gear.
backing the trailer into the water to prevent 3. Release the parking brake.
{ Warning damage to the electrical circuits on the 4. Let up on the brake pedal.
. Have all passengers get out of the trailer. Reconnect the wiring to the trailer
after removing the trailer from the water. 5. Drive slowly until the tires are clear of
vehicle before backing onto the sloped
If the trailer has electric brakes that can the chocks.
part of the ramp. Lower the driver and
passenger side windows before function when the trailer is submerged, it 6. Stop and have someone pick up and
backing onto the ramp. This will might help to leave the electrical trailer store the chocks.
provide a means of escape in the connector attached to maintain trailer brake 7. Slowly pull the trailer from the water.
unlikely event the vehicle slides into functionality while on the boat ramp.
the water. To back the trailer into the water: Caution
. If the boat launch surface is slippery, 1. Slowly back down the boat ramp until If the vehicle tires begin to spin and the
have the driver remain in the vehicle the boat is floating, but no further than vehicle begins to slide toward the water,
with the brake pedal applied while the necessary. remove your foot from the accelerator
boat is being launched. The boat pedal and apply the brake pedal. Seek
2. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do
launch can be especially slippery at help to have the vehicle towed up
not shift into P (Park) yet.
low tide when part of the ramp was the ramp.
previously submerged at high tide. Do 3. Have someone place chocks under the
not back onto the ramp to launch the front wheels of the vehicle.
boat if you are not sure the vehicle 4. Gradually release the brake pedal to
can maintain traction. allow the chocks to absorb the load of
(Continued) the trailer.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 159


Maintenance when Trailer Towing Trailering is different than just driving the Trailering Weight Ratings
vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in
The vehicle needs service more often when When towing a trailer, the combined weight
handling, acceleration, braking, durability,
used to tow trailers. See Maintenance of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and
and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering
Schedule 0 242. It is especially important to trailer contents must be below all of the
takes correct equipment, and it has to be
check the automatic transmission fluid, maximum weight ratings for the vehicle,
used properly.
engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling including:
system, and brake system before and during The following information has many . Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
each trip. time-tested, important trailering tips and . Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
safety rules. Many of these are important
Check periodically that all nuts and bolts on . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating
for your safety and that of your passengers.
the trailer hitch are tight. . Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear (GAWR-RR)
Read this section carefully before pulling a
Engine Cooling when Trailer Towing trailer. . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating

The cooling system may temporarily Trailer Weight See “Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment”
overheat during severe operating conditions. under Towing Equipment 0 167 to determine
See Engine Overheating 0 186. { Warning if equalizer bars are required to obtain the
maximum trailer weight rating.
Trailer Towing Never exceed the towing capacity for
your vehicle. See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing
Equipment 0 167 to determine if brakes are
Caution required based on the trailer weight.
Safe trailering requires monitoring the
Towing a trailer improperly can damage weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside The only way to be sure the weight is not
the vehicle and result in costly repairs temperature, dimensions of the front of the exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh
not covered by the vehicle warranty. To trailer, and how frequently the vehicle is the tow vehicle and trailer combination,
tow a trailer correctly, follow the used to tow a trailer. fully loaded for the trip, getting individual
directions in this section and see your weights for each of these items.
dealer for important information about
towing a trailer with the vehicle.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

160 Driving and Operating


3. Add the weight of all passengers.
{ Warning 4. Add the weight of all cargo in the
You and others could be seriously injured vehicle.
or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the 5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such
trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars,
The vehicle may be damaged, and the or sway bars.
repairs would not be covered by the
6. Add the weight of any accessories or
vehicle warranty. aftermarket equipment added to the
Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this vehicle.
section have been followed. Ask your The resulting weight cannot exceed the
dealer for advice and information about GCWR value shown on the Tow Rating
towing a trailer. Chart.
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) The gross combined weight can also be
confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer For information about the vehicle's
GCWR is the total allowable weight of the on a public scale. The truck and trailer maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load
completely loaded vehicle and trailer should be loaded for the trip with Limits 0 126. When calculating the GVWR
including any fuel, passengers, cargo, passengers and cargo. with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue
equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed weight must be included as part of the
the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for weight the vehicle is carrying.
the vehicle is on the Tow Rating Chart
Maximum Trailer Weight
following.
The maximum trailer weight rating is
To check that the weight of the vehicle and
calculated assuming only the driver is in the
trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle,
tow vehicle and it has all the required
follow these steps:
trailering equipment. The weight of
1. Start with the curb weight from the Tow additional optional equipment, passengers,
Rating Chart. and cargo in the tow vehicle must be
2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with subtracted from the maximum trailer
cargo and ready for the trip. weight.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 161


Use the Tow Rating Chart to determine how much the trailer can weigh, based on the vehicle model and options.

Tow Rating Chart


Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a)
G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase
3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
I4.3L V6
3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb)
I6.6L V8
G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase
3.42 3 220 kg (7,100 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
I4.3L V6
3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb)
I6.6L V8
G2500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase
3.42 3 039 kg (6,700 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
I4.3L V6
3.42 4 355 kg (9,600 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb)
I6.6L V8
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

162 Driving and Operating


Tow Rating Chart (cont'd)
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a)
G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase
3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
I4.3L V6
3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb)
I6.6L V8
G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase
3.42 3 265 kg (7,200 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
I4.3L V6
3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb)
I6.6L V8
G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase
3.42 3 039 kg (6,700 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
I4.3L V6
3.42 4 355 kg (9,600 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb)
I6.6L V8
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 163


Tow Rating Chart (cont'd)
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a)
G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Long Wheelbase
3.42 2 858 kg (6,300 lb) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
I4.3L V6
3.42 4 173 kg (9,200 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb)
I6.6L V8
3500 Series Cutaway – 353 cm (139 in) Wheelbase
3.42 (b) 6 804 kg (15,000 lb)
I4.3L V6
3.42/3.73 (b) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb)
I6.6L V8
3500 Series Cutaway – 404 cm (159 in) Wheelbase
3.42/3.73 (b) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb)
I6.6L V8
4.10 (b) 9 072 kg (20,000 lb)
I6.6L V8
I(5 579 kg (12,300 lb) GVWR)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

164 Driving and Operating


Tow Rating Chart (cont'd)
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a)
4.10 (b) 9 072 kg (20,000 lb)
I6.6L V8
I(6 441 kg (14,200 lb) GVWR)
3500 Series Cutaway – 450 cm (177 in) Wheelbase
3.73 (b) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb)
I6.6L V8
4.10 (b) 9 072 kg (20,000 lb)
I6.6L V8
I(5 579 kg (12,300 lb) GVWR)
4.10 (b) 9 072 kg (20,000 lb)
I6.6L V8
I(6 441 kg (14,200 lb) GVWR)
(a) The Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any
passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversion. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.
(b) Maximum Trailer Weight cannot be provided because total vehicle weight is unknown.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 165


The bumper on this vehicle is not designed
to tow a trailer.
Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
is the allowable trailer tongue weight that
the vehicle can support using a conventional
trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce
the overall trailer weight to stay within the
maximum trailer tongue weight rating while
still maintaining the correct trailer load
balance.
Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue
weight of 454 kg (1,000 lb).
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

166 Driving and Operating


Vehicle Series Hitch Type Maximum Tongue Weight
2500/3500 Weight - Carrying 181 kg (400 lb)
Weight -
2500/3500 454 kg (1,000 lb)
Distributing

The trailer tongue weight contributes to the After loading the trailer, separately weigh
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes the trailer and then the trailer tongue and
the curb weight of your vehicle, any calculate the trailer load balance percentage
passengers, cargo, equipment, and the trailer to see if the weights and distribution are
tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer
cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum weight is too high, it may be possible to
allowable tongue weight the vehicle can transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle.
carry, which also reduces the maximum If the trailer tongue weight is too high or
allowable trailer weight. too low, it may be possible to rearrange
some of the cargo inside of the trailer.
Trailer Load Balance
Do not exceed the maximum allowable
The correct trailer load balance must be tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the
maintained to ensure trailer stability. shortest hitch extension available to position
Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10–
15% of the loaded trailer weight (2). Some the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will
trailer sway. help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue
specific trailer types, such as boat trailers,
fall outside of this range. Always refer to weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle.
the trailer owner’s manual for the If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch
recommended trailer tongue weight for each receiver, choose a carrier that positions the
trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for load as close to the vehicle as possible.
your vehicle, hitch, and trailer. Make sure the total weight, including the
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 167


carrier, is no more than half of the Towing Equipment Weight-Distributing Hitches and Weight
maximum allowable tongue weight for the Carrying Hitches
vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. Hitches
A weight distributing hitch may be useful
Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating Always use the correct hitch equipment for with some trailers.
(GAWR-RR) your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going
by, and rough roads can affect the trailer
The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be and the hitch. Proper hitch equipment for
supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do your vehicle helps maintain control of the
not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, vehicle-trailer combination. Many trailers can
with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded be towed using a weight-carrying hitch
for the trip including the weight of the which has a coupler latched to the hitch
trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing ball, or a tow eye latched to a pintle hook.
hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR before Other trailers may require a
applying the weight distribution spring bars. weight-distributing hitch that uses spring
bars to distribute the trailer tongue weight
between your vehicle and trailer axles. See
“Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating”
under Trailer Towing 0 159 for weight limits
with various hitch types. 1. Front of Vehicle
2. Body to Ground Distance
Never attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches. Only use When using a weight-distributing hitch,
frame-mounted hitches that do not attach to measure the front fender height distance (2)
the bumper. before connecting the trailer. Adjust the
spring bars until the front fender height
Consider using sway controls with any
distance (2) is the same height before the
trailer. Ask a trailering professional about
trailer was connected. Do not reduce the
sway controls or refer to the trailer
front fender height below the initial
Ask your dealer for trailering information or manufacturer's recommendations and
distance (2).
assistance. instructions.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

168 Driving and Operating


Tires Standards Association (CSA) requirement The seven-wire harness connector contains
. Do not tow a trailer while using a CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is the following trailer circuits:
compact spare tire on the vehicle. recommended. . Yellow: Stop/Turn Signal Left*
. Tires must be properly inflated to support State or local regulations may require the . Dark Green: Stop/Turn Signal Right*
loads while towing a trailer. See Tires trailer to have its own braking system if the . Brown: Tail/Parking Lamps**
0 203 for instructions on proper tire loaded weight of the trailer exceeds certain . Light Green: Reverse Lamps**
inflation. minimums. These requirements vary from
. Red/Black: Battery Feed
state to state. Read and follow the
Safety Chains instructions for the trailer brakes so they are . White: Ground
Always attach chains between the vehicle installed, adjusted, and maintained properly. . Dark Blue: Electric Trailer Brake
and the trailer, and attach the chains to the Never attempt to tap into your vehicle's * If the vehicle is a cutaway with trailer
holes on the trailer hitch platform. hydraulic brake system. If you do, both the provisions, each stop/turn signal has a
Instructions about safety chains may be vehicle anti-lock brakes and the trailer 15 amp fuse. However, the cutaway lighting
provided by the hitch manufacturer or by brakes may not function, which could result connector will have a 10 amp fuse for each
the trailer manufacturer. in a crash. signal.
Cross the safety chains under the tongue of Trailer Wiring Harness **If the vehicle is a cutaway with trailer
the trailer to help prevent the tongue from provisions, there is a 15 amp fuse for the
Basic Trailer Wiring
contacting the road if it becomes separated trailer park lamps and a 15 amp fuse for the
from the hitch. Always leave just enough If the vehicle is not equipped with a trailer cutaway rear lighting connector park lamps.
slack so the combination can turn. Never connector on the rear bumper, a seven-wire Also, a 10 amp fuse will be shared for trailer
allow safety chains to drag on the ground. trailering harness is tied to the vehicle’s back-up lamps and cutaway rear lighting
frame. The harness requires the installation connector back-up lamps.
Trailer Brakes of a trailer connector, which is available
through your dealer. Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness Package
Loaded trailers over 675 kg (1,500 lb) must
be equipped with brake systems and with Use only a round, seven-wire connector with lf equipped, the trailer wiring harness, with
brakes for each axle. Trailer braking flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863 a seven-pin connector is mounted on the
equipment conforming to Canadian specifications for proper electrical trailer hitch.
connectivity.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 169


If equipped, wiring provisions for an Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
aftermarket electric trailer brake controller
When properly connected, the trailer turn
are included with the vehicle as part of the
signals will illuminate to indicate the vehicle
trailer wiring package. The harness contains
is turning, changing lanes, or stopping.
the following circuits:
When towing a trailer, the arrows on the
. Dark Blue: Electric Trailer Brakes instrument cluster will illuminate even if the
. Red/White: Battery Feed trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs
. Lt Blue/White: Brake Apply Signal are burned out.
. Black: Ground
Tow/Haul Mode
There are four blunt cut wires under the
Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy
floor carpeting in front of the brake pedal.
trailer or a large or heavy load. For
1. Ground It will be necessary to have a technician
instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul
connect the 12-volt power to the engine
2. Left Turn/Brake mode, see Tow/Haul Mode 0 140.
compartment fuse block.
3. Reverse Lamps Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most
Refer to the aftermarket electric trailer brake
4. Taillamps effective when the vehicle and trailer
controller owner's manual to determine wire
combined weight is at least 75% of the
5. Battery Feed color coding of the electric trailer brake
vehicle's Gross Combined Weight Rating
6. Right Turn/Brake controller. The wire colors on the brake
(GCWR). See “Trailer Weight” under Trailer
controller may be different from the vehicle.
7. Electric Brakes Towing 0 159.
Trailer Lamps Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when towing
Electric Brake Control Wiring Provisions
Always check all trailer lamps are working at a heavy trailer or carrying a large or
If the vehicle is not equipped with an the beginning of each trip, and periodically heavy load:
integrated trailer brake controller, and the on longer trips. . Through rolling terrain
trailer has electric brakes, a trailer brake . In stop-and-go traffic
controller needs to be installed on the
vehicle. The brake controller should be . In busy parking lots
installed by your dealer or a qualified
service center.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

170 Driving and Operating


Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. See Always check all trailer tire pressures before
when lightly loaded or not towing will not Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer
cause damage; however, it is not 0 142. tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire
recommended and may result in unpleasant blow-outs.
engine and transmission driving { Warning Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer
characteristics and reduced fuel economy. tire sidewall will show the week and year
Trailer sway can result in a crash and in
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) serious injury or death, even if the the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire
vehicle is equipped with TSC. manufacturers recommend replacing tires
Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability more than six years old.
Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control If the trailer begins to sway, reduce
vehicle speed by gradually removing your Overloading is another leading cause of
(TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended
foot from the accelerator. Then pull over trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer
side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing.
to check the trailer and vehicle to help with more weight than the tires are
If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC
designed to support. The load rating is
detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle correct possible causes, including an
located on the trailer tire sidewall.
brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, improperly or overloaded trailer,
to help reduce excessive trailer sway. unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch Always know the maximum speed rating for
configuration, or improperly inflated or the trailer tires before driving. This may be
incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See significantly lower than the vehicle tire
Towing Equipment 0 167 for trailer speed rating. The speed rating may be on
ratings and hitch setup recommendations. the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is
not shown, the default trailer tire speed
rating is 105 km/h (65 mph).
Trailer Tires
If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle
System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff
will flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce sidewalls to help prevent sway and to
vehicle speed by gradually removing your support heavy loads. These features can
foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway make it difficult to determine if the trailer
continues, StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine tire pressures are low only based on a visual
torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not inspection.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Driving and Operating 171


Conversions and Add-Ons The vehicle has an airbag system. Before
attempting to add anything electrical
Add-On Electrical Equipment to the vehicle, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 44 and
Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
{ Warning Vehicle 0 44.
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for
vehicle service and Emission Inspection/
Maintenance testing. See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 77.
A device connected to the DLC — such as
an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior
tracking device — may interfere with
vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle
operation and cause a crash. Such devices
may also access information stored in the
vehicle’s systems.

Caution
Some electrical equipment can damage
the vehicle or cause components to not
work and would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check with your
dealer before adding electrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's


12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not
operating.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

172 Vehicle Care


Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism
Vehicle Care Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . 209
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . 210
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
General Information Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . 214
California Perchlorate Materials Headlamp Aiming Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Front Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Different Size Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . . 216
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . 173 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 216
Bulb Replacement
Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 217
Doing Your Own Service Work . . . . . . . . . 173 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Front Turn Signal, Sidemarker, and Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Engine Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . 176 Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Automatic Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . 181 (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Jump Starting
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . 228
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Electrical System Towing the Vehicle
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Electrical System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Transporting a Disabled Vehicle . . . . . . . . 231
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . 198
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Floor Console Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Appearance Care
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Wheels and Tires Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Control Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Tire Terminology and Definitions . . . . . 206
Ignition Transmission Lock Check . . . . . . 193 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 173


General Information special handling may apply. See GM Accessories are designed to complement
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ and function with other systems on the
For service and parts needs, visit your perchlorate. vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the
dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts vehicle using genuine GM Accessories
and GM-trained and supported service Accessories and Modifications installed by a dealer technician.
people. Adding non-dealer accessories or making Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: modifications to the vehicle can affect Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 44.
vehicle performance and safety, including
such things as airbags, braking, stability, Vehicle Checks
ride and handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, Driver Assistance Doing Your Own Service Work
Systems, and electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability control.
These accessories or modifications could { Warning
even cause malfunction or damage not It can be dangerous to work on your
covered by the vehicle warranty. vehicle if you do not have the proper
Damage to suspension components caused knowledge, service manual, tools,
by modifying vehicle height outside of or parts. Always follow owner’s manual
factory settings will not be covered by the procedures and consult the service
vehicle warranty. manual for your vehicle before doing any
California Perchlorate Materials service work.
Damage to vehicle components resulting
Requirements from modifications or the installation or use If doing some of your own service work, use
of non-GM certified parts, including control the proper service manual. It tells you much
Certain types of automotive applications, module or software modifications, is not
such as airbag initiators, seat belt more about how to service the vehicle than
covered under the terms of the vehicle this manual can. To order the proper service
pretensioners, and lithium batteries warranty and may affect remaining
contained in electronic keys, may contain manual, see Publication Ordering
warranty coverage for affected parts. Information 0 260.
perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material –
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

174 Vehicle Care


Keep a record with all parts receipts and list Clear any snow from the hood before
Caution the mileage and the date of any service opening.
Damage caused by improper maintenance work performed. See Maintenance Records To open the hood:
can lead to costly repairs and may not be 0 248.
covered by the vehicle warranty. 1. Pull the hood release lever with the
Maintenance intervals, checks, Caution i symbol. It is on the lower left side
inspections, recommended fluids, and Even small amounts of contamination can of the instrument panel.
lubricants are important to keep the cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not
vehicle in good working condition. allow contaminants to contact the fluids,
Do not have chemical flushes that are not reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
approved by GM performed on the
vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents, Hood
cleaners, or lubricants that are not
approved by GM could damage the { Warning
vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that Turn the vehicle off before opening the
are not covered by the vehicle warranty. hood. If the engine is running with the
hood open, you or others could be
This vehicle has an airbag system. Before injured.
attempting to do your own service work,
see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate
0 44.
{ Warning the secondary release lever under the
If equipped with remote vehicle start, open front center of the hood. Push the
Components under the hood can get hot secondary hood release lever upward to
the hood before performing any service from running the engine. To help avoid
work to prevent remote starting the vehicle release.
the risk of burning unprotected skin,
accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 10.
never touch these components until they
have cooled, and always use a glove or
towel to avoid direct skin contact.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 175


To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler
{ Warning
caps are on properly, and all tools are Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is
removed. not latched completely. The hood could
2. Lift the hood and remove the hood prop open fully, block your vision, and cause a
rod from the underside of the hood. crash. You or others could be injured.
Return the prop rod to its retainer. The Always close the hood completely before
prop rod must click into place when driving.
returning it to the retainer to prevent
hood damage.
3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in) above the
vehicle and release it. Check to make
3. Lift the hood and release the hood prop sure the hood is latched completely.
rod from its retainer, in the front of the Repeat this process with additional force
engine compartment. Securely insert the if necessary.
rod end into the slot marked with an
arrow, on the underside of the hood.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

176 Vehicle Care


Engine Compartment Overview

4.3L V6 Engine
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 177


1. Battery - North America 0 191.
2. Radiator Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System 0 183.
3. Coolant Recovery Tank. See Cooling
System 0 183.
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See
Cooling System 0 183.
5. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 182.
6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine
Oil” under Engine Oil 0 179.
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add
Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 179.
8. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. See
Power Steering Fluid 0 188.
9. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 198.
10. Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 190.
11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See
“Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer
Fluid 0 189.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

178 Vehicle Care

6.6L V8 Engine
1. Battery - North America 0 191. 4. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add
2. Radiator Pressure Cap. See Cooling Oil” under Engine Oil 0 179. Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 179.
System 0 183. 5. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See 8. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. See
3. Coolant Recovery Tank. See Cooling Cooling System 0 183. Power Steering Fluid 0 188.
System 0 183. 6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 182. 9. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 198.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 179


10. Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir. See Checking Engine Oil dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel
Brake Fluid 0 190. or cloth, then push it back in all the way.
Check the engine oil level regularly, every
11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Remove it again, keeping the tip down,
650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long
“Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer and check the level.
trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
Fluid 0 189. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 176 for When to Add Engine Oil
the location.
Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine performance and { Warning
long life, careful attention must be paid to The engine oil dipstick handle may be
engine oil. Following these simple, but
hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or
important steps will help protect your
glove to touch the dipstick handle.
investment:
. Use engine oil approved to the proper 4.3L V6 Engine
If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC)
specification and of the proper viscosity message displays, check the oil level.
grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine
Oil” in this section. Follow these guidelines:
. Check the engine oil level regularly and . To get an accurate reading, park the
maintain the proper oil level. See vehicle on level ground. Check the engine
“Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add oil level after the engine has been off for
Engine Oil” in this section. at least two hours. Checking the engine
oil level on steep grades or too soon after 6.6L V8 Engine
. Change the engine oil at the appropriate
engine shutoff can result in incorrect
time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 181. If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at
readings. Accuracy improves when
. Always dispose of engine oil properly. See checking a cold engine prior to starting. the tip of the dipstick and the engine has
“What to Do with Used Oil” in this Remove the dipstick and check the level. been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L
section. (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then
. If unable to wait two hours, the engine
recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right
must be off for at least 15 minutes if the Engine Oil” later in this section for an
engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if
the engine is not warm. Pull out the
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

180 Vehicle Care


explanation of what kind of oil to use. For Specification extremely low temperatures. When selecting
engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the an oil of the appropriate viscosity grade, it
and Specifications 0 250. dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have is recommended to select an oil of the
been approved by GM as meeting the correct specification. See “Specification”
Caution earlier in this section.
dexos1 specification are marked with the
Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above dexos1 approved logo. See Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes
or below the acceptable operating range www.gmdexos.com.
shown on the dipstick are harmful to the Do not add anything to the oil. The
engine. If the oil level is above the recommended oils meeting the dexos1
operating range (i.e., the engine has so specification are all that is needed for good
much oil that the oil level gets above the performance and engine protection.
cross-hatched area that shows the proper Engine oil system flushes are not
operating range), the engine could be recommended and could cause engine
damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit damage not covered by the vehicle
driving of the vehicle, and seek a service warranty.
professional to remove the excess oil. Caution What to Do with Used Oil
Failure to use the recommended engine
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 176 for Used engine oil contains certain elements
oil or equivalent can result in engine
the location of the engine oil fill cap. that can be unhealthy for your skin and
damage not covered by the vehicle could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil
Add enough oil to put the level somewhere warranty. stay on your skin for very long. Clean your
in the proper operating range. Push the
skin and nails with soap and water, or a
dipstick all the way back in when through. Viscosity Grade good hand cleaner. Wash or properly
Selecting the Right Engine Oil Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil. dispose of clothing or rags containing used
Cold Temperature Operation: In an area of engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings
Selecting the right engine oil depends on about the use and disposal of oil products.
both the proper oil specification and extreme cold, where the temperature falls
viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids below −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may Used oil can be a threat to the environment.
and Lubricants 0 246. be used. An oil of this viscosity grade will If you change your own oil, be sure to drain
provide easier cold starting for the engine at all the oil from the filter before disposal.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 181


Never dispose of oil by putting it in the reset. Your dealer has trained service people 2. Fully press and release the accelerator
trash or pouring it on the ground, into who will perform this work and reset the pedal three times within five seconds.
sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. system. It is also important to check the oil If the display shows 100%, the system is
Recycle it by taking it to a place that regularly over the course of an oil drain reset.
collects used oil. interval and keep it at the proper level. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message
Engine Oil Life System If the system is ever reset accidentally, the comes back on when the vehicle is started,
oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) the engine oil life system has not reset.
When to Change Engine Oil since the last oil change. Remember to reset Repeat the procedure.
the oil life system whenever the oil is
This vehicle has a computer system that changed. Automatic Transmission Fluid
indicates when to change the engine oil and
filter. This is based on a combination of How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System How to Check Automatic Transmission
factors which include engine revolutions, Fluid
Reset the system whenever the engine oil is
engine temperature, and miles driven. Based
changed so that the system can calculate It is not necessary to check the transmission
on driving conditions, the mileage at which
the next engine oil change. fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the
an engine oil change is indicated can vary
To reset the Engine Oil Life System on most only reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs,
considerably. For the oil life system to work
properly, the system must be reset every models: take the vehicle to your dealer and have it
time the oil is changed. repaired as soon as possible.
1. Display the OIL LIFE REMAINING on the
When the system has calculated that oil life DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) There is a special procedure for checking and
has been diminished, it indicates that an oil 0 82. changing the transmission fluid. Because this
change is necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OIL procedure is difficult, this should be done at
2. Press and hold V on the DIC while the your dealer. Contact your dealer for
SOON message comes on. Change the oil as Oil Life display is active. The oil life will
soon as possible within the next 1 000 km additional information.
change to 100%.
(600 mi). It is possible that, if driving under Caution
the best conditions, the oil life system The oil life system can also be reset as
might indicate that an oil change is not follows: Use of the incorrect automatic
necessary for up to a year. The engine oil 1. Display the OIL LIFE REMAINING on the transmission fluid may damage the
and filter must be changed at least once a DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) vehicle, and the damage may not be
year and, at this time, the system must be 0 82. (Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

182 Vehicle Care


and nearby components are free of dirt and
Caution (Continued) debris. Do not clean the engine air filter or { Warning
covered by the vehicle warranty. Always components with water or compressed air. If part replacement is necessary, the part
use the correct automatic transmission must be replaced with one of the same
fluid. See Recommended Fluids and part number or with an equivalent part.
Lubricants 0 246. Use of a replacement part without the
same fit, form, and function may result
Change the fluid and filter at the intervals
in personal injury or damage to the
listed in Maintenance Schedule 0 242, and
vehicle.
be sure to use the fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 246.
3. Clean the air cleaner/filter sealing surface
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter and housing base.
4. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/
The air cleaner/filter assembly is on the filter.
front of the engine compartment on the
driver side of the vehicle. See Engine 5. Install the top cover by sliding it into
4.3L V6 and 6.6L V8 Engine position on the housing base, and secure
Compartment Overview 0 176.
using six screws.
When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter To inspect and replace the filter:
1. Remove the six screws, slide the top See Maintenance Schedule 0 242 to
For intervals on changing and inspecting the determine when to replace the engine air
engine air filter, see Maintenance Schedule cover forward and lift, to gain access to
the air cleaner/filter. cleaner/filter.
0 242.
2. Remove the air cleaner/filter from the
How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air
housing base. Take care to dislodge as
{ Warning
Cleaner/Filter Operating the engine with the air
little dirt as possible.
Do not start the engine or have the engine cleaner/filter off can cause you or others
running with the engine air filter housing to be burned. Use caution when working
open. Before removing the engine air filter, on the engine. Do not start the engine or
make sure that the engine air filter housing (Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 183


Warning (Continued)
drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/
filter off, as flames may be present if the
engine backfires.

Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can
easily get into the engine, which could
damage it. Always have the air cleaner/
filter in place when driving.
4.3L V6 Engine 6.6L V8 Engine
Cooling System
1. Radiator Pressure Cap 1. Radiator Pressure Cap
The cooling system allows the engine to 2. Coolant Recovery Tank 2. Coolant Recovery Tank
maintain the correct working temperature.
3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View) 3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View)

{ Warning
An underhood electric fan can start up
even when the engine is not running and
can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing,
and tools away from any underhood
electric fan.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

184 Vehicle Care


Never dispose of engine coolant by putting
{ Warning Warning (Continued) it in the trash, pouring it on the ground,
Do not touch heater or radiator hoses, the wrong mixture, the engine could get or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water.
or other engine parts. They can be very too hot but there would not be an Have the coolant changed by an authorized
hot and can burn you. Do not run the overheat warning. The engine could catch service center, familiar with legal
engine if there is a leak; all coolant could fire and you or others could be burned. requirements regarding used coolant
leak out. That could cause an engine fire disposal. This will help protect the
and can burn you. Fix any leak before Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable environment and your health.
driving the vehicle. water and DEX-COOL coolant. If using this Checking Coolant
mixture, nothing else needs to be added.
Engine Coolant This mixture: The vehicle must be on a level surface when
. Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C checking the coolant level.
The cooling system in the vehicle is filled
(−34 °F), outside temperature. Check to see if coolant is visible in the
with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant
is designed to remain in the vehicle for . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C coolant recovery tank. If the coolant inside
6 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), (265 °F), engine temperature. the coolant recovery tank is boiling, do not
whichever occurs first. . Protects against rust and corrosion. do anything else until it cools down.
If coolant is visible but the coolant level is
The following explains the cooling system . Will not damage aluminum parts.
not at or above the indicated mark, add a
and how to check and add coolant when it . Helps keep the proper engine 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and
is low. If there is a problem with engine temperature. DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant recovery
overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 186. tank, but be sure the cooling system is cool
Caution before this is done.
What to Use Do not use anything other than a mix of
DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM
{ Warning Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable
Plain water, or other liquids such as water. Anything else can cause damage
alcohol, can boil before the proper to the engine cooling system and the
coolant mixture will. With plain water or vehicle, which would not be covered by
(Continued) the vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 185


The coolant recovery tank cap has this How to Add Coolant to the Recovery
symbol on it. Warning (Continued)
Tank for Gasoline Engines
including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait
{ Warning for the cooling system and pressure cap
to cool.
Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can
burn you. Coolant contains ethylene
glycol and it will burn if the engine parts Caution
are hot enough.
Failure to follow the specific coolant fill
procedure could cause the engine to
overheat and could cause system
{ Warning damage. If coolant is not visible in the
Plain water, or other liquids such as surge tank, contact your dealer.
alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mixture will. With plain water or If coolant is needed, add the proper
When the engine is cold, the coolant level the wrong mixture, the engine could get DEX-COOL coolant mixture at the coolant
should be at or above the COLD FILL mark. too hot but there would not be an recovery tank.
If it is not, there could be a leak in the overheat warning. The engine could catch
cooling system. fire and you or others could be burned. How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
If the coolant is low, add the coolant or take
the vehicle to a dealer for service. { Warning
{ Warning Steam and scalding liquids from a hot
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system are under pressure.
cooling system are under pressure. Turning the pressure cap, even a little,
Turning the pressure cap, even a little, can cause them to come out at high
can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never
speed and you could be burned. Never turn the cap when the cooling system,
turn the cap when the cooling system, (Continued)
(Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

186 Vehicle Care


3. Fill the radiator with the proper mixture, 7. By this time, the coolant level inside the
Warning (Continued) up to the base of the filler neck. See radiator filler neck may be lower. If the
including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait Recommended Fluids and Lubricants level is lower, add more of the proper
for the cooling system and pressure cap 0 246 for more information about the mixture through the filler neck until the
to cool. proper coolant mixture. level reaches the base of the filler neck.
8. Replace the pressure cap. At any time
If coolant is needed, add the proper mixture during this procedure if coolant begins to
directly to the radiator, but be sure the flow out of the filler neck, reinstall the
cooling system is cool before this is done. pressure cap.

Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly installed,
coolant loss and engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly and
tightly secured.
1. Remove the radiator pressure cap when
the cooling system, including the Engine Overheating
radiator pressure cap and upper radiator 4. Remove the coolant recovery tank cap
hose, is no longer hot. Turn the pressure and fill to the COLD FILL mark.
Caution
cap slowly counterclockwise until it first 5. Reinstall the cap back on the coolant Do not run the engine if there is a leak
stops. Do not press down while turning recovery tank, but leave the radiator in the engine cooling system. This can
the pressure cap. pressure cap off. cause a loss of all coolant and can
If a hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. damage the system and vehicle. Have
6. Start the engine and let it run until the
A hiss means there is still some upper radiator hose can be felt getting any leaks fixed right away.
pressure left. hot. Watch out for the engine
2. Keep turning the pressure cap, but now The vehicle has an indicator to warn of
cooling fan.
push down as you turn it. Remove the engine overheating.
pressure cap.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 187


There is an engine coolant temperature If Steam is Coming from the Engine If the overheat warning is displayed with no
gauge on the vehicle's instrument cluster. Compartment sign of steam:
See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
0 74. { Warning 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
If the decision is made not to lift the hood Steam and scalding liquids from a hot temperature and to the highest fan
when this warning appears, but instead get cooling system are under pressure. speed. Open the windows as necessary.
service help right away, see Roadside Turning the pressure cap, even a little, 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the
Assistance Program 0 256. road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) and
can cause them to come out at high
If the decision is made to lift the hood, speed and you could be burned. Never let the engine idle.
make sure the vehicle is parked on a level turn the cap when the cooling system, If the engine coolant temperature gauge is
surface. including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait no longer in the overheat zone or an
Then check to see if the engine cooling fans for the cooling system and pressure cap overheat warning no longer displays, the
are running. If the engine is overheating, the to cool. vehicle can be driven. Continue to drive the
fan should be running. If it is not, do not vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a
continue to run the engine and have the If No Steam is Coming from the Engine safe vehicle distance from the vehicle in
vehicle serviced. Compartment front. If the warning does not come back on,
See if the engine cooling fan speed increases continue to drive normally and have the
If an engine overheat warning is displayed
when idle speed is doubled by pushing the cooling system checked for proper fill and
but no steam can be seen or heard, the
accelerator pedal down. If it does not, the function.
problem may not be too serious. Sometimes
vehicle needs service. Turn off the engine. the engine can get a little too hot when the If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and
vehicle: park the vehicle right away.
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. If there is still no sign of steam, push down
. Stops after high-speed driving. the accelerator until the engine speed is
. Idles for long periods in traffic. about twice as fast as normal idle speed for
. Tows a trailer. See “Driving on Grades” at least three minutes while parked. If the
under Trailer Towing 0 159. warning is still on, turn off the engine until
it cools down.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

188 Vehicle Care


If the decision is made not to lift the hood, Power Steering Fluid 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the
get service help right away. reservoir clean.
3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick
Engine Fan with a clean rag.
The vehicle has a clutched engine cooling 4. Replace the cap and completely
fan. When the clutch is engaged, the fan tighten it.
spins faster to provide more air to cool the
5. Remove the cap again and look at the
engine. In most everyday driving conditions,
The power steering fluid reservoir is in the fluid level on the dipstick.
the fan is spinning slower and the clutch is
not fully engaged. This improves fuel engine compartment on the driver side of The level should be between the ADD and
economy and reduces fan noise. Under the vehicle. See Engine Compartment FULL marks. If necessary, add only enough
heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, and/or Overview 0 176 for reservoir location. fluid to bring the level up to the hashed
high outside temperatures, the fan speed area between the ADD and FULL marks, do
increases as the clutch more fully engages, When to Check Power Steering Fluid not overfill.
so an increase in fan noise may be heard. It is not necessary to regularly check power To prevent contamination of brake fluid,
This is normal and should not be mistaken steering fluid unless there is a leak never check or fill the power steering
as the transmission slipping or making extra suspected in the system or an unusual noise reservoir with the brake master cylinder
shifts. It is merely the cooling system is heard. A fluid loss in this system could cover off.
functioning properly. The fan will slow down indicate a problem. Have the system
when additional cooling is not required and inspected and repaired. What to Use
the clutch partially disengages.
Wait for the power steering system to cool, Caution
This fan noise may be heard when starting with the engine off, before checking the
the engine. It will go away as the fan clutch fluid. Use of the incorrect fluid may damage
partially disengages. the vehicle and the damages may not be
How to Check Power Steering Fluid covered by the vehicle warranty. Always
To check the power steering fluid: use the correct fluid listed in
1. Set the ignition off and let the engine Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
compartment cool down. 0 246.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 189


To determine what kind of fluid to use, see new linings are needed. The sound can come
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 246.
Caution and go or can be heard all the time when
Always use the proper fluid. Failure to use . Do not use washer fluid that contains the vehicle is moving, except when applying
the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage any type of water repellent coating. the brake pedal firmly.
hoses and seals. This can cause the wiper blades to
chatter or skip. { Warning
Washer Fluid . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) The brake wear warning sound means
in the windshield washer. It can
What to Use that soon the brakes will not work well.
damage the windshield washer system
When the vehicle needs windshield washer That could lead to a crash. When the
and paint.
fluid, be sure to read the manufacturer's brake wear warning sound is heard, have
. Do not mix water with ready-to-use the vehicle serviced.
instructions before use. If operating the washer fluid. Water can cause the
vehicle in an area where the temperature solution to freeze and damage the
may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has washer fluid tank and other parts of
sufficient protection against freezing.
Caution
the washer system.
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake
Adding Washer Fluid . When using concentrated washer fluid, linings could result in costly brake
follow the manufacturer instructions repairs.
for adding water.
. Fill the washer fluid tank only Some driving conditions or climates can
three-quarters full when it is very cold. cause a brake squeal when the brakes are
This allows for fluid expansion if first applied, clearing up following several
freezing occurs, which could damage applications. This does not mean something
the tank if it is completely full. is wrong with the brakes.
Open the cap with the washer symbol on it.
Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary
Engine Compartment Overview 0 176 for Brakes to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires
reservoir location. Disc brake linings have built-in wear are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear
indicators that make a high-pitched warning and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper
sound when the brake linings are worn and sequence to torque specifications. See
Capacities and Specifications 0 250.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

190 Vehicle Care


Brake pads should be replaced as complete The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary,
axle sets. with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as only when work is done on the brake
indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine hydraulic system.
Brake Pedal Travel Compartment Overview 0 176 for the
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not location of the reservoir. { Warning
return to normal height, or if there is a Checking Brake Fluid If too much brake fluid is added, it can
rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be spill on the engine and burn, if the
a sign that brake service may be required. With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level
surface, the brake fluid level should be engine is hot enough. You or others could
Replacing Brake System Parts between the minimum and maximum marks be burned, and the vehicle could be
on the brake fluid reservoir. damaged. Add brake fluid only when
Always replace brake system parts with
new, approved replacement parts. If this is work is done on the brake hydraulic
There are only two reasons why the brake
not done, the brakes may not work fluid level in the reservoir may go down: system.
properly. The braking performance can . Normal brake lining wear. When new
change in many ways if the wrong brake When the brake fluid falls to a low level,
linings are installed, the fluid level goes the brake warning light comes on. See Brake
parts are installed or if parts are improperly back up.
installed. System Warning Light 0 78.
. A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time which
Brake Fluid Have the brake hydraulic system fixed.
degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid.
With a leak, the brakes will not
Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals
work well.
to prevent increased stopping distance. See
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap Maintenance Schedule 0 242.
and the area around the cap before
What to Add
removing it.
Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid
Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid
from a clean, sealed container. See
does not correct a leak. If fluid is added
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 246.
when the linings are worn, there will be too
much fluid when new brake linings are
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 191


Extended Storage: Remove the black,
{ Warning { Warning negative (−) cable from the battery or use a
The wrong or contaminated brake fluid WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and battery trickle charger.
could result in damage to the brake related accessories can expose you to
system. This could result in the loss of chemicals including lead and lead Rear Axle
braking leading to a possible injury. compounds, which are known to the When to Check Lubricant
Always use the proper GM approved State of California to cause cancer and It is not necessary to regularly check the
brake fluid. birth defects or other reproductive harm. rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or
Wash hands after handling. For more an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could
information go to indicate a problem. Have it inspected and
Caution www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. repaired. This service can be complex. See
If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's your dealer.
painted surfaces, the paint finish can be See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 1.
Do not directly power wash the transfer
damaged. Immediately wash off any
Vehicle Storage case and/or front/rear axle output seals.
painted surface. High pressure water can overcome the seals
Battery - North America { Warning and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer
Batteries have acid that can burn you and case and/or drive axles and should be
The original equipment battery is gas that can explode. You can be badly
maintenance free. Do not remove the cap replaced.
hurt if you are not careful. Always wear
and do not add fluid. eye protection. See Jump Starting - North Noise Control System
Refer to the replacement number shown on America 0 228 for tips on working around
the original battery label when a new a battery without getting hurt. NOISE EMISSIONS WARRANTY
battery is needed. See Engine Compartment General Motors LLC, warrants to the first
Overview 0 176 for battery location. Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, person who purchases this vehicle for
negative (−) cable from the battery to keep purposes other than resale and to each
the battery from running down. subsequent purchaser that this vehicle as
manufactured by General Motors LLC, was
designed, built and equipped to conform at
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

192 Vehicle Care


the time it left General Motors LLC’s control 2. the use of the vehicle after such device . Removal of exhaust pipes and exhaust
with all applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control or element of design has been removed pipe clamps.
Regulations. This warranty covers this or rendered inoperative by any person.
vehicle as designed, built and equipped by Starter Switch Check
Among those acts presumed to constitute
General Motors LLC, and is not limited to tampering are the acts listed below.
any particular part, component or system of { Warning
the vehicle manufactured by General Motors Insulation:
When you are doing this inspection, the
LLC. Defects in design, assembly or in any Removal of the noise shields or any vehicle could move suddenly. If the
part, component or system of the vehicle as undercab insulation. vehicle moves, you or others could be
manufactured by General Motors LLC, which,
Engine: injured.
at the time it left General Motors LLC’s
control, caused noise emissions to exceed Removal or rendering engine speed 1. Before starting this check, be sure there
Federal standards, are covered by this governor, if so equipped, inoperative so as is enough room around the vehicle.
warranty for the life of the vehicle. to allow engine speed to exceed
manufacturer specifications. 2. Apply both the parking brake and the
TAMPERING WITH NOISE CONTROL regular brake.
SYSTEM PROHIBITED Modification of the engine control system or
Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be
calibration.
Federal law prohibits the following acts or ready to turn off the engine immediately
the causing thereof: Fan and Drive: if it starts.
1. The removal or rendering inoperative by . Removal of fan clutch or rendering clutch 3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The
any person, other than for purposes of inoperative. vehicle should start only in P (Park) or
maintenance, repair, or replacement, of . Removal of the fan shroud. N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts in any
any device or element of design other position, contact your dealer for
Air Intake:
incorporated into any new vehicle for service.
. Removal of air cleaner silencer.
the purpose of noise control prior to its
sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser . Reversing air cleaner cover.
or while it is in use; or Exhaust:
. Removal of muffler, catalytic converter,
and/or resonator.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 193


Automatic Transmission Shift Lock . The ignition should turn to off only when . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding
the shift lever is in P (Park). ability: With the engine running, shift to
Control Function Check . The ignition key should come out only P (Park). Then release the parking brake
when the ignition is off. followed by the regular brake.
{ Warning Contact your dealer if service is required.
Contact your dealer if service is required.
When you are doing this inspection, the
vehicle could move suddenly. If the Park Brake and P (Park) Wiper Blade Replacement
vehicle moves, you or others could be
injured.
Mechanism Check Windshield wiper blades should be inspected
for wear and cracking. See Maintenance
1. Before starting this check, be sure there { Warning Schedule 0 242.
is enough room around the vehicle. When you are doing this check, the Replacement blades come in different types
It should be parked on a level surface. vehicle could begin to move. You or and are removed in different ways. For
2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to others could be injured and property proper type and length, see Maintenance
apply the regular brake immediately if could be damaged. Make sure there is Replacement Parts 0 247.
the vehicle begins to move. room in front of the vehicle in case it Caution
3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, begins to roll. Be ready to apply the
regular brake at once should the vehicle Allowing the wiper arm to touch the
but do not start the engine. Without
applying the regular brake, try to move begin to move. windshield when no wiper blade is
the shift lever out of P (Park) with installed could damage the windshield.
normal effort. If the shift lever moves Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle Any damage that occurs would not be
out of P (Park), contact your dealer for facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not
service. regular brake, set the parking brake. allow the wiper arm to touch the
. To check the parking brake's holding windshield.
Ignition Transmission Lock Check ability: With the engine running and the
transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the
While parked, and with the parking brake
foot pressure from the regular brake windshield.
set, try to turn the ignition off in each shift
lever position. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by
the parking brake only.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

194 Vehicle Care


Headlamp Aiming Halogen Bulbs
Front Headlamp Aiming { Warning
Headlamp aim has been preset and should Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside
need no further adjustment. and can burst if you drop or scratch the
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be
headlamp aim may be affected. sure to read and follow the instructions
If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, on the bulb package.
2. Push the release lever (2) to disengage see your dealer.
the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out Front Turn Signal, Sidemarker,
of the blade assembly (3).
Bulb Replacement and Parking Lamps
3. Push the new blade assembly securely
on the wiper arm until the release lever For the proper type of replacement bulbs,
clicks into place. or any bulb changing procedure not listed in
this section, contact your dealer.
Windshield Replacement
Caution
Driver Assistance Systems Do not replace incandescent bulbs with
If the windshield needs to be replaced and aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This
the vehicle is equipped with a front camera can cause damage to the vehicle electrical
sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a system.
GM replacement windshield is 1. Front Parking and Turn Signal Lamp
recommended. The replacement windshield
2. Front Sidemarker Lamp
must be installed according to GM
specifications for proper alignment. If it is
not, these systems may not work properly,
they may display messages, or they may
not work at all. See your dealer for proper
windshield replacement.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 195


To replace the front turn signal, sidemarker, 2. The third nut (3) is under the applique
and/or parking lamp bulb(s): piece (2) above the lamp. Remove the
two inboard applique nuts. Pull the
applique (2) straight rearward slightly to
clear the studs. Then rotate the
applique (2) just far enough to gain
access to the outer push pins (1).
3. Carefully disconnect the push pins (1)
from the applique bracket.
1. Use a small tool to unlatch the outboard 4. Remove the third nut (3) from the upper
clip on the lamp by pushing inboard and outboard side of the lamp.
prying the lamp assembly forward.
5. Remove the taillamp assembly from the
2. Remove the lamp from the grille. 1. Remove the two inboard nuts from the vehicle.
3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise inside of the taillamp assembly.
one-quarter turn and remove it from the
lamp assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pulling it straight out.
5. Replace the bulb.
6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise to
reinstall it in the lamp assembly.
7. Reinstall the lamp assembly into the
grille until the outboard clip snaps into
place.

Taillamps
To replace a taillamp/turn signal lamp or
back-up lamp bulb:
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

196 Vehicle Care


6. Remove the taillamp/turn signal lamp (1) To replace a bulb: Do not block or damage the CHMSL when
or back-up lamp (2) bulb socket by items are loaded on the roof of the vehicle.
turning it counterclockwise one-quarter
turn and pulling it out of the lamp License Plate Lamp
assembly.
7. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
8. Push the new bulb into the socket.
9. Reinstall the bulb socket by turning it
clockwise into the lamp assembly.
10. Reverse Steps 1–5 to reinstall the
taillamp assembly and applique.

Center High-Mounted Stoplamp 1. Remove the two screws from the CHMSL
(CHMSL) assembly.
The Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) 2. Remove the CHMSL assembly.
is above the rear doors at the center of the 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise 1. Bulb Socket
vehicle. one-quarter turn to remove it from the 2. License Plate Bulb Assembly
lamp assembly. 3. Screws
4. Pull the old bulb straight out of the To replace one of these bulbs:
socket and push the new bulb into the 1. Remove the screws (3) that secure the
socket. license plate bulb assembly (2).
5. Turn the bulb socket clockwise 2. Turn the bulb socket (1) counterclockwise
one-quarter turn to install it in the lamp and pull the bulb straight out of the
assembly. socket.
6. Reinstall the CHMSL assembly and two 3. Install the new bulb.
screws.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 197


4. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 to reinstall the Replacing a Blown Fuse
license plate bulb assembly.
At the next opportunity, see your dealer to
replace the blown fuse.
Electrical System
Headlamp Wiring
Electrical System Overload An electrical overload may cause the lamps
The vehicle has fuses to protect against an to go on and off, or in some cases to
electrical system overload. remain off. Have the headlamp wiring
checked right away if the lamps go on and
When the current electrical load is too off or remain off.
heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes,
protecting the circuit until the current load Windshield Wipers
returns to normal or the problem is fixed.
If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy
This greatly reduces the chance of circuit
snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop
overload and fire caused by electrical
until the motor cools and will then restart.
problems.
Although the circuit is protected from
Fuses protect the wires that provide the
electrical overload, overload due to heavy
power to the devices in your vehicle.
snow or ice may cause wiper linkage
If there is a problem on the road and a fuse damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow
needs to be replaced, the same amperage from the windshield before using the
fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature windshield wipers.
of the vehicle that is not needed to use and
If the overload is caused by an electrical
replace it as soon as possible.
problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get
To check a fuse, look at the band inside the it fixed.
fuse. If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad
fuse with a fuse of the identical size and
rating.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

198 Vehicle Care


Fuses and Circuit Breakers Engine Compartment Fuse Block
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are The fuse block is in the engine compartment
protected from short circuits by a on the driver side of the vehicle.
combination of fuses and circuit breakers. Vehicles with Upfitter Content
This greatly reduces the chance of damage
caused by electrical problems. See www.gmupfitter.com for upfitter
provisions and best practices.
{ Warning
{ Danger Installation or use of fuses that do not Caution
Fuses and circuit breakers are marked meet GM’s original fuse specifications is Spilling liquid on any electrical
with their ampere rating. Do not exceed dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result component on the vehicle may damage
the specified amperage rating when in a fire. You or others could be injured it. Always keep the covers on any
replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use or killed, and the vehicle could be electrical component.
of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can damaged.
result in a vehicle fire. You and others
could be seriously injured or killed. See Accessories and Modifications 0 173 and
General Information 0 173.
To check or replace a blown fuse, see
Electrical System Overload 0 197.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 199


Fuses Usage
3 Right Trailer Stoplamp/
Turn Signal Lamp
4 –
5 –
6 Fuel System Control
Module/Ignition
7 Body Control Module 5
8 Body Control Module 7
9 Body Control Module 4
10 Instrument Cluster
11 Trailer Wiring
12 –
13 Interior Rear Vision
Camera Module
14 Windshield Washer
16 Horn
17 Transmission
18 A/C
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of Fuses Usage
the fuses, relays, and features shown. 19 Engine Control Module
2 ABS Module Battery
Fuses Usage
1 ABS Motor
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

200 Vehicle Care


Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
20 Left Stop/Turn 34 – 56 Canister Vent Solenoid
Cutaway Lamp 35 – 58 Body Control Module 2
21 Left Stop/Turn 36 Fuel System Control 59 Body Control Module 1
Trailer Lamp Module Battery 61 Engine Oil Solenoid
22 Right Stop/Turn 41 Transmission Control
Cutaway Lamp 62 O2 Sensor 2
Module 2/Battery Power
23 – 63 –
42 Trailer Wiring
24 Fuel Pump 64 Mass Airflow/
43 – Canister Vent
25 Auxiliary Power Outlet 44 Starter Solenoid 65 Ignition Coils/Injectors
26 Body Control Module 3 45 Engine Control Module/ – Odd
27 Special Equipment Powertrain Signal 2 66 Daytime Running
Option 46 DC-AC Inverter Lamps 2
28 Airbag 47 Fan Low Speed 67 Daytime Running
29 Steering Wheel Sensor 51 Left High-Beam Lamps 1
30 Engine Control Module Headlamp 68 Auxiliary Stoplamps
Ignition 52 Right High-Beam 69 External Power for
31 Transmission Control Headlamp Trailer
Module Ignition 53 Left Low-Beam 70 Upfitter Stoplamps
32 Transmission Control Headlamp 71 Fuel Heater/FlexFuel
Module 1 Battery 54 Right Low-Beam Sensor
33 Rear Parking Aid Headlamp 72 Body Control Module 6
Module 55 Wipers
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 201


Fuses Usage Relays Usage Auxiliary Fuse Block
73 Lighter/Data Link 15 Run/Crank
Connector 37 –
74 Front Blower 38 Fuel Pump
75 Engine Control Module 39 Crank
76 – 40 A/C Compressor
77 O2 Sensor 1 48 –
78 Engine Control Module/ 49 Powertrain
Powertrain Signal 1
50 –
79 Ignition Coils/Injectors
– Even 57 –
60 – This component is near the fuse block in the
engine compartment
Fuses Usage
MR-1 Upfitter 1
MR-2 Upfitter 2
MR-3 Upfitter Power Control

Relays Usage
MR Rel 1 Upfitter 1
MR Rel 2 Upfitter 2
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

202 Vehicle Care


Floor Console Fuse Block Mini-Fuses Usage
The floor console fuse block is under the driver seat. F1 –
F2 Steering Wheel Sensor
F3 Auxiliary Parking Lamps
F4 Front Parking Lamps
F5 Trailer Parking Lamps
F6 Upfitter/Parking Lamps
F7 Right Rear
Parking Lamp
F8 Left Rear Parking Lamp
F9 Outside View Mirror
Switch/Front Camera
Module
F10 Airbag/Automatic
Occupant Sensing
F11 – /OnStar
F12 –
F13 HVAC 2
F14 HVAC 1
F15 Reflected LED Display
F16 Upfitter Aux 1/Gas
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of Ambulance
the fuses, relays, and features shown.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 203


Mini-Fuses Usage Mini-Fuses Usage Circuit Breakers Usage
F17 Heated Outside Mirrors F31 Front Door Lock CB1 Power Seats
F18 Rear Window Defogger F32 Rear Door Lock CB2 Power Windows
F19 Compass F33 Cargo Door Unlock
F20 Radio/Chime/SiriusXM F34 Front Passenger Door Wheels and Tires
Satellite Radio Unlock
Tires
F21 Remote Function F35 Rear Passenger Door
Actuator/Tire Pressure Unlock Every new GM vehicle has high-quality
Monitor tires made by a leading tire
F36 Driver Door Unlock
manufacturer. See the warranty manual
F22 Ignition Switch/Discrete F37 –
Logic Ignition Sensor/ for information regarding the tire
Pass Key 3 F38 – warranty and where to get service. For
additional information refer to the tire
F23 Instrument Cluster
Relays Usage manufacturer.
F24 –
K1 Run
F25 HVAC Control { Warning
K2 – . Poorly maintained and improperly
F26 Auxiliary/Trailer Reverse
Lamps K3 Parking Lamps used tires are dangerous.
F27 Reverse Tail Lamps K4 Upfitter 2 . Overloading the tires can cause

F28 Upfitter 2/Gas K5 Rear Window Defogger overheating as a result of too


Ambulance K6 Retained Accessory
much flexing. There could be a
Power blowout and a serious crash. See
F29 Rear Blower
Vehicle Load Limits 0 126.
F30 Upfitter/Courtesy (Continued)
Lamps
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

204 Vehicle Care


Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Winter Tires
. Underinflated tires pose the same . Do not spin the tires in excess of This vehicle was not originally equipped
with winter tires. Winter tires are designed
danger as overloaded tires. The 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery
for increased traction on snow and
resulting crash could cause serious surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter
injury. Check all tires frequently to etc. Excessive spinning may cause tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice
maintain the recommended the tires to explode. or snow covered roads is expected. See your
pressure. Tire pressure should be dealer for details regarding winter tire
checked when the tires are cold. All-Season Tires availability and proper tire selection. Also,
see Buying New Tires 0 215.
. Overinflated tires are more likely This vehicle may come with all-season tires.
to be cut, punctured, or broken by These tires are designed to provide good With winter tires, there may be decreased
a sudden impact — such as when overall performance on most road surfaces dry road traction, increased road noise, and
hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the and weather conditions. Original equipment shorter tread life. After changing to winter
tires designed to GM's specific tire tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
recommended pressure. handling and braking.
performance criteria have a TPC specification
. Worn or old tires can cause a code molded onto the sidewall. Original If using winter tires:
crash. If the tread is badly worn, equipment all-season tires can be identified . Use tires of the same brand and tread
replace them. by the last two characters of this TPC code,
type on all four wheel positions.
which will be “MS.”
. Replace any tires that have been . Use only radial ply tires of the same size,
damaged by impacts with Consider installing winter tires on the load range, and speed rating as the
potholes, curbs, etc. vehicle if frequent driving on snow or original equipment tires.
ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires
. Improperly repaired tires can cause provide adequate performance for most Winter tires with the same speed rating as
a crash. Only your dealer or an winter driving conditions, but they may not the original equipment tires may not be
authorized tire service center offer the same level of traction or available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated
performance as winter tires on snow or tires. If winter tires with a lower speed
should repair, replace, dismount,
ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 204. rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's
and mount the tires. maximum speed capability.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 205


Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria week of the year 2020 would have a
Specification) : Original equipment tires 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is
Useful information about a tire is designed to GM's specific tire the first full week (Sunday through
molded into its sidewall. The example performance criteria have a TPC Saturday) of each year.
shows a typical light truck tire sidewall. specification code molded onto the (5) Tire Identification Number (TIN) :
sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet The letters and numbers following the
or exceed all federal safety guidelines. DOT code are the Tire Identification
(3) Dual Tire Maximum Load : Number (TIN). The TIN shows the
Maximum load that can be carried and manufacturer and plant code, tire size,
the maximum pressure needed to and date the tire was manufactured.
support that load when used in a dual The TIN is molded onto both sides of
configuration. For information on the tire, although only one side may
recommended tire pressure see Tire have the date of manufacture.
Pressure 0 208 and (6) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord
Vehicle Load Limits 0 126. and number of plies in the sidewall and
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire (4) DOT (Department of under the tread.
Transportation) : The Department of (7) Single Tire Maximum Load :
(1) Tire Size : The tire size code is a Transportation (DOT) code indicates that Maximum load that can be carried and
combination of letters and numbers the tire is in compliance with the U.S. the maximum pressure needed to
used to define a particular tire's width, Department of Transportation Motor support that load when used as a
height, aspect ratio, construction type, Vehicle Safety Standards. single. For information on
and service description. See the “Tire
DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last recommended tire pressure see Tire
Size” illustration later in this section for
four digits of the TIN indicate the tire Pressure 0 208 and
more detail.
manufactured date. The first two digits Vehicle Load Limits 0 126.
represent the week and the last two
digits, the year. For example, the third
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

206 Vehicle Care


Tire Designations item (3) of the light truck (LT-Metric) Tire Terminology and Definitions
tire illustration, it would mean that the
Tire Size tire's sidewall is 75 percent as high as it Air Pressure : The amount of air inside
is wide. the tire pressing outward on each
The examples show a typical light truck
square inch of the tire. Air pressure is
tire size. (4) Construction Code : A letter code is expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi
used to indicate the type of ply (pounds per square inch).
construction in the tire. The letter R
means radial ply construction; the Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a
letter D means diagonal or bias ply tire's height to its width.
construction. Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the that is located between the plies and
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire the tread. Cords may be made from
wheel in inches.
(1) Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : The steel or other reinforcing materials.
(6) Load Range : Load Range.
United States version of a metric tire Bead : The tire bead contains steel
sizing system. The letters LT as the first (7) Service Description : The service wires wrapped by steel cords that hold
two characters in the tire size mean a description indicates the load index and the tire onto the rim.
light truck tire engineered to standards speed rating of a tire. If two numbers
are given as in the example, 120/116, Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which
set by the U.S. Tire and Rim the plies are laid at alternate angles
Association. then this represents the load index for
single versus dual wheel usage (single/ less than 90 degrees to the centerline
(2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number dual). The speed rating is the maximum of the tread.
indicates the tire section width in speed a tire is certified to carry a load. Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air
millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. pressure in a tire, measured in kPa
(3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square
indicates the tire height-to-width inch) before a tire has built up heat
measurements. For example, if the tire from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 208.
size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 207


DOT Markings : A code molded into the Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used
sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire on light duty trucks and some on passenger cars and some light duty
is in compliance with the U.S. multipurpose passenger vehicles. trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
Department of Transportation (DOT) Load Index : An assigned number Recommended Inflation Pressure :
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds Vehicle manufacturer's recommended
DOT code includes the Tire Identification to the load carrying capacity of a tire. tire inflation pressure as shown on the
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 208 and
designator which can also identify the Maximum Inflation Pressure : The
maximum air pressure to which a cold Vehicle Load Limits 0 126.
tire manufacturer, production plant,
brand, and date of production. tire can be inflated. The maximum air Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in
pressure is molded onto the sidewall. which the ply cords that extend to the
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 126. Maximum Load Rating : The load rating
for a tire at the maximum permissible centerline of the tread.
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating inflation pressure for that tire. Rim : A metal support for a tire and
for the front axle. See Vehicle Load upon which the tire beads are seated.
Limits 0 126. Occupant Distribution : Designated
seating positions. Sidewall : The portion of a tire between
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating the tread and the bead.
for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of
Limits 0 126. an asymmetrical tire that has a Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code
particular side that faces outward when assigned to a tire indicating the
Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side mounted on a vehicle. The side of the maximum speed at which a tire can
of an asymmetrical tire, that must tire that contains a whitewall, bears operate.
always face outward when mounted on white lettering, or bears manufacturer,
a vehicle. Traction : The friction between the tire
brand, and/or model name molding and the road surface. The amount of
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air that is higher or deeper than the same grip provided.
pressure. moldings on the other sidewall of
the tire. Tread : The portion of a tire that comes
into contact with the road.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

208 Vehicle Care


Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, Vehicle Placard : A label permanently
Warning (Continued)
sometimes called wear bars, that show attached to a vehicle showing the
across the tread of a tire when only vehicle's capacity weight and the . Reduced range for electric vehicles
1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See original equipment tire size and Overinflated tires, or tires that have
When It Is Time for New Tires 0 214. recommended inflation pressure. See too much air, can result in:
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading “Tire and Loading Information Label” . Unusual wear
Standards) : A tire information system under Vehicle Load Limits 0 126.
. Poor handling
that provides consumers with ratings Tire Pressure . Rough ride
for a tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are determined by Tires need the correct amount of air . Needless damage from road
tire manufacturers using government pressure to operate effectively. hazards
testing procedures. The ratings are
molded into the sidewall of the tire. { Warning The Tire and Loading Information label
See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 216. Neither tire underinflation nor on the vehicle indicates the original
overinflation is good. Underinflated equipment tires and the correct cold
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number tire inflation pressures. The
tires, or tires that do not have
of designated seating positions recommended pressure is the minimum
enough air, can result in:
multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the air pressure needed to support the
rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load . Tire overloading and overheating,
which could lead to a blowout vehicle's maximum load carrying
Limits 0 126. capacity.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : . Premature or irregular wear
For additional information regarding
Load on an individual tire due to curb . Poor handling
how much weight the vehicle can carry,
weight, accessory weight, occupant . Reduced fuel economy for and an example of the Tire and Loading
weight, and cargo weight. internal combustion engine Information label, see Vehicle Load
vehicles Limits 0 126. How the vehicle is loaded
(Continued) affects vehicle handling and ride
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 209


comfort. Never load the vehicle with is necessary. If the inflation pressure is pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a
more weight than it was designed to low, add air until the recommended different size than the size indicated on the
carry. pressure is reached. If the inflation vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
pressure is high, press on the metal label, you should determine the proper tire
When to Check inflation pressure for those tires.)
stem in the center of the tire valve to
Check the pressure of the tires once a release air. As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
month or more. been equipped with a tire pressure
Re-check the tire pressure with the tire monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a
Do not forget the spare, if the vehicle gauge. low tire pressure telltale when one or more
has one. See Full-Size Spare Tire 0 227 of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Put the valve caps back on the valve
for additional information.
stems to keep out dirt and moisture. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure
How to Check Use only valve caps designed for the telltale illuminates, you should stop and
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be check your tires as soon as possible, and
Use a good quality pocket-type gauge inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving
to check tire pressure. Proper tire damaged and would not be covered by
on a significantly under-inflated tire causes
inflation cannot be determined by the vehicle warranty. the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
looking at the tire. Check the tire Tire Pressure Monitor System failure. Under-inflation also reduces energy
inflation pressure when the tires are efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect
cold, meaning the vehicle has not been The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
uses radio and sensor technology to check
driven for at least three hours or no tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors
Please note that the TPMS is not a
more than 1.6 km (1 mi). substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
monitor the air pressure in your tires and
it is the driver's responsibility to maintain
Remove the valve cap from the tire transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly located in the vehicle.
has not reached the level to trigger
onto the valve to get a pressure Each tire, including the spare (if provided), illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation should be checked monthly when cold and telltale.
pressure matches the recommended inflated to the inflation pressure
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
pressure on the Tire and Loading recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when
Information label, no further adjustment on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
the system is not operating properly. The
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

210 Vehicle Care


TPMS malfunction indicator is combined mounted onto each tire and wheel For additional information and details about
with the low tire pressure telltale. When the assembly, excluding the spare tire and the DIC operation and displays, see Driver
system detects a malfunction, the telltale wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor Information Center (DIC) 0 82.
will flash for approximately one minute and the air pressure in the tires and transmit the The low tire pressure warning light may
then remain continuously illuminated. This tire pressure readings to a receiver located come on in cool weather when the vehicle is
sequence will continue upon subsequent in the vehicle. first started, and then turn off as the vehicle
vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction is driven. This could be an early indicator
exists. that the air pressure is getting low and
When the malfunction indicator is needs to be inflated to the proper pressure.
illuminated, the system may not be able to A Tire and Loading Information label shows
detect or signal low tire pressure as the size of the original equipment tires and
intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for the correct inflation pressure for the tires
a variety of reasons, including the when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits
When a low tire pressure condition is
installation of replacement or alternate tires 0 126, for an example of the Tire and
detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the Loading Information label and its location.
pressure warning light located on the
TPMS from functioning properly. Always Also see Tire Pressure 0 208.
instrument cluster. If the warning light
check the TPMS malfunction telltale after
comes on, stop as soon as possible and The TPMS can warn about a low tire
replacing one or more tires or wheels on
inflate the tires to the recommended pressure condition but it does not replace
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement
pressure shown on the Tire and Loading normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection
or alternate tires and wheels allow the
Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 212, Tire Rotation 0 212, and Tires 0 203.
TPMS to continue to function properly.
0 126.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 210. Caution
A message to check the pressure in a
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 260. specific tire displays in the Driver Tire sealant materials are not all the
Information Center (DIC). The low tire same. A non-approved tire sealant could
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation pressure warning light and the DIC warning damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor
This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure message come on at each ignition cycle damage caused by using an incorrect tire
Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is until the tires are inflated to the correct sealant is not covered by the vehicle
designed to warn the driver when a low tire inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC (Continued)
pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 211


. The TPMS sensor matching process was TPMS Sensor Matching Process
Caution (Continued) not done or not completed successfully
warranty. Always use only the GM after rotating the tires. The malfunction Each TPMS sensor has a unique
approved tire sealant available through light and the DIC message should go off identification code. The identification code
your dealer or included in the vehicle. after successfully completing the sensor needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel
matching process. See "TPMS Sensor position after rotating the vehicle’s tires or
replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors.
TPMS Malfunction Light and Message Matching Process" later in this section.
Also, the TPMS sensor matching process
The TPMS will not function properly if one . One or more TPMS sensors are missing or
should be performed after replacing a spare
or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or damaged. The malfunction light and the tire with a road tire containing the TPMS
inoperable. When the system detects a DIC message should go off when the sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC
malfunction, the low tire pressure warning TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor message should go off at the next ignition
light flashes for about one minute and then matching process is performed cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/
stays on for the remainder of the ignition successfully. See your dealer for service. wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool,
cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. . Replacement tires or wheels do not match in the following order: driver side front tire,
The malfunction light and DIC warning the original equipment tires or wheels. passenger side front tire, passenger side rear
message come on at each ignition cycle Tires and wheels other than those tire, and driver side rear. See your dealer for
until the problem is corrected. Some of the recommended could prevent the TPMS service or to purchase a relearn tool.
conditions that can cause these to come from functioning properly. See Buying A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased.
on are: New Tires 0 215. See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation
. One of the road tires has been replaced . Operating electronic devices or being near Tool at www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
with the spare tire. The spare tire does facilities using radio wave frequencies call 1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657).
not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS There are two minutes to match the first
light and the DIC message should go off sensors to malfunction. tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall
after the road tire is replaced and the If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it
sensor matching process is performed cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure takes longer, the matching process stops
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching condition. See your dealer for service if the and must be restarted.
Process" later in this section. TPMS malfunction light and DIC message The TPMS sensor matching process is:
come on and stay on.
1. Set the parking brake.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

212 Vehicle Care


2. Turn the ignition on without starting the 8. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and . The tire has a bump, bulge, or split.
vehicle. See Ignition Positions 0 130. repeat the procedure in Step 5. The horn . The tire has a puncture, cut, or other
3. Press the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) sounds two times to indicate the sensor damage that cannot be repaired well
transmitter's Q and K buttons at the identification code has been matched to
the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS because of the size or location of the
same time for approximately damage.
sensor matching process is no longer
five seconds. The horn sounds twice to
active. The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
signal the receiver is in relearn mode
message on the DIC display screen
Tire Rotation
and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message
goes off. Tires should be rotated according to the
displays on the DIC screen.
9. Turn the vehicle off. interval specified in the Maintenance
If the vehicle does not have RKE, press
the Driver Information Center (DIC) 10. Set all four tires to the recommended air Schedule. See Maintenance Schedule
vehicle information button until the pressure level as indicated on the Tire 0 242.
PRESS V TO RELEARN TIRE POSITIONS and Loading Information label. Tires are rotated to achieve a more
message displays. The horn sounds twice uniform wear for all tires. The first
to signal the receiver is in relearn mode Tire Inspection
rotation is the most important.
and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message We recommend that the tires, including
displays on the DIC screen. the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate
4. Start with the driver side front tire. inspected for signs of wear or damage the tires as soon as possible, check for
5. Place the relearn tool against the tire at least once a month. proper tire inflation pressure, and check
sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press for damaged tires or wheels. If the
the button to activate the TPMS sensor.
Replace the tire if: unusual wear continues after the
A horn chirp confirms that the sensor . The indicators at three or more rotation, check the wheel alignment.
identification code has been matched to places around the tire can be seen. See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 214
this tire and wheel position. . There is cord or fabric showing and Wheel Replacement 0 218.
6. Proceed to the passenger side front tire, through the tire's rubber.
and repeat the procedure in Step 5. . The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut,
7. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire, or snagged deep enough to show
and repeat the procedure in Step 5. cord or fabric.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 213


“Removing the Flat Tire and Installing
the Spare Tire” under Tire Changing
0 220.
The outer tire on a dual wheel setup
generally wears faster than the inner
tire. Tires last longer and wear more
evenly if they are rotated. See Tire
Inspection 0 212 and
Tire Rotation 0 212. Also see
Maintenance Schedule 0 242.
If the full-size spare tire is part of the
Use this rotation pattern when rotating tire rotation, make sure the tire rotated Use this rotation pattern when rotating
the tires if the vehicle has single rear into the spare position is stored the tires if the vehicle has dual rear
wheels. securely. Push, pull, and then try to wheels.
Dual Tire Rotation rotate or turn the tire. If it moves, use When installing dual wheels, check that
When the vehicle is new, or whenever a the wheel wrench/hoist shaft to tighten the vent holes in the inner and outer
wheel, wheel bolt, or wheel nut is the cable. See Tire Changing 0 220. wheels on each side are lined up.
replaced or serviced, check the wheel Adjust the front and rear tires to the
nut torque after 160, 1 600, and recommended inflation pressure on the
10 000 km (100, 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of Tire and Loading Information label after
driving. For proper torque and wheel the tires have been rotated. See Tire
nut tightening information, see Pressure 0 208 and
“Removing the Flat Tire and Installing Vehicle Load Limits 0 126.
the Spare Tire” under Tire Changing
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
0 220 and “Wheel Nut Torque” under
See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
Capacities and Specifications 0 250 and
0 210.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

214 Vehicle Care


Check that all wheel nuts are properly 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining.
tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” { Warning See Tire Inspection 0 212 and
under Capacities and Specifications Do not apply grease to the wheel Tire Rotation 0 212.
0 250, and “Removing the Flat Tire and mounting surface, wheel conical The rubber in tires ages over time. This also
Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has
Changing 0 220. Grease applied to these areas could one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors
cause a wheel to become loose or including temperatures, loading conditions,
{ Warning come off, resulting in a crash. and inflation pressure maintenance affect
how fast aging takes place. GM recommends
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the that tires, including the spare if equipped,
parts to which it is fastened, can When It Is Time for New Tires be replaced after six years, regardless of
cause wheel nuts to become loose Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use
over time. The wheel could come off driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road the tire manufacture date, which is the last
and cause a crash. When changing a conditions affect the wear rate of the tires. four digits of the DOT Tire Identification
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from Number (TIN) molded into one side of the
places where the wheel attaches to tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN
indicate the tire manufactured date. The
the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth first two digits represent the week and the
or paper towel can be used; however, last two digits, the year. For example, the
use a scraper or wire brush later to third week of the year 2020 would have a
remove all rust or dirt. 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the
first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of
Lightly coat the inner diameter of the each year.
wheel hub opening with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or tire Vehicle Storage
rotation to prevent corrosion or rust Tires age when stored normally mounted on
build-up. a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be
Treadwear indicators are one way to tell stored for at least a month in a cool, dry,
when it is time for new tires. Treadwear clean area away from direct sunlight to slow
indicators appear when the tires have only
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 215


aging. This area should be free of grease, TPC Spec number is molded onto the
gasoline, or other substances that can tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the { Warning
deteriorate rubber. tires have an all-season tread design, Tires could explode during improper
Parking for an extended period can cause the TPC Spec number will be followed service. Attempting to mount or
flat spots on the tires that may result in by MS for mud and snow. See Tire dismount a tire could cause injury or
vibrations while driving. When storing a Sidewall Labeling 0 205 for additional death. Only your dealer or authorized
vehicle for at least a month, remove the information. tire service center should mount or
tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the dismount the tires.
weight from the tires. GM recommends replacing worn tires in
complete sets of four (six for dual rear
Buying New Tires wheels). Uniform tread depth on all { Warning
GM has developed and matched specific tires will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle. Braking and Mixing tires of different sizes (other
tires for the vehicle. The original than those originally installed on the
equipment tires installed were designed handling performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not replaced vehicle), brands, tread patterns,
to meet General Motors Tire or types may cause loss of vehicle
Performance Criteria Specification (TPC at the same time. If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done, all four control, resulting in a crash or other
Spec) system rating. When replacement vehicle damage. Use the correct size,
tires are needed, GM strongly tires (six for dual rear wheels) should
wear out at about the same time. brand, and type of tire on all wheels.
recommends buying tires with the same
TPC Spec rating. However, if it is necessary to replace
only one axle set of worn tires, place { Warning
GM's exclusive TPC Spec system the new tires on the rear axle (two for
considers over a dozen critical single rear wheels, four for dual rear Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle
specifications that impact the overall wheels). See Tire Rotation 0 212. may cause the wheel rim flanges to
performance of the vehicle, including develop cracks after many miles of
brake system performance, ride and driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail
handling, traction control, and tire (Continued)
pressure monitoring performance. GM's
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

216 Vehicle Care


Warning (Continued) Different Size Tires and Wheels Uniform Tire Quality Grading
suddenly and cause a crash. Use only If wheels or tires are installed that are a The following information relates to the
different size than the original equipment system developed by the United States
radial-ply tires with the wheels on wheels and tires, vehicle performance,
the vehicle. National Highway Traffic Safety
including its braking, ride and handling Administration (NHTSA), which grades
characteristics, stability, and resistance to
Winter tires with the same speed rating rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has
tires by treadwear, traction, and
as the original equipment tires may not electronic systems such as antilock brakes, temperature performance. This applies
be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR rollover airbags, traction control, electronic only to vehicles sold in the United
speed rated tires. Never exceed the stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the States. The grades are molded on the
winter tires’ maximum speed capability performance of these systems can also be sidewalls of most passenger car tires.
when using winter tires with a lower affected. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading
speed rating. (UTQG) system does not apply to deep
{ Warning tread, winter tires, compact spare tires,
If the vehicle tires must be replaced
If different sized wheels are used, there tires with nominal rim diameters of
with a tire that does not have a TPC
may not be an acceptable level of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some
Spec number, make sure they are the performance and safety if tires not limited-production tires.
same size, load range, speed rating, and recommended for those wheels are
construction (radial) as the original While the tires available on General
selected. This increases the chance of a
tires. Motors passenger cars and light trucks
crash and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems developed
may vary with respect to these grades,
The Tire and Loading Information label
for the vehicle, and have them properly they must also conform to federal
indicates the original equipment tires
installed by a GM certified technician. safety requirements and additional
on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits General Motors Tire Performance
0 126. Criteria (TPC) standards.
See Buying New Tires 0 215 and
Accessories and Modifications 0 173.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 217


Quality grades can be found where Traction corresponds to a level of performance
applicable on the tire sidewall between The traction grades, from highest to which all passenger car tires must meet
tread shoulder and maximum section lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those under the Federal Motor Safety
width. For example: grades represent the tire's ability to Standard No. 109. Grades B and A
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A stop on wet pavement as measured represent higher levels of performance
under controlled conditions on specified on the laboratory test wheel than the
All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to minimum required by law. Warning:
Federal Safety Requirements In Addition government test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may have The temperature grade for this tire is
To These Grades. established for a tire that is properly
poor traction performance. Warning:
Treadwear The traction grade assigned to this tire inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
is based on straight-ahead braking speed, underinflation, or excessive
The treadwear grade is a comparative loading, either separately or in
rating based on the wear rate of the traction tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, combination, can cause heat buildup
tire when tested under controlled and possible tire failure.
conditions on a specified government or peak traction characteristics.
test course. For example, a tire graded Temperature Wheel Alignment and Tire
150 would wear one and one-half (1½) Balance
times as well on the government course The temperature grades are A (the
as a tire graded 100. The relative highest), B, and C, representing the The tires and wheels were aligned and
tire's resistance to the generation of balanced at the factory to provide the
performance of tires depends upon the longest tire life and best overall
actual conditions of their use, however, heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions performance. Adjustments to wheel
and may depart significantly from the alignment and tire balancing are not
norm due to variations in driving habits, on a specified indoor laboratory test necessary on a regular basis. Consider an
service practices and differences in road wheel. Sustained high temperature can alignment check if there is unusual tire wear
characteristics and climate. cause the material of the tire to or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one
degenerate and reduce tire life, and side or the other. Some slight pull to the
excessive temperature can lead to left or right, depending on the crown of the
sudden tire failure. The grade C road and/or other road surface variations
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

218 Vehicle Care


such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the
{ Warning Tire Chains
vehicle is vibrating when driving on a
smooth road, the tires and wheels may
need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for
Using the wrong replacement wheels, { Warning
wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be
proper diagnosis. dangerous. It could affect the braking and Tire chains or other traction devices used
handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air on a vehicle without the proper amount
Wheel Replacement and cause loss of control, resulting in a of clearance can cause damage to the
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, crash. Always use the correct wheel, brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts.
or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for Use tire chains or traction devices only if
keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, replacement. the equipment manufacturer recommends
and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the them for the vehicle tire size combination
wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum and road conditions. Follow the
wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if { Warning equipment manfacturer’s instructions. The
any of these conditions exist. area damaged by the tire chains could
Replacing a wheel with a used one is cause you to lose control of the vehicle
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that dangerous. How it has been used or how
is needed. and you or others may be injured in a
far it has been driven may be unknown. crash. To help avoid damage to the
Each new wheel should have the same It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. vehicle, drive slowly, readjust, or remove
load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, When replacing wheels, use a new GM the device if it is contacting the vehicle.
offset, and be mounted the same way as original equipment wheel. Do not spin the vehicle's tires.
the one it replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts,
or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)
Caution Caution
sensors with new GM original equipment The wrong wheel can also cause Use tire chains only where legal and only
parts. problems with bearing life, brake cooling, when necessary. Use chains that are the
speedometer or odometer calibration, proper size for the tires. Install them on
headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle the tires of the rear axle. Do not use
ground clearance, and tire or tire chain chains on the tires of the front axle.
clearance to the body and chassis. (Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 219


slowly. But if there is ever a blowout, here
Caution (Continued) are a few tips about what to expect and Warning (Continued)
Tighten them as tightly as possible with what to do: underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or
the ends securely fastened. Drive slowly an authorized tire service center repair or
If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a
and follow the chain manufacturer's drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. replace the flat tire as soon as possible.
instructions. If the chains contact the Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and
vehicle, stop and retighten them. If the grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to
contact continues, slow down until it maintain lane position, and then gently { Warning
stops. Driving too fast or spinning the brake to a stop, well off the road, Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to
wheels with chains on will damage the if possible. do maintenance or repairs is dangerous
vehicle.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts without the appropriate safety equipment
For Cutaway models with LT245/75R16 or much like a skid and may require the same and training. If a jack is provided with
LT225/75R16 size single or dual rear tires, use correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing the vehicle, it is designed only for
Low Profile Z-Chain or SAE Class S cables. the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten changing a flat tire. If it is used for
the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and anything else, you or others could be
For Cargo or Passenger models with LT225/ noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips
75R16 or LT245/75R16 size tires, use Low road, if possible. off the jack. If a jack is provided with the
Profile Z-Chain cables. SAE Class S chains are
vehicle, only use it for changing a
not recommended. { Warning flat tire.
If the vehicle has dual rear tires, do not use Driving on a flat tire will cause
individual tire chains. Use tire chains that fit permanent damage to the tire. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and
across both dual tires. Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven wheel damage by driving slowly to a level
on while severely underinflated or flat place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on
If a Tire Goes Flat the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard
may cause a blowout and a serious crash.
It is unusual for a tire to blow out while Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has Warning Flashers 0 93.
driving, especially if the tires are maintained been driven on while severely If your vehicle is loaded at or near
properly. See Tires 0 203. If air goes out of (Continued) maximum cargo capacity, it may be difficult
a tire, it is much more likely to leak out to fit the jack under the vehicle due to the
environment (shoulder slope, road debris,
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

220 Vehicle Care


etc.). Removal of some weight may improve
the ability to fit the jack under the vehicle
at the correct jacking location.

{ Warning
Changing a tire can be dangerous. The
vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over
or fall causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To help
prevent the vehicle from moving: 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
1. Set the parking brake firmly. 2. Flat Tire

2. Put the vehicle in P (Park). The following information explains how to


repair or change a tire. Remove the retaining wing bolt and lift it
3. Turn the vehicle off and do not off of the mounting bracket.
restart the vehicle while it is raised. Tire Changing Equipment needed for a 15-passenger seating
4. Do not allow passengers to remain arrangement is secured on the rear floor on
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools the passenger side of the vehicle.
in the vehicle.
Equipment needed for a cargo van or a
5. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on passenger van is in the passenger side rear
both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the vehicle.
corner of the tire being changed.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the


following example as a guide to assist in the
placement of the wheel blocks (1),
if equipped.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 221


1. Jack 5. Hoist Shaft
2. Hoist Handle 6. Hoist Handle and Extension(s)
3. Extension(s) 7. Wheel Wrench
4. Wheel Wrench
5. Jack Handle
The spare tire is mounted in the rear
underbody of the vehicle.
Use the hoist handle, extension(s), and the
wheel wrench to remove the
underbody-mounted spare tire. 1. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) to the
To lower the spare tire from the vehicle: hoist handle and the extension(s) (6).
Remove the retaining wing bolt and lift it 2. Open the passenger side rear door.
out of the mounting bracket to access the 3. Insert the chisel end of the hoist handle,
equipment. on an angle, through the hole in the rear
floor panel above the bumper.
The tools you will be using include:
Be sure the hoist handle connects to the
hoist shaft. The chiseled end of the hoist
handle is used to lower the spare tire.
4. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise
to lower the spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel wrench until
the spare tire can be pulled out from
under the vehicle.
5. Pull the spare tire out from under the
1. Spare Tire vehicle.
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
3. Hoist Cable
4. Hoist Assembly
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

222 Vehicle Care


7. Put the spare tire near the flat tire. 4. Wheel Wrench
8. Close the passenger side rear door. 5. Jack Handle
1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the If a Tire Goes Flat 0 219.
Spare Tire
If the vehicle has plastic wheel nut caps,
loosen them by turning the wheel wrench
counterclockwise. The wheel nut caps are
designed to remain with the center cap.
6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with Remove the center cap.
some slack in the cable to access the
tire/wheel retainer. If the wheel has a smooth center piece,
place the chisel end of the wheel wrench in
the slot on the wheel and gently pry it out.

2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise


to loosen all the wheel nuts, but do not
remove them yet.

Caution
Tilt the retainer and pull it through the
center of the wheel along with the cable Make sure that the jack lift head is in the
and spring. correct position or you may damage your
vehicle. The repairs would not be covered
For a vehicle that was completed from a
cab and chassis, refer to the information by your warranty.
from the body supplier/installer. 1. Jack
The spare tire is a full-size tire, like the 2. Hoist Handle
other tires on the vehicle. 3. Extension(s)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 223


3. Assemble the jack and tools: The front position jacking point is on the
Front Flat: Assemble the jack (1) together frame. The rear position jacking point is
with the jack handle (5), one or two on the rear axle.
extension(s) (3), and the wheel
wrench (4). { Warning
Rear Flat: Assemble the jack (1) together Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked
with the jack handle (5), two up is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off
extensions (3), and the wheel wrench (4). the jack you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle when it
is supported only by a jack.

Front Position { Warning


Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can damage the
vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To
help avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head
into the proper location before raising
the vehicle.
Front Position

{ Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to
do maintenance or repairs is dangerous
Rear Position
without the appropriate safety equipment
4. Position the jack under the vehicle, as and training. If a jack is provided with
shown. (Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

224 Vehicle Care


Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
the vehicle, it is designed only for or paper towel can be used; however,
changing a flat tire. If it is used for use a scraper or wire brush later to
anything else, you or others could be remove all rust or dirt.
badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips
off the jack. If a jack is provided with the
vehicle, only use it for changing a
flat tire.

Caution
Using a jack to raise the vehicle without 6. Remove all the wheel nuts.
positioning it correctly could damage 7. Take the flat tire off of the mounting
your vehicle. When raising your vehicle surface.
on a jack, be sure to position it correctly
under the frame and avoid contact with { Warning
the plastic molding.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
8. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel
5. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise parts to which it is fastened, can bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare
the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough cause wheel nuts to become loose wheel.
off the ground so there is enough room over time. The wheel could come off
for the spare tire to fit. and cause a crash. When changing a { Warning
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from
Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts
places where the wheel attaches to because the nuts might come loose. The
the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a
(Continued) crash.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 225


Warning (Continued)
torque specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when using
accessory locking wheel nuts. See
Capacities and Specifications 0 250 for
original equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.

Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead
9. Put the wheel nuts back on with the to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To 11. Use the wheel wrench to tighten the
rounded end of the nuts toward the avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly nuts firmly. Turn the wheel wrench
wheel. Tighten each wheel nut by hand tighten the wheel nuts in the proper clockwise and in a crisscross sequence, as
until the wheel is held against the hub. sequence and to the proper torque shown.
10. Turn the jack handle counterclockwise to specification. See Capacities and 12. Put the wheel cover or the center cap
lower the vehicle. Lower the jack Specifications 0 250 for the wheel nut and plastic wheel nut caps back on.
completely. torque specification. Remove any wheel blocks.
Have a technician check the wheel nut
{ Warning tightness of all wheels with a torque
Wheel nuts that are improperly or wrench after the first 160 km (100 mi)
incorrectly tightened can cause the and then 1 600 km (1,000 mi) after that.
wheels to become loose or come off. The Repeat this service whenever a tire is
wheel nuts should be tightened with a removed or serviced. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 250 for more
torque wrench to the proper torque
information.
specification after replacing. Follow the
(Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

226 Vehicle Care


Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 7. Wheel Wrench
{ Warning 1. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of
{ Warning An improperly stored spare tire could the vehicle with the valve stem pointed
Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment come loose and cause a crash. To avoid down, and to the rear.
in the passenger compartment of the personal injury or property damage, 2. Pull the cable and spring through the
vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden always store the spare tire when the center of the wheel. Tilt the wheel
stop or collision, loose equipment could vehicle is parked on a level surface. retainer plate down and through the
strike someone. Store all these in the center wheel.
Store the tire under the rear of the vehicle
proper place. Make sure the retainer is fully seated
in the spare tire carrier.
across the underside of the wheel.

{ Warning
Failure to follow these tire storage
instructions carefully could result in
personal injury or property damage if the
hoist cable fails or if the tire comes loose.
Make sure the tire is stored securely
3. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) to the
before driving. hoist handle and the extension(s) (6).
4. Open the passenger side rear door.
Caution
Caution
The tire hoist can be damaged if there is
no tension on the cable when using it. To 1. Spare Tire Use of an air wrench or other power
have the necessary tension, the spare or 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer tools with the hoist mechanism is not
road tire and wheel assembly must be 3. Hoist Cable recommended and could damage the
installed on the tire hoist to use it. 4. Hoist Assembly system. Use only the tools supplied with
5. Hoist Shaft the hoist mechanism.
6. Hoist Handle and Extension(s)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 227


5. Insert the chisel end of the hoist handle, 8. Make sure the tire is stored securely.
on an angle, through the hole in the rear Push, pull (1), and then try to turn (2) the
floor panel above the bumper and onto tire. If the tire moves, use the wheel
the hoist shaft. wrench to tighten the cable.
Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel Two clicks mean the tire is up all
wrench. the way.
6. Raise the tire part way upward. Make Repeat this tightness check procedure
sure the retainer is seated in the wheel when checking the spare tire pressure
opening. according to the scheduled maintenance
7. Raise the tire fully against the underside information or any time the spare tire is
of the vehicle by turning the wheel handled due to service of other
wrench clockwise until you hear two components.
clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot Incorrectly Stored
overtighten the cable. 9. Return the jacking equipment to the
proper location. Secure the items and
replace the jack cover.

Full-Size Spare Tire


If this vehicle came with a full-size spare
tire, it was fully inflated when new,
however, it can lose air over time. Check the
inflation pressure regularly. See Tire Pressure
0 208 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 126 for
information regarding proper tire inflation
Correctly Stored and loading the vehicle. For instructions on
how to remove, install, or store a spare tire,
see Tire Changing 0 220.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

228 Vehicle Care


After installing the spare tire on the vehicle,
stop as soon as possible and check that the { Warning Caution
spare is correctly inflated. The spare tire is WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and Ignoring these steps could result in costly
made to perform well at speeds up to related accessories can expose you to damage to the vehicle that would not be
112 km/h (70 mph) at the recommended chemicals including lead and lead covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying
inflation pressure, so you can finish compounds, which are known to the to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling
your trip. State of California to cause cancer and it will not work, and it could damage the
Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired birth defects or other reproductive harm. vehicle.
or replaced and installed back onto the Wash hands after handling. For more
vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire information go to
will be available in case it is needed again.
Caution
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.
Do not mix tires and wheels of different If the jumper cables are connected or
sizes, because they will not fit. Keep the See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 1. removed in the wrong order, electrical
spare tire and its wheel together. shorting may occur and damage the
If this vehicle has a spare tire that does not { Warning vehicle. The repairs would not be covered
match the vehicle’s original road tires and by the vehicle warranty. Always connect
Batteries can hurt you. They can be
wheels, in size and type, do not include the and remove the jumper cables in the
dangerous because:
spare in the tire rotation. correct order, making sure that the cables
. They contain acid that can burn you. do not touch each other or other metal.
Jump Starting . They contain gas that can explode or
ignite.
Jump Starting - North America . They contain enough electricity to
burn you.
For more information about the vehicle
battery, see Battery - North America 0 191. If you do not follow these steps exactly,
If the vehicle battery has run down, you some or all of these things can hurt you.
may want to use another vehicle and some
jumper cables to start your vehicle. Be sure
to use the following steps to do it safely.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 229


Caution Caution
If the other vehicle does not have a If any accessories are left on or plugged
12-volt system with a negative ground, in during the jump starting procedure,
both vehicles can be damaged. Only use they could be damaged. The repairs
a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a would not be covered by the vehicle
negative ground for jump starting. warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or
unplug all accessories on either vehicle
2. Get the vehicles close enough so the when jump starting.
jumper cables can reach, but make sure
the vehicles are not touching each other. 3. Turn off both vehicles. Unplug
If they are, it could cause a ground unnecessary accessories plugged into the
connection you do not want. You would cigarette lighter or the accessory power
Connection Points and Sequence not be able to start the vehicle, and the outlet. Turn off the radio and all lamps
bad grounding could damage the that are not needed. This will avoid
1. Discharged Battery Positive (+)
electrical systems. sparks and help save both batteries.
Terminal
2. Good Battery Positive (+) Terminal To avoid the possibility of the vehicles 4. Open the hoods and locate the
3. Good Battery Negative (−) Terminal rolling, set the parking brake firmly on positive (+) and negative (−) terminal
both vehicles involved in the jump start locations of the other vehicle.
4. Discharged Battery Negative (−)
Terminal procedure. Put the vehicles into P (Park). On your van, use the unpainted radio
If the other vehicle has a manual antenna bracket as a remote negative (−)
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a transmission, put the vehicle into
12-volt battery with a negative ground terminal.
N (Neutral) before setting the parking
system. brakes.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

230 Vehicle Care


dead battery. It goes to a heavy,
{ Warning unpainted metal engine part or to a
Using a match near a battery can cause remote negative (−) terminal on the
battery gas to explode. People have been vehicle with the dead battery. On your
hurt doing this, and some have been van, use the unpainted radio antenna
blinded. Use a flashlight if you need bracket as a remote negative (−)
more light. terminal.

Battery fluid contains acid that can burn


you. Do not get it on you. If you
accidentally get it in your eyes or on
your skin, flush the place with water and
get medical help immediately.
6. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the
positive (+) terminal of the dead battery.
{ Warning Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one. Do not let the other end
Fans or other moving engine parts can touch metal. Connect the other end of
injure you badly. Keep your hands away the red positive cable (+) to the
from moving parts once the engine is positive (+) terminal of the good battery.
running. Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the
8. Connect the other end of the
vehicle has one.
5. Check that the jumper cables do not negative (−) cable to the negative (−)
Do not let the other end touch metal. terminal location on the vehicle with the
have loose or missing insulation. If they
do, you could get a shock. The vehicles 7. Now connect the black negative (−) cable dead battery. On your van, use the
could be damaged too. to the negative (−) terminal of the good unpainted radio antenna bracket as a
battery. Use a remote negative (−) remote negative (−) terminal.
terminal if the vehicle has one.
Do not let the other end touch anything
until the next step. The other end of the
negative (−) cable does not go to the
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 231


Caution Towing the Vehicle Contact a professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be transported. GM
The vehicle uses the unpainted radio recommends a flatbed tow truck to
antenna bracket as a remote negative (-)
Transporting a Disabled Vehicle
transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to
terminal. Move the antenna coaxial cable Caution help reduce approach angles, if necessary.
out of the way before clamping the If equipped, a tow eye may be located near
negative jumper cable to the fixed Incorrectly transporting a disabled vehicle
may cause damage to the vehicle. Use the spare tire or emergency jack. Do not use
antenna bracket. Avoid touching the the tow eye to pull the vehicle from the
negative cable clamp to the air proper tire straps to secure the vehicle to
the flatbed tow truck. Do not strap or snow, mud, sand, or ditch. Tow eye threads
conditioning line. Failure to do either of may have right or left-hand threads. Use
these could damage the vehicle. The hook to any frame, underbody,
caution when installing or removing the
repairs would not be covered by the or suspension component not specified
tow eye.
vehicle warranty. below. Do not move vehicles with drive
axle tires on the ground. Damage is not The vehicle must be in N (Neutral) and the
covered by the vehicle warranty. parking brake must be released when
9. Now start the vehicle with the good
loading the vehicle onto a flatbed tow truck.
battery and run the engine for a while.
. If the 12-volt battery is dead and/or the
10. Try to start the vehicle that had the Caution parking brake is not released, the vehicle
dead battery. If it will not start after a will not move. Try to jump start the
few tries, it probably needs service. Improper use of the tow eye can damage
the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye vehicle with a known good 12-volt
Jumper Cable Removal to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed battery, shift the car into N (Neutral), and
tow truck from a flat road surface, or to release the parking brake. Refer to Jump
Reverse the sequence exactly when
Starting - North America 0 228.
removing the jumper cables. move the vehicle a short distance. Use
caution and low speeds. The transmission . If unsuccessful, the vehicle will not move.
After starting the disabled vehicle and Tire skates or dollies must be used under
removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle must be in (N) Neutral when moving the
vehicle. the non-rolling tires to prevent vehicle
for several minutes. damage.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

232 Vehicle Care


Front Attachment Points Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two
Caution
wheels on the ground and two wheels up
on a device known as a dolly. Use of a shield mounted in front of the
vehicle grille could restrict airflow and
Here are some important things to consider
before recreational vehicle towing: cause damage to the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by the
. Before towing the vehicle, become
vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only
familiar with the local laws that apply to
use one that attaches to the towing
recreational vehicle towing. These laws
may vary by region. vehicle.
. What is the towing capacity of the
Dinghy Towing
towing vehicle? Be sure to read the tow
vehicle manufacturer's recommendations.
. What is the distance that will be
The vehicle is equipped with specific traveled? Some vehicles have restrictions
attachment points to be used by the towing on how far and how long they can tow.
provider. These holes may be used to pull . Is the proper towing equipment going to
the vehicle from a flat road surface onto the be used? See your dealer or trailering
flatbed tow truck. professional for additional advice and
equipment recommendations.
Recreational Vehicle Towing . Is the vehicle ready to be towed? Just as
Recreational vehicle towing means towing preparing the vehicle for a long trip,
the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as make sure the vehicle is prepared to be
behind a motor home. The two most towed.
common types of recreational vehicle Caution
towing are known as dinghy towing and
If the vehicle is towed with all four
dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. wheels on the ground, the drivetrain
components could be damaged. The
(Continued)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 233


Caution (Continued) Appearance Care
repairs would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Do not tow the vehicle
Exterior Care
with all four wheels on the ground. Locks
The vehicle should not be towed with all Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a
four wheels on the ground. de-icing agent only when absolutely
necessary, and have the locks greased after
Dolly Towing using. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 246.
Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it
Caution
often and out of direct sunlight.
Do not tow this vehicle with two wheels
on the ground, or vehicle damage could Caution
occur. This damage would not be covered Do not use petroleum-based, acidic,
by the vehicle warranty. or abrasive cleaning agents as they can
damage the vehicle's paint, metal,
The vehicle was neither designed nor or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it
intended to be towed with any of its wheels
would not be covered by the vehicle
on the ground. If the vehicle must be
towed, see Transporting a Disabled Vehicle warranty. Approved cleaning products can
0 231. be obtained from your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding correct
product usage, necessary safety
precautions, and appropriate disposal of
any vehicle care product.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

234 Vehicle Care


chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can
Caution Caution (Continued) damage the vehicle's finish if they remain
Avoid using high-pressure washes closer This could cause damage that would not on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as
than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the be covered by the vehicle warranty. soon as possible. If necessary, use
vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe
8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm for painted surfaces to remove foreign
damage or removal of paint and decals. underhood components. The usages of these matter.
chemicals should be avoided.
Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing
If using an automatic car wash, follow the Recommend water only. should be done to remove residue from the
car wash instructions. The windshield wiper paint finish. See your dealer for approved
and rear window wiper, if equipped, must A pressure washer may be used, but care
must be utilized. The following criteria must cleaning products.
be off. Remove any accessories that may be
damaged or interfere with the car wash be followed: Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated
equipment. . Water pressure must be kept below plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated
14 000 KPa (2,000 PSI). wood, or flat paint as damage can occur.
Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and
after, to remove all cleaning agents . Water temperature must be below 80 °C
(180 °F). Caution
completely. If they are allowed to dry on
the surface, they could stain. . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle Machine compounding or aggressive
spray pattern or wider must be used. polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint
Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or finish may damage it. Use only
. Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft)
an all-cotton towel to avoid surface non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are
scratches and water spotting. away from all surfaces.
made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
Cleaning Underhood Components Finish Care on the vehicle.
Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/
Caution wax materials is not recommended. To keep the paint finish looking new, keep
Do not power wash any component If painted surfaces are damaged, see your the vehicle garaged or covered whenever
under the hood that has this e dealer to have the damage assessed and possible.
symbol. repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium
(Continued) chloride and other salts, ice melting agents,
road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 235


Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Caution
Emblems, Decals, and Stripes
Caution Using wax on low gloss black finish
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft stripes can increase the gloss level and
Failure to clean and protect the bright cloth, and a car washing soap to clean
metal moldings can result in a hazy create a non-uniform finish. Clean low
exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and gloss stripes with soap and water only.
white finish or pitting. This damage stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing
would not be covered by the vehicle the Vehicle" previously in this section.
warranty. Air Intakes
Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some Clear debris from the air intakes, between
The bright metal moldings on the vehicle have a UV protective coating. Do not clean the hood and windshield when washing the
are aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel. To or wipe them while they are dry. vehicle.
prevent damage always follow these Do not use any of the following on lamp
cleaning instructions: covers: Windshield and Wiper Blades
. Be sure the molding is cool to the touch . Abrasive or caustic agents. Clean the outside of the windshield with
before applying any cleaning solution. . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents glass cleaner.
. Use only approved cleaning solutions for in higher concentrations than suggested Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or
aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel. by the manufacturer. paper towel soaked with windshield washer
Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the
alkaline substances and can damage the cleaners. windshield thoroughly when cleaning the
moldings. . Ice scrapers or other hard items. blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup
. Always dilute a concentrated cleaner of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause
. Aftermarket appearance caps or covers
according to the manufacturer’s wiper streaking.
while the lamps are illuminated, due to
instructions.
excessive heat generated. Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or
. Do not use cleaners that are not intended damaged. Damage can be caused by
for automotive use. Caution extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat,
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle Failure to clean lamps properly can cause sun, snow, and ice.
after washing to protect and extend the damage to the lamp cover that would
molding finish. not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

236 Vehicle Care


Weatherstrips Caution and rotors for surface condition. Inspect
drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks.
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim Inspect all other brake parts.
weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal may be damaged if the vehicle is not
better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate washed after driving on roads that have Steering, Suspension, and Chassis
weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry Components
been sprayed with magnesium chloride or
climates may require more frequent
application. Black marks from rubber calcium chloride. These are used on roads Visually inspect steering, suspension, and
material on painted surfaces can be removed for conditions such as dust and ice. chassis components for damaged, loose,
by rubbing with a clean cloth. See Always wash the chrome with soap and or missing parts or signs of wear at least
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 246. water after exposure. once a year.
Inspect power steering for proper
Tires attachment, connections, binding, leaks,
Caution
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean cracks, chafing, etc.
the tires. To avoid surface damage on wheels and
wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, Visually check constant velocity joint boots
Caution and axle seals for leaks.
chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners,
Using petroleum-based tire dressing or brushes. Use only GM approved Lubricate the upper and lower control arm
products on the vehicle may damage the cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through ball joints at every engine oil change.
paint finish and/or tires. When applying a an automatic car wash that uses silicon Lubricate the tie rod ball joints, idler arm
tire dressing, always wipe off any carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. pivot shaft bearings, idler arm socket, and
overspray from all painted surfaces on Damage could occur and the repairs pitman arm socket, at every engine oil
the vehicle. would not be covered by the vehicle change.
warranty.
Wheels and Wheel Trim Caution
Brake System Lubrication of applicable steering/
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and
water to clean the wheels. After rinsing Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for suspension points should not be done
thoroughly with clean water, dry with a proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, unless the temperature is −12 °C (10 °F) or
soft, clean towel. A wax may then be chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear higher, or damage could result.
applied.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 237


Body Component Lubrication Original manufacturer replacement parts will
Caution
provide the corrosion protection while
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, Immediately remove cleaners, hand
maintaining the vehicle warranty.
liftgate hinges, and the fuel door hinge lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent
unless the components are plastic. Applying Finish Damage from all interior surfaces or permanent
silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean
Quickly repair minor chips and scratches damage may result.
cloth will make them last longer, seal better,
and not stick or squeak. with touch-up materials available from your
dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of
Underbody Maintenance finish damage can be corrected in your Caution
dealer's body and paint shop. Use cleaners specifically designed for the
At least twice a year, spring and fall, use
plain water to flush dirt and debris from the surfaces being cleaned to prevent
Chemical Paint Spotting
vehicle's underbody. Your dealer or an permanent damage to the vehicle. Apply
underbody car washing system can do this. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack all cleaners directly to a cleaning cloth.
If not removed, rust and corrosion can painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, Do not spray cleaners on any switches or
develop. ring-shaped discolorations, and small, controls.
irregular dark spots etched into the paint
Do not directly power wash the transfer surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this When using liquid soap cleaners, follow the
case and/or front/rear axle output seals. section. directions on the specific cleaner or soap
High pressure water can overcome the seals solution for dilution instructions.
and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated Interior Care
fluid will decrease the life of the transfer Caution
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly
case and/or axles and should be replaced.
clean the vehicle's interior. Before using To prevent damage:
Sheet Metal Damage cleaners, read and follow all safety . Never use a razor or any other sharp
instructions on the label. While cleaning the object to remove soil from any interior
If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet interior, open the doors and windows to get
metal repair or replacement, make sure the surface
proper ventilation. Newspapers or dark
body repair shop applies anti-corrosion garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s . Never use a brush with stiff bristles.
material to parts repaired or replaced to interior. (Continued)
restore corrosion protection.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

238 Vehicle Care


Caution (Continued) Interior Glass Vinyl/Rubber
. Never rub any surface aggressively or To clean, use a microfiber cloth fabric If equipped with vinyl floor and rubber floor
with too much pressure. dampened with water. Wipe droplets left mats, use a soft cloth and/or brush
behind with a clean dry cloth. If necessary, dampened with water to remove dust and
. Do not get any exposed electrical use a commercial glass cleaner after loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use
components wet. cleaning with plain water. a mild soap and water solution.
. Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with degreasers. Do Caution { Warning
not use solutions that contain strong To prevent scratching, never use abrasive
or caustic soap. Do not use cleaners that contain silicone,
cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive wax-based products, or cleaners that
. Do not heavily saturate the upholstery cleaners or aggressive cleaning may increase gloss on vinyl/rubber floor and
when cleaning. damage the rear window defogger. mats. These cleaners can permanently
. Do not use solvents or cleaners change the appearance and feel of the
containing solvents. Cleaning the windshield with water during
vinyl/rubber and can make the floor
the first three to six months of ownership
. Do not use disinfecting wipes that are slippery. Your foot could slip while
will reduce tendency to fog.
scented or contain bleach. Do not use operating the vehicle, and you could lose
wipes or cleaners that show a color Speaker Covers control, resulting in a crash. You or
transfer to the wipe or change the others could be injured.
Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so
appearance of the interior surface
that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean
when used. Fabric/Carpet/Suede
spots with water and mild soap.
. Do not use scented or gel-type hand Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft
sanitizers. If hand sanitizer comes in Coated Moldings brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum
contact with interior surfaces of the Coated moldings should be cleaned. brush attachment is being used, only use it
vehicle, blot immediately and clean . When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently
with a soft cloth dampened with a remove as much of the soil as possible:
or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with
mild soap and water solution. . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel.
water.
. When heavily soiled, use warm soapy Continue blotting until no more soil can
water. be removed.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Vehicle Care 239


. For solid soils, remove as much as commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other
possible prior to vacuuming. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint
To clean: fabric or carpet. Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot Surfaces
with water. Microfiber cloth is excess moisture. Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from
recommended to prevent lint transfer to Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle knobs and crevices on the instrument
the fabric or carpet. cluster. Use a soft microfiber cloth
Information and Radio Displays
2. Remove excess moisture by gently dampened with water to remove dust and
wringing until water does not drip from Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning,
the cleaning cloth. or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a
brush to remove dirt that can scratch the mild soap and water solution.
3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a
gently rub toward the center. Fold the microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners
cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently
Caution
or solvents. Periodically hand wash the Soaking or saturating leather, especially
to prevent forcing the soil into the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap.
fabric. perforated leather, as well as other
Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area thoroughly and air dry before next use. interior surfaces, may cause permanent
until there is no longer any color damage. Wipe excess moisture from
transfer from the soil to the cleaning Caution these surfaces after cleaning and allow
cloth. them to dry naturally. Never use heat,
Do not attach a device with a suction cup
5. If the soil is not completely removed, steam, or spot removers. Do not use
to the display. This may cause damage
use a mild soap solution followed only liquids that contain alcohol or solvents on
and would not be covered by the vehicle
by plain water. leather seats. Do not use cleaners that
warranty.
contain silicone or wax-based products.
If the soil is not completely removed, it may
Cleaners containing these solvents can
be necessary to use a commercial upholstery
permanently change the appearance and
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden
area for colorfastness before using a feel of leather or soft trim, and are not
recommended.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

240 Vehicle Care


Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, mats are purchased. Non-GM floor mats
especially on the instrument panel. Reflected { Warning may not fit properly and may interfere
glare can decrease visibility through the Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. with the pedals. Always check that the
windshield under certain conditions. It may severely weaken the webbing. In floor mats do not interfere with the
a crash, they might not be able to pedals.
Caution provide adequate protection. Clean and . Use the floor mat with the correct side
Use of air fresheners may cause rinse seat belt webbing only with mild up. Do not turn it over.
permanent damage to plastics and soap and lukewarm water. Allow the . Do not place anything on top of the
painted surfaces. If an air freshener webbing to dry. driver side floor mat.
comes in contact with any plastic or . Use only a single floor mat on the
painted surface in the vehicle, blot Floor Mats driver side.
immediately and clean with a soft cloth . Do not place one floor mat on top of
dampened with a mild soap solution. { Warning another.
Damage caused by air fresheners would
not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather
properly installed, it can interfere with Mats and Floor Liners)
Cargo Cover and Convenience Net the pedals. Interference with the pedals
can cause unintended acceleration and/or See “Vinyl/Rubber” under Interior Care 0 237
If equipped, wash with warm water and increased stopping distance which can for important cleaning information.
mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. cause a crash and injury. Make sure the
Rinse with cold water, and then dry
floor mat does not interfere with the
completely.
pedals.
Care of Seat Belts
Use the following guidelines for proper floor
Keep belts clean and dry. mat use:
. The original equipment floor mats are
designed for your vehicle. If the floor
mats need to be replaced, it is
recommended that GM-certified floor
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Service and Maintenance 241


Service and Maintenance General Information Caution
Your vehicle is an important investment. Damage caused by improper maintenance
General Information This section describes the required can lead to costly repairs and may not be
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this covered by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance Schedule schedule to help protect against major repair Maintenance intervals, checks,
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 expenses resulting from neglect or inspections, recommended fluids, and
inadequate maintenance. It may also help to lubricants are important to keep the
Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI) maintain the value of the vehicle if it is vehicle in good working condition.
Multi-Point Vehicle sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to
Inspection (MPVI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 have all required maintenance performed. Do not have chemical flushes that are not
approved by GM performed on the
Special Application Services Your dealer has trained technicians who can
vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents,
Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 perform required maintenance using genuine
cleaners, or lubricants that are not
replacement parts. They have up-to-date
approved by GM could damage the
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and tools and equipment for fast and accurate
diagnostics. Many dealers have extended vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that
Parts
evening and Saturday hours, courtesy are not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 transportation, and online scheduling to
assist with service needs. The Tire Rotation and Required Services are
Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . 247
the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is
Maintenance Records Your dealer recognizes the importance of recommended to have your dealer perform
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 providing competitively priced maintenance these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
and repair services. With trained technicians, Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep
the dealer is the place for routine the vehicle in good working condition,
maintenance such as oil changes and tire improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle
rotations and additional maintenance items emissions.
like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

242 Service and Maintenance


Because of the way people use vehicles, Refer to the information in the Maintenance wheel alignment. See When It Is Time for
maintenance needs vary. There may need to Schedule Additional Required Services - New Tires 0 214 and
be more frequent checks and services. The Severe Service. Wheel Replacement 0 218.
Additional Required Services - Normal are for . Perform Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection.
vehicles that: { Warning See Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI)
. Carry passengers and cargo within Performing maintenance work can be 0 244.
recommended limits on the Tire and dangerous and can cause serious injury. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior
Loading Information label. See Vehicle Perform maintenance work only if the Care 0 233.
Load Limits 0 126.
required information, proper tools, and Extended Idle Use
. Are driven on reasonable road surfaces equipment are available. If they are not,
within legal driving limits. see your dealer to have a trained When the vehicle is used in a way that
. Use the recommended fuel. See technician do the work. See Doing Your requires extended idle time, one hour of use
Recommended Fuel 0 152. Own Service Work 0 173. shall be deemed the same as 53 km (33 mi).
See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 82 for
Refer to the information in the Maintenance
hourmeter.
Schedule Additional Required Services - Maintenance Schedule
Normal Service. Additional Required Services — Normal
The Additional Required Services - Severe are Tire Rotation and Required Services Service
for vehicles that are: Every 12 000 km (7,500 mi)
Every 12 000 km (7,500 mi)
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot Tires are rotated to achieve a more uniform . Check engine oil level and oil
weather. wear for all tires. The first rotation is the life percentage. If needed, change engine
. Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous most important. oil and filter, and reset oil life system. Or
terrain. Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate the when the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
. Frequently towing a trailer. tires as soon as possible, check for proper message displays, have the engine oil and
. Used for high speed or competitive tire inflation pressure, and check for filter changed within the next 1 000 km/
driving. damaged tires or wheels. If the unusual 600 mi. If driven under the best
wear continues after the rotation, check the conditions, the engine oil life system may
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery service.
not indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and filter
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Service and Maintenance 243


must be changed at least once a year and ‐ Civilian vehicles such as light duty suitable service maintenance intervals for
the oil life system must be reset. Your pick-up trucks, SUVs, and passenger your vehicle, please contact your
trained dealer technician can perform this cars that are used in military authorized GM Dealer.
work. If the engine oil life system is reset applications. Extreme service is for vehicles mainly
accidentally, service the vehicle within ‐ Recovery vehicles such as tow trucks driven off-road in four-wheel drive or used
5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service. and flatbed single vehicle carriers or in farming, mining, forestry, or snow
Reset the oil life system when the oil is any vehicle that is consistently used in plowing.
changed. See Engine Oil Life System 0 181. towing trailers or other loads.
Every 72 000 km (45,000 mi)
Additional Required Services — Severe
‐ High use commercial vehicles such as
Service
. Replace the engine air filter. Or every courier delivery vehicles, private
48 months, whichever occurs first. security patrol vehicles, or any vehicles Every 72 000 km (45,000 mi)
If driving in dusty conditions, inspect the that operate on a 24–hour basis. . Change automatic transmission fluid and
filter at each oil change or more often as ‐ Any vehicle consistently operated in a filter.
needed. high sand or dust environment such as
those used on oil pipelines and similar
Owner Checks and Services
Every 156 000 km (97,500 mi)
. Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug applications. Every Five Years
wires and/or boots. . Vehicles that are regularly used for short . Replace brake fluid.
trips of 6 km (4 mi) or less. Every Seven Years
Every 240 000 km (150,000 mi)
The oil life indicator will show you when . Replace Air Conditioning Desiccant every
. Drain and fill engine cooling system. Or
to change the oil and filter. Under severe seven years. The air conditioning system
every six years, whichever comes first. conditions the indicator may come on
See Cooling System 0 183. requires maintenance every seven years.
before 12 000 km (7,500 mi). This service requires replacement of the
Severe Conditions Requiring More * Footnote: Under extreme driving desiccant to help the longevity and
Frequent Maintenance* conditions listed above, it may be efficient operation of the air conditioning
. Public service, military, or commercial use necessary to replace your spark plugs at system. This service can be complex. See
vehicles to include the following: more frequent intervals. For further your dealer.
assistance in determining the most
‐ Ambulances, police cars, and
emergency rescue vehicles.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

244 Service and Maintenance


Multi-Point Vehicle Windshield and Wipers Brakes
. Visual inspection . Check brake system
Inspection (MPVI)
Battery Visible and Functional Inspections
A Multi Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI)
completed by a GM dealer technician is a . Battery visual inspection . Seat belt components
maintenance assessment of your vehicle. . Battery test results . Exhaust system
The benefit of the MPVI is to identify and . Battery cables and connections . Accelerator pedal
inform the customer of service items that . Passenger compartment air filter,
require immediate attention and those that Systems, Fluids, and Visible Leak
if equipped
may require attention in the future. Inspection
. Engine air filter
. Engine oil
The technician will perform the following . Hoses
checks on your vehicle. For a complete list . Transmission
. Belts
of checks, inspections, and services, see your . Drive axle
. Shocks and struts
dealer. . Transfer case
. Steering components
Some items may not apply to your vehicle . Engine cooling system
. Axle boots or driveshaft and u-joints
and/or region. . Power steering, if equipped
. Compartment lift struts, if equipped
. Fuel system
Diagnostics . Floor mats secured, no interference with
. OnStar active, if equipped . Windshield washer fluid pedals
. Service history/recall check Tire Inspection . Horn
. Tire pressure, tread depth, and wear . Ignition lock, if equipped
Engine Oil and Filter
. Rotation, if applicable . Starter switch
. Engine oil
. Alignment check, optional . Evaporative control system
. Oil life monitor
. Reset tire pressure monitor Lubricate
‐ Reset oil life monitor
. Check tire sealant expiration date, . Chassis components
Exterior Lights if equipped
. Visual inspection . Check spare tire, if equipped
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Service and Maintenance 245


Special Application Services
. Vehicles with Dual Wheels: Check dual
wheel nut torque at 160, 1 600, and
10 000 km (100, 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of
driving. Repeat this service whenever a
tire/wheel is serviced or removed.
. Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only:
Lubricate chassis components every oil
change.
. Have underbody flushing service
performed. See “Underbody Maintenance”
in Exterior Care 0 233.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

246 Service and Maintenance


Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Automatic Transmission (6-Speed DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Transmission)
Automatic Transmission (8-Speed DEXRON-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Transmission)
Chassis Lubrication, Parking Brake Cable Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Guides
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System
0 183.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1
full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 179.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer.
Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid. See your dealer.
Rear Axle See your dealer.
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Service and Maintenance 247


Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification, can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 84612001 A3228C
Engine Oil Filter 12707246 PF63
Spark Plugs 12622441 41-114
Wiper Blades – 56.0 cm (22 in) 25949887 —
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

248 Service and Maintenance


Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed
in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Technical Data 249


Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification
There may be a large barcode on the
Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification certification label on the rear edge of the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 249 Number (VIN) driver side front door that you can scan for
Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 the following information:
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 250 . Model designation
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 . Paint information
. Production options
If there is not a large barcode on this label,
This legal identifier is in the front corner of then you will find this same information on
the instrument panel, on the driver side of the rear edge of the passenger side
the vehicle. It can be seen through the front door.
windshield from outside. The Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) also appears on
the Vehicle Certification label and certificates
of title and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is the
engine code. This code identifies the
vehicle's engine, specifications, and
replacement parts. See “Engine
Specifications” under Capacities and
Specifications 0 250 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

250 Technical Data


Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 246 for more
information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount, see
the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer
for more information.
Engine Cooling System without Rear Heat*
10.1 L 10.7 qt
I4.3L V6 Engine
11.9 L 12.6 qt
I6.6L V8 Engine
Engine Cooling System with Rear Heat*
12.4 L 13.1 qt
I4.3L V6 Engine
14.2 L 15.0 qt
I6.6L V8 Engine
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Technical Data 251

Capacities
Application
Metric English
*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.
Engine Oil with Filter
5.7 L 6.0 qt
I4.3L V6 Engine
7.6 L 8.0 qt
I6.6L V8 Engine
Fuel Tank
215.7 L 57.0 gal
ICutaway (Optional Tank)*
121.1 L 32.0 gal
ICutaway (Standard Tank)
117.3 L 31.0 gal
IPassenger and Cargo
* 4 039 mm (159 in) wheelbase or 4 496 mm (177 in) wheelbase only
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level
after filling.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

252 Technical Data


Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
4.3L V6 (LV1) P Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
6.6L V8 (L8T) 7 Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug.

Engine Drive Belt Routing

6.6L V8 Engine (L8T)


4.3L V6 Engine (LV1)
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Customer Information 253


We encourage you to call the toll-free
Customer Information Customer Information number in order to give your inquiry
Customer Satisfaction Procedure prompt attention. Have the following
Customer Information information available to give the Customer
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . 253 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important Assistance representative:
Customer Assistance Offices . . . . . . . . . . . 254 to your dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally, . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone any concerns with the sales transaction or available from the vehicle registration or
(TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 the operation of the vehicle will be resolved title, or the plate at the top left of the
Online Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 by your dealer's sales or service instrument panel and visible through the
GM Mobility Reimbursement departments. Sometimes, however, despite windshield.
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 the best intentions of all concerned,
Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . 256 . Dealership name and location.
misunderstandings can occur. If your concern
Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . . 257 has not been resolved to your satisfaction, . Vehicle delivery date and present mileage.
Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . 257 the following steps should be taken: When contacting Chevrolet, remember that
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 your concern will likely be resolved at a
Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . 260 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a
member of dealership management. dealer's facility. That is why we suggest
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . 260 following Step One first.
Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved
Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General
Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service, or parts Motors and your dealer are committed to
States Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 manager, contact the owner of your making sure you are completely satisfied
Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager. with your new vehicle. However, if you
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of continue to remain unsatisfied after
Reporting Safety Defects to General dealership management, it appears your following the procedure outlined in
Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 concern cannot be resolved by your Steps One and Two, you can file with the
dealership without further help, in the U.S., Better Business Bureau (BBB) AUTO LINE
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Program to enforce your rights.
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 262 call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, call The BBB AUTO LINE Program is an
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 General Motors of Canada Customer Care out-of-court program administered by BBB
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

254 Customer Information


disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the The Mediation/Arbitration Program
interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited event that you do not feel your concerns c/o Customer Care Centre
Warranty. Although you may be required to have been addressed after following the General Motors of Canada Company
resort to this informal dispute resolution procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, 500 Wentworth Street W
program prior to filing a court action, use of General Motors of Canada Company wants Oshawa, ON L1J 0C5
the program is free of charge and your case you to be aware of its participation in a Your inquiry should be accompanied by the
will generally be heard within 40 days. no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
If you do not agree with the decision given General Motors of Canada Company has
in your case, you may reject it and proceed committed to binding arbitration of owner Customer Assistance Offices
with any other venue for relief available disputes involving factory-related vehicle
to you. service claims. The program provides for the Chevrolet is committed to assisting
review of the facts involved by an impartial customers. Visit us online at
You may contact the BBB AUTO LINE www.chevrolet.com/support (U.S.) or
Program using the toll-free telephone third party arbiter, and may include an
informal hearing before the arbiter. The www.my.chevrolet.ca (Canada) to chat with
number or write them at the following us or find answers to commonly asked
address: program is designed so that the entire
dispute settlement process, from the time questions, tips, vehicle how-to instructions,
BBB AUTO LINE a Division of you file your complaint to the final decision, and available support.
BBB National Programs, Inc. should be completed in about 70 days. We Need more help? Use the phone numbers or
1676 International Drive believe our impartial program offers mailing addresses below for additional
Suite 550 advantages over courts in most jurisdictions assistance.
McLean, VA 22102 because it is informal, quick, and free of
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 charge. United States and Puerto Rico
www.bbbautoline.org For further information concerning eligibility Chevrolet Motor Division
This program is available in all 50 states and in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, P.O. Box 33170
by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. or call the General Motors Customer Care Detroit, MI 48232-5170
General Motors reserves the right to change Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-222-1020
eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: TTY: Dial 711 relay service and contact
participation in this program. 1-800-833-2438
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-243-8872
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Customer Information 255


Canada Online Account H : Manage your profile and payment
Customer Care Centre information. View your GM Rewards Card
Create a Chevrolet Account (U.S.) at earnings and My Chevrolet Rewards points.
General Motors of Canada Company
500 Wentworth Street W
chevrolet.com
F : Chat with online help representatives.
Oshawa, ON L1J 0C5 Learn more about your vehicle features,
shop for and manage your connected Visit chevrolet.com and create an account
1-800-263-3777 (English) today.
1-800-263-7854 (French) services and OnStar plans, and access
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices diagnostic information specific to your Chevrolet Owner Centre (Canada)
vehicle.
(TTYs)) mychevrolet.ca
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 Membership Benefits
Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre at
Overseas E : Download owner’s manuals and view mychevrolet.ca (English) or my.chevrolet.ca
vehicle-specific how-to videos. (French) to access similar benefits to the
Please contact the local General Motors U.S. site.
Business Unit. G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and
Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule GM Mobility Reimbursement
Customer Assistance for Text service appointments. Program
Telephone (TTY) Users I : View service records from your
To assist customers who are deaf, hard of dealership and add your own.
hearing, or speech-impaired and/or who use
Text Telephones (TTYs), Chevrolet is able to D : Select a preferred dealer and view
assist. Please dial the national 711 relay locations, maps, phone numbers, and hours.
service and contact 1-800-833-2438. TTY users r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. information.
This program is available to qualified
J : View active recalls by Vehicle applicants for cost reimbursement, up to
Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle certain limits, of eligible aftermarket
Identification Number (VIN) 0 249.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

256 Customer Information


adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, . Telephone number of your location Services Provided
such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Location of the vehicle . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of
scooter lift for the vehicle. . Model, year, color, and license plate enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the
To learn about the GM Mobility program, number of the vehicle nearest service station.
see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM . Odometer reading and Vehicle . Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the
Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. Identification Number (VIN) vehicle if you are locked out. A remote
Text Telephone (TTY) users, please dial the . Description of the problem unlock may be available if you have
national 711 relay service and contact OnStar. For security reasons, the driver
1-800-323-9935. Coverage must present identification before this
General Motors of Canada also has a Services are provided for the duration of the service is given.
Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call vehicle’s powertrain warranty. . Emergency Tow from a Public Road or
1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. Highway: Tow to the nearest Chevrolet
In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is
TTY users call 1-800-263-3830. dealer for warranty service, or if the
covered. In Canada, a person driving the
vehicle was in a crash and cannot be
Roadside Assistance Program vehicle without permission from the owner
driven. Assistance is not given when the
is not covered.
vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud,
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New or snow.
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone (TTY):
Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat
1-888-889-2438.)
North America and Chevrolet reserve the tire with the spare tire. The spare tire,
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call right to make any changes or discontinue if equipped, must be in good condition
1-800-268-6800. the Roadside Assistance program at any and properly inflated. It is the owner's
Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days time without notification. responsibility for the repair or
a year. General Motors North America and Chevrolet replacement of the tire if it is not covered
reserve the right to limit services or by the warranty.
Calling for Assistance payment to an owner or driver if they . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start
When calling Roadside Assistance, have the decide the claims are made too often, or the a dead battery.
following information ready: same type of claim is made many times. . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance:
. Your name, home address, and home If your trip is interrupted due to a
telephone number warranty event, incidental expenses may
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Customer Information 257


be reimbursed within the Powertrain . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the
warranty period. Items considered are Must be over 150 km from where your service department immediately, keep
reasonable and customary hotel, meals, trip was started to qualify. driving it until it can be scheduled for
rental car, or a vehicle being delivered Pre-authorization, original detailed service, unless, of course, the problem is
back to the customer, up to 500 miles. receipts, and a copy of the repair orders safety related. If it is, please call your
are required. Once authorization has been dealership, let them know this, and ask for
Services Not Included in Roadside received, the Roadside Assistance advisor instructions.
Assistance will help to make arrangements and
If your dealer requests you to bring the
. Impound towing caused by violation of explain how to receive payment.
vehicle for service, you are urged to do so
any laws . Alternative Service: If assistance cannot as early in the work day as possible to
. Legal fines be provided right away, the Roadside allow for same-day repair.
. Mounting, dismounting, or changing of Assistance advisor may give permission to
snow tires, chains, or other traction get local emergency road service. You will Courtesy Transportation Program
devices receive payment, up to $100, after
sending the original receipt to Roadside To enhance your ownership experience, we
Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an Assistance. Mechanical failures may be and our participating dealers are proud to
area that is not accessible to the service covered, however any cost for parts and offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer
vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or labor for repairs not covered by the support program for vehicles with the
maintained public road, which includes ice warranty are the owner responsibility. Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage
and winter roads. Off-road use is not period in Canada), Federal Emission,
covered. Scheduling Service Appointments Extended Powertrain, and/or Electric specific
warranties in both the U.S. and Canada.
Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased When the vehicle requires warranty service,
Vehicles contact your dealer and request an The Courtesy Transportation program is no
appointment. By scheduling a service longer available for cutaway vehicles.
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to
7 liters. Propane and other fuels are not appointment and advising the service Several Courtesy Transportation options are
provided through this service. consultant of your transportation needs, available to assist in reducing inconvenience
your dealer can help minimize your when warranty repairs are required.
. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is
inconvenience.
required.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

258 Customer Information


Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the Courtesy Rental Vehicle Collision Damage Repair
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer
manual entitled “Limited Warranty and If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it
may provide an available courtesy rental is damaged, have the damage repaired by a
Owner Assistance Information” produced for vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a
new vehicles provides detailed warranty qualified technician using the proper
rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and equipment and quality replacement parts.
coverage information. must be supported by original receipts as Poorly performed collision repairs diminish
Transportation Options well as a signed and completed rental the vehicle resale value, and safety
agreement and meet state/provincial, local, performance can be compromised in
Warranty service can generally be and rental vehicle provider requirements.
completed while you wait. However, if you subsequent collisions.
Requirements vary and may include
are unable to do so, your dealer may offer minimum age requirements, insurance Collision Parts
the following transportation options: coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts
Shuttle Service such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, made with the same materials and
levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, construction methods as the parts with
This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle or rental usage beyond the completion of
service within reasonable time and distance which the vehicle was originally built.
the repair are also your responsibility. Genuine GM Collision parts are the best
parameters of your dealer's area.
It may not be possible to provide a like choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed
Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement vehicle as a courtesy rental. appearance, durability, and safety are
If overnight warranty repairs are needed, preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can
and public transportation is used, the Additional Program Information help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited
expense must be supported by original All program options, such as shuttle service, Warranty.
receipts and within the maximum amount may not be available at every dealer. Recycled original equipment parts may also
allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange Contact your dealer for specific availability. be used for repair. These parts are typically
their own transportation, limited removed from vehicles that were total losses
reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts
may be available. Claim amounts should being recycled are from undamaged sections
reflect actual costs and be supported by Courtesy Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim eligibility of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment
original receipts. See your dealer for GM part may be an acceptable choice to
information. pursuant to the terms and conditions
described herein at its sole discretion. maintain the vehicle's originally designed
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Customer Information 259


appearance and safety performance; Insuring the Vehicle If a Crash Occurs
however, the history of these parts is not
Protect your investment in the GM vehicle If there has been an injury, call emergency
known. Such parts are not covered by the
with comprehensive and collision insurance services for help. Do not leave the scene of
GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
coverage. There are significant differences in a crash until all matters have been taken
related failures are not covered by that
the quality of coverage afforded by various care of. Move the vehicle only if its position
warranty.
insurance policy terms. Many insurance puts you in danger, or you are instructed to
Aftermarket collision parts are also available. policies provide reduced protection to the move it by a police officer.
These are made by companies other than GM vehicle by limiting compensation for Give only the necessary information to
GM and may not have been tested for the damage repairs through the use of police and other parties involved in the
vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance crash.
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ companies will not specify aftermarket
corrosion problems, and may not perform collision parts. When purchasing insurance, For emergency towing see Roadside
properly in subsequent collisions. we recommend that you ensure that the Assistance Program 0 256.
Aftermarket parts are not covered by the vehicle will be repaired with GM original Gather the following information:
GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any equipment collision parts. If such insurance . Driver name, address, and telephone
vehicle failure related to such parts is not coverage is not available from your current
covered by that warranty. number
insurance carrier, consider switching to
another insurance carrier. . Driver license number
Repair Facility . Owner name, address, and telephone
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company
GM also recommends that you choose a number
may require you to have insurance that
collision repair facility that meets your ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original . Vehicle license plate number
needs before you ever need collision repairs. Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Vehicle make, model, and model year
Your dealer may have a collision repair Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
center with GM-trained technicians and Read the lease carefully, as you may be . Insurance company and policy number
state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to charged at the end of the lease for poor
recommend a collision repair center that has . General description of the damage to the
quality repairs. other vehicle
GM-trained technicians and comparable
equipment.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

260 Customer Information


Choose a reputable repair facility that uses vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, Customer literature publications available for
quality replacement parts. See “Collision even if your insurance coverage does not purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty
Parts” earlier in this section. pay the full cost. manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an
If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You If another party's insurance company is owner’s manual, warranty manual,
See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 40. paying for the repairs, you are not obligated if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch.
to accept a repair valuation based on that Current and Past Models
Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair insurance company's collision policy repair
Process limits, as you have no contractual limits Service manuals and customer literature are
with that company. In such cases, you can available for many current and past model
In the event that the vehicle requires
have control of the repair and parts choices year GM vehicles.
damage repairs, GM recommends that you
take an active role in its repair. If you have as long as the cost stays within reasonable To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday,
a pre-determined repair facility of choice, limits. 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. Eastern Time
take the vehicle there, or have it towed For credit card orders only (VISA,
there. Specify to the facility that any Publication Ordering Information
MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at:
required replacement collision parts be Service Manuals www.helminc.com.
original equipment parts, either new
Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM Service manuals have the diagnosis and To order by mail, write to:
parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be repair information on the engine/propulsion, Helm, Incorporated
covered by the GM vehicle warranty. transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, Attention: Customer Service
electrical system, steering system, body, etc. 47911 Halyard Drive
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but
you must live with the repair. Depending on Customer Literature Plymouth, MI 48170
your policy limits, your insurance company Make checks payable in U.S. funds.
Owner’s manuals are written specifically for
may initially value the repair using
owners and are intended to provide basic
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the
operational information about the vehicle.
Radio Frequency Statement
repair professional, and insist on Genuine
The owner’s manual includes the This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters
GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is
Maintenance Schedule for all models. / receivers / systems that operate on a
leased, you may be obligated to have the
radio frequency that complies with Part 15/
Part 18 of the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation,
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Customer Information 261


Science and Economic Development (ISED) If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it and notify General Motors of Canada
Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / may open an investigation, and if it Company. Call Transport Canada at
ICES-GEN. finds that a safety defect exists in a 1-800-333-0510; go to:
Operation is subject to the following two group of vehicles, it may order a recall www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
conditions: and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA
cannot become involved in individual www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)
1. The device may not cause harmful
interference. problems between you, your dealer, or write to:
2. The device must accept any interference or General Motors. Transport Canada
received, including interference that may To contact NHTSA, you may call the Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate
cause undesired operation of the device. Defect Investigations and Recalls
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
Changes or modifications to any of these 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go Division
systems by other than an authorized service to https://www.safercar.gov; or write to: 80 Noel Street
facility could void authorization to use this Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
equipment. Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Reporting Safety Defects to
Reporting Safety Defects Washington, D.C. 20590 General Motors
You can also obtain other information In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport
Reporting Safety Defects to the about motor vehicle safety from Canada) in a situation like this, notify
United States Government https://www.safercar.gov. General Motors.
If you believe that your vehicle has a Reporting Safety Defects to the In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should
Canadian Government Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
immediately inform the National If you live in Canada, and you believe P.O. Box 33170
Highway Traffic Safety Administration that the vehicle has a safety defect, Detroit, MI 48232-5170
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying General notify Transport Canada immediately,
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or
Motors. 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write:
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

262 Customer Information


Customer Care Centre or average speed. These modules may retain the event you suspect any security incident
General Motors of Canada Company personal preferences, such as radio presets, impacting your data or the safe operation of
500 Wentworth Street W seat positions, and temperature settings. your vehicle, please stop operating your
Oshawa, ON L1J 0C5 vehicle and contact your dealer.
In Mexico, call 800-466-0811 or
Cybersecurity
800-508-0000. GM collects information about the use of
Event Data Recorders
your vehicle including operational and safety This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data
In other Central America and Caribbean
related information. We collect this Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR
Countries, call 52-555-901-2369.
information to provide, evaluate, improve, is to record, in certain crash or near
and troubleshoot our products and services crash-like situations, such as an air bag
Vehicle Data Recording and and to develop new products and services. deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data
Privacy The protection of vehicle electronics systems that will assist in understanding how a
and customer data from unauthorized vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is
The vehicle has a number of computers that outside electronic access or control is designed to record data related to vehicle
record information about the vehicle’s important to GM. GM maintains appropriate dynamics and safety systems for a short
performance and how it is driven or used. security standards, practices, guidelines and period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
For example, the vehicle uses computer controls aimed at defending the vehicle and The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record
modules to monitor and control engine and the vehicle service ecosystem against such data as:
transmission performance, to monitor the unauthorized electronic access, detecting . How various systems in your vehicle were
conditions for airbag deployment and possible malicious activity in related operating;
deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to networks, and responding to suspected . Whether or not the driver and passenger
provide antilock braking to help the driver cybersecurity incidents in a timely, safety belts were buckled/fastened;
control the vehicle. These modules may coordinated and effective manner. Security
. How far (if at all) the driver was
store data to help the dealer technician incidents could impact your safety or
service the vehicle or to help GM improve compromise your private data. To minimize depressing the accelerator and/or brake
safety or features. Some modules may also security risks, please do not connect your pedal; and,
store data about how the vehicle is vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized . How fast the vehicle was traveling.
operated, such as rate of fuel consumption devices or connect your vehicle to any These data can help provide a better
unknown or untrusted networks (such as understanding of the circumstances in which
Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In crashes and injuries occur.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Customer Information 263


Note others for research purposes, where a need
EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only is shown and the data is not tied to a
if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
data are recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal data OnStar
(e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and
are recorded. However, other parties, such has an active service plan, additional data
as law enforcement, could combine the EDR may be collected and transmitted through
data with the type of personally identifying the OnStar system. This includes information
data routinely acquired during a crash about the vehicle’s operation; collisions
investigation. involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle
To read data recorded by an EDR, special and its features, including infotainment; and
equipment is required, and access to the the location and approximate GPS speed of
vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and
the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such Conditions and Privacy Statement on the
as law enforcement, that have the special OnStar website.
equipment, can read the information if See OnStar Additional Information 0 266.
they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access these data or share it
with others except: with the consent of the
vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased,
with the consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or similar
government office; as part of GM's defense
of litigation through the discovery process;
or, as permitted by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be used for GM
research needs or may be made available to
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

264 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to
the OnStar buttons. If the status light is:
. Solid Green: System is ready.
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 . Flashing Green: On a call.
. Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Services . Off: System is off. Press Q twice to
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 speak with an OnStar Advisor.

= Voice Command Button Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR


OnStar Additional Information
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor.
OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . 266
Q Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button
> Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region.
This vehicle may be equipped with a Press = to:
comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment
connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. If equipped, the infotainment
Security, Navigation, Connections, and system has OnStar controls in the
Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may embedded OnStar app on the Home Page.
require a paid service plan and data plan. Most OnStar functions that can be
OnStar requires the vehicle battery and performed with the buttons can be done
electrical system, cellular service, and GPS using the app. To open the app, touch the
satellite signals to be available and OnStar icon on the Home Page. App
operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing updates require a corresponding service
emergency service providers. OnStar may plan. Features vary by region and model.
collect information about you and your Features are subject to change. For more
vehicle, including location information. See information, see my.chevrolet.com/learn
OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and or press Q.
Software Terms for more details including
system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

OnStar 265
Or OnStar Services Security
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice
If equipped, OnStar provides these services:
commands. Emergency . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot
Emergency Services require an active safety Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the
name or SSID and password, if equipped. and security plan. With Automatic Crash vehicle and help authorities quickly
Press Q to connect to an Advisor to: Response, built-in sensors can automatically recover it.
. Verify account information or update alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped,
contact information. is immediately connected in to the vehicle OnStar can block the vehicle from being
to help. restarted.
. Get driving directions.
. Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's Press > for a priority connection to an . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
key operating systems. OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency if equipped, OnStar can work with law
. Receive Roadside Assistance. service providers, direct them to your exact enforcement to gradually slow the
location, and relay important information. vehicle down.
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Theft Alarm Notification
Press > to get a priority connection to an Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days
OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: a week, to provide a central point of If equipped, if the doors are locked and the
. Get help for an emergency. contact, assistance, and information during a vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text,
crisis. e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the
. Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an
vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
AMBER Alert. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can with authorities to recover the vehicle.
. Get assistance in severe weather or other locate a nearby service provider to help with
crisis situations and find evacuation a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty
routes. gas tank.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

266 OnStar
OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works services may not work if the OnStar
equipment is not properly installed or it has
Information Automatic Crash Response, Emergency
not been properly maintained. If equipment
Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle
or software is added, connected,
In-Vehicle Audio Messages Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside
or modified, OnStar or connected services
Assistance are available on most vehicles.
Audio messages may play important may not work. Other problems beyond the
Not all OnStar services are available
information at the following times: control of OnStar — such as hills, tall
everywhere or on all vehicles. For more
buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set information, a full description of OnStar
design and architecture of the vehicle,
up an account. services, system limitations, and OnStar User
damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
. After change in ownership and at Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software
phone network congestion or jamming —
90 days. Terms:
may prevent service.
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).
Transferring Service . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 260.
Press Q to request account transfer . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). Services for People with Disabilities
eligibility information. The Advisor can . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with
cancel or change account information. . Press Q to speak with an Advisor. physical disabilities and medical conditions.
Selling/Transferring the Vehicle OnStar or connected services cannot work Press Q to help:
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar . Locate a gas station with an attendant to
immediately to terminate your OnStar or has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas.
connected services if the vehicle is disposed provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets
of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. wireless service provider must also have
accessibility needs.
coverage, network capacity, reception, and
Reactivation for Subsequent Owners technology compatible with OnStar or . Provide directions to the closest hospital
connected services. Service involving location or pharmacy in urgent situations.
Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to
information about the vehicle cannot work
an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor
unless GPS signals are available,
will update vehicle records and explain
unobstructed, and compatible with the
OnStar or connected service options.
OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

OnStar 267
TTY Users Languages operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying the exact
OnStar has the ability to communicate to The vehicle can be programmed to respond
location.
deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for . In emergency situations, OnStar can use
customers while in the vehicle. The available an Advisor. Advisors are available in English,
TTY system can provide in-vehicle access to the last stored GPS location to send to
Spanish, and French. Available languages
all OnStar services, except Virtual Advisor emergency responders.
may vary by country.
and OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation. A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of
Potential Issues the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn
If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or
off by touching Settings, then Apps, and OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock Navigation route. The Advisor may give a
then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle verbal route or may ask for a call back after
calls can be made or received with OnStar has been off continuously for an extended the vehicle is driven into an open area.
using the infotainment display. period of time without an ignition cycle. To Cellular and GPS Antennas
find out the duration of time that applies
OnStar Personal Identification for the vehicle, contact an OnStar Advisor by Cellular reception is required for OnStar to
Number (PIN) pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. If the send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not
A PIN is needed to access some OnStar vehicle has not been started for an extended place items over or near the antenna to
services. The PIN will need to be changed period of time, OnStar can contact Roadside prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal
the first time when speaking with an Assistance or a locksmith to help gain access reception.
Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact to the vehicle. Unable to Connect to OnStar Message
an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling Global Positioning System (GPS) If there is limited cellular coverage or the
1-888-4ONSTAR.
. Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a cellular network has reached maximum
Warranty large city with tall buildings; in parking capacity, this message may come on. Press
OnStar equipment may be warranted as part
garages; around airports; in tunnels and Q to try the call again or try again after
underpasses; or in an area with very driving a few miles into another
of the vehicle warranty. dense trees. If GPS signals are not cellular area.
available, the OnStar system should still
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

268 OnStar
Vehicle and Power Issues These updates or changes may also collect OnStar - Software Acknowledgements
personal information. Such collection is
OnStar services require a vehicle electrical To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL,
described in the OnStar privacy statement or
system, wireless service, and GPS satellite MPL, and other open source licenses, that is
separately disclosed at the time of
technologies to be available and operating contained in this product, please visit
installation. These updates or changes may
for features to function properly. These https://opensource.lge.com. In addition to
also cause a system to automatically
systems may not operate if the battery is the source code, all referred license terms,
communicate with GM servers to collect
discharged or disconnected. warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices
information about vehicle system status,
are available for download. This offer is valid
Add-on Electrical Equipment identify whether updates or changes are
for a period of three years after our last
available, or deliver updates or changes. An
The OnStar system is integrated into the shipment of this product. This offer is valid
active OnStar agreement constitutes consent
electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not to anyone in receipt of this information.
to these software updates or changes and
add any electrical equipment. See Add-On agreement that either OnStar or GM may *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is
Electrical Equipment 0 171. Added electrical remotely deliver them to the vehicle. solely responsible for provisions of related
equipment may interfere with the operation OSS compliance.
of the OnStar system and cause it to not Privacy
operate.
The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may
Vehicle Software Updates be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver that you review it. If you have any
software updates or changes to the vehicle questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR
without further notice or consent. These
(1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with
updates or changes may enhance or
maintain safety, security, or the operation an Advisor. Users of wireless
of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. communications are cautioned that the
Software updates or changes may affect or privacy of any information sent via wireless
erase data or settings that are stored in the cellular communications cannot be assured.
vehicle, such as saved navigation Third parties may unlawfully intercept or
destinations or pre-set radio stations. access transmissions and private
Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for communications without consent.
any affected or erased data or settings.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Connected Services 269


Connected Services Connected Services Using Voice Commands During a
Planned Route
Connected Services Navigation Functionality of the Voice Command button,
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Navigation requires a specific OnStar or if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 connected service plan. For some vehicles, press = to open the
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 OnStar app on the infotainment display.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions
or have them sent to the vehicle’s Send Destination to Vehicle
navigation screen, if equipped. Select Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s
Turn-by-Turn Directions from the Services navigation screen, if equipped.
tab of the OnStar app to call an Advisor or
select a recent or favorite destination. Touch Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download
the navigation icons to select home, address, directions to the vehicle’s navigation system,
or place. A destination transfer from OnStar if equipped. After the call ends, the
will show the detail view of the destination navigation screen will provide prompts to
when it is transferred from OnStar to the begin driving directions. Routes that are sent
Navigation application. See www.onstar.com to the navigation screen can only be
for a coverage map. Services vary by model. canceled through the navigation system.
Map coverage is available in the United See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca
States and Canada. (Canada).
Turn-by-Turn Navigation Connections
1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor.
The following services help with staying
2. Request directions to be downloaded to connected.
the vehicle.
For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com
3. Follow the voice-guided commands. (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

270 Connected Services


Ensuring Security Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and . Activate the horn and lamps.
. Change the default passwords for the signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life,
Wi-Fi hotspot and myChevrolet mobile LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is or tire pressure, if factory-equipped
application. Make these passwords possible that the icon may not illuminate with the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
different from each other and use a even though the vehicle has an active . Send destinations to the vehicle.
combination of letters and numbers to connection. . Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S.
increase the security. 3. To change the SSID or password, press market only).
. Change the default name of the SSID Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off,
(Service Set Identifier). This is your with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the manage settings, and monitor data
network’s name that is visible to other SSID and password can be changed in consumption, if equipped.
wireless devices. Choose a unique name the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Locate a dealer and schedule service.
and avoid family names or vehicle
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi . Request Roadside Assistance.
descriptions.
hotspot will connect automatically to your . Set a parking reminder with pin drop,
Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) mobile devices. Manage data usage by take a photo, make a note, and set a
The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile timer.
hotspot that provides access to the Internet device, using the myChevrolet mobile app,
. Connect with Chevrolet on social media.
and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On
seven mobile devices can be connected. some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed Features are subject to change. For
A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. myChevrolet mobile app information and
controls only when it is safe to do so. MyChevrolet Mobile App (If Available) compatibility, see my.chevrolet.com.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, Download the myChevrolet mobile app to An active OnStar or connected service plan
press = to open the OnStar app on the compatible Apple and Android smartphones. may be required. A compatible device,
infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Chevrolet users can access the following factory-installed remote start, and power
Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi services from a smartphone: locks are required. Data rates apply. See
or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. www.onstar.com for details and system
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
limitations.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi if factory-equipped.
hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with
some vehicles, the connection type (no automatic locks.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Connected Services 271


Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the
doors or sound the horn and flash the
lamps.
Marketplace
OnStar Advisors can provide offers from
restaurants and retailers on your route, help
locate hotels, or book a room. These services
vary by market.

Diagnostics
By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's
key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics,
if equipped, provides a way to keep up on
maintenance. Capabilities vary by model.
See www.onstar.com for details and system
limitations. Features are subject to change.
For updates on feature capabilities, see
my.chevrolet.com. Message and data rates
may apply.
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

272 Index
Airbags (cont'd)
Index A
Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . .173 Replacing System Parts after a
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles . . . . . . 44
Additional Alarm
OnStar Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Agreements Alert
Trademarks and License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Air All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Antenna
Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 39 Appearance Care
What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 39 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
What Will You See after an Airbag Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 39 Assistance Program, Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Audio
Airbags Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Adding Equipment to the Vehicle . . . . . . . 44 Automatic
Light On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Index 273
Automatic (cont'd) Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Transmission Shift Lock Control Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
Automatic Transmission (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Charging
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Front Turn Signal, Sidemarker, and System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Auxiliary Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Check
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Ignition Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . . . 103 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Check Engine Light (Malfunction
Axle License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Child Restraints
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
B
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Battery C
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 96 Calibration
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 60
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 California
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191, 228 Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . . 173
Child Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 1, 228
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Bluetooth Camera
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Cleaning
Brake Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Carbon Monoxide
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Cargo
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Door Relocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Rear Heating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

274 Index
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Driver
D
Compartments Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Driving
Dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Connected Services Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Data Collection
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Characteristics and Towing Tips . . . . . . . . 155
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Distracted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Connections Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Control Impaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Devices
Traction and Electronic Stability . . . . . . . 142 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Diagnostics
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Coolant Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Disabled Vehicle
Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 116
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 E
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Electrical
Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . . . 257
Door Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Cargo Door Relocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Electrical System
Customer Assistance
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 198
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Floor Console Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Customer Information
Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Emergency
Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 260
Sliding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . 253
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Index 275
Engine F Fuel (cont'd)
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Fan Economy, Driving for Better . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 77 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 154
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Fast Idle System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Filter Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Fuses
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Fluid Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 198
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Floor Console Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 G
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Gauges
Enhanced Technology Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Forward Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Frequency Statement Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Extended Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Front Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Exterior Front Seats Warning Lights and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 General Information
Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Fuel Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

276 Index
General Information (cont'd) Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 K
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . 29 Keyless Entry
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 116 Remote (RKE) System Operation . . . . . . . . . 8
Glass, Enhanced Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
I
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Idle System L
Fast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
H Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Lamps
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Ignition Transmission Lock Check . . . . . . . . 193 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Indicator Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Headlamps Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Indicators Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 96
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Warning Lights and Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . 46 Front Turn Signal, Sidemarker, and
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . 92 Information Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Inspection Malfunction Indicator (Check Engine) . . . 77
Heated Multi-Point Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Heater Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Lane
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 116 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Departure Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
J
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 LATCH System
Jump
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Replacing Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Starting - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Index 277
LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Messages
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Locks Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Lighting Cargo Door Relocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Mirrors
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Lights Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Trailer Tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 209
M
Check Engine (Malfunction Indicator) . . . 77 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Maintenance
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI) . . . . 244
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 N
Gauges and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Recommended Fluids and Navigation
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Manual Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 O
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Media
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Off-Road
Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Traction Control System Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

278 Index
Oil Parking (cont'd) Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 260
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Brake and P (Park) Mechanism
R
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Radio
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Perchlorate Materials Requirements,
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Online Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Personalization
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Phone
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Rear
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Power
Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Operation Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Heating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Outlets Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Locking Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
P Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Privacy
Park Recommended
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Program
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 246
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Records
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Parking Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Proposition 65 Warning
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Proposition 65 Warning, California . . . . . . . 228
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Index 279
Reimbursement Program, GM S Security (cont'd)
Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Safety Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Remote Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Safety Defects Reporting Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Keyless Entry (RKE) System Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . 173
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Replacement Parts Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 241
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Replacing Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Services
LATCH System Parts After a Crash . . . . . . 58 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Seat Belt System Parts after a Crash . . . . 35 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 29 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Reporting Safety Defects Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Shift Lock Control Function Check,
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Shifting
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Restraints Seats Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . .133 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Side Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Roads Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Sliding Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212 Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 60 Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Security Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . . . 136 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 StabiliTrak
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

280 Index
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Theft-Deterrent Systems (cont'd) Towing
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Traction
Storage Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Control/Electronic Stability Control . . . . 142
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . . 112
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Trailer
Swing-out Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Switches Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Transmission
System Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Transportation Program, Courtesy . . . . . . . 257
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 216 Transporting
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . . 217 a Disabled Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Noise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . 214 TTY Users
T
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
16547501) - 2023 - CRC - 6/10/22

Index 281
U Warning (cont'd)
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Using Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Lights, Gauges, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . 71
V Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Vehicle
Wheels
Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . .214
Data Recording and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Enhanced Technology Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Swing-out Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Windshield
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Vehicle Care
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Winter
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Wiper
W Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
ai1652903903161_23_CHEV_Express_COV_en_US_84892724 A_2022JUN20.pdf 1 5/18/2022 3:58:24 PM

Scan to Access
• Owner’s Manuals
United States • Warranty Information Canada
• Connected Services
• My Chevrolet Rewards
• myChevrolet Mobile App
• How-To Videos
C
• Vehicle Diagnostics
• Scheduled Maintenance

2023 Express
M

Y • Vehicle Features
CM
• Many Additional Resources
MY

CY
United States Canada
CMY
Customer Assistance United States and Canada Customer Assistance
K 1-800-222-1020 Connected Services 1-800-263-3777
Roadside Assistance 1-888-4-ONSTAR Roadside Assistance
1-800-243-8872 1-800-268-6800

Express
84892724 A Owner’s Manual

You might also like